OWNER'S MANUAL Operation Maintenance Specifications€¦ · · 2017-03-07How can you tell if you...

OWNER'S MANUAL

OperationMaintenanceSpecifications

All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication.However, Hyundai reserves the right to make changes at any time so thatour policy of continual product improvement may be carried out.

This manual applies to all Hyundai models and includes descriptions andexplanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, youmay find material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehi-cle.

F2

Your Hyundai should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect the per-formance, safety or durability of your Hyundai and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limitedwarranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations estab-lished by the U.S. Department of Transportation and other federal or state agencies.

Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components. It is possiblefor an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronicsystems. For this reason, we recommend that you carefully follow the radio manufacturer's instruc-tions or consult your Hyundai dealer for precautionary measures or special instructions if you chooseto install one of these devices.

CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI

TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATION

F3

This manual includes information titled as WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE.

These titles indicate the following:

✽✽ NOTICEThis indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided.

SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING

WARNING This indicates that a condition may result in harm, serious injury or death to you or otherpersons if the warning is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the warning.

CAUTIONThis indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipment if thecaution is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the caution.

F4

FOREWORD

Thank you for choosing Hyundai. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discriminating people who driveHyundais. The advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each Hyundai we build is something of which we're veryproud.

Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new Hyundai. It is suggested that you read it care-fully because the information it contains can contribute greatly to the satisfaction you receive from your new car.

The manufacturer also recommends that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by an authorized Hyundai deal-er. Hyundai dealers are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance and any other assistance that may be required.

HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA

Note : Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the man-ual in the vehicle for their use. Thank you.

Copyright 2008 Hyundai Motor America. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in any retrievalsystem or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of Hyundai Motor America.

CAUTIONSevere engine and transmission damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that do not meetHyundai specifications.You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page8-4 in the Vehicle Specifications and consumer information section of the Owner's Manual.

F5

Guide to Hyundai Genuine Parts1. What are Hyundai Genuine Parts?

Hyundai Genuine Parts are the sameparts used by Hyundai MotorCompany to manufacture vehicles.They are designed and tested for theoptimum safety, performance, and reli-ability to our customers.

2.Why should you use genuine parts?Hyundai Genuine Parts are engi-neered and built to meet rigid manu-facturing requirements. Using imita-tion, counterfeit or used salvage partsis not covered under the Hyundai NewVehicle Limited Warranty or any otherHyundai warranty.

In addition, any damage to or failure ofHyundai Genuine Parts caused by theinstallation or failure of an imitation,counterfeit or used salvage part is notcovered by any Hyundai Warranty.

3. How can you tell if you are purchas-ing Hyundai Genuine Parts? Look for the Hyundai Genuine PartsLogo on the package (see below).

Hyundai Genuine Parts exported toare packaged with labels written onlyin English.

Hyundai Genuine Parts are only soldthrough authorized HyundaiDealerships.

A100A01L A100A02L A100A04L

A100A03L

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

I

Introduction

Your vehicle at a glance

Safety features of your vehicle

Features of your vehicle

Driving your vehicle

What to do in an emergency

Maintenance

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defeccts

Index

table of contents

IIndex

Index

2I

Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system ·······3-32Air bag warning label ·················································3-57Curtain air bag ····························································3-50Driver's and passenger's front air bag ························3-49Occupant classification system ··································3-38Side impact air bag ·····················································3-47SRS components and functions ··································3-35

Air cleaner ····································································7-24Appearance care ···························································7-61Audio system ································································4-99

Antenna ······································································4-99PA710BK ··································································4-104PA760BK ··································································4-124Steering wheel audio control ······································4-99

Automatic climate control system ································4-79Air conditioning ·························································4-84Automatic heating and air conditioning ·····················4-80Manual heating and air conditioning ·························4-81

Automatic transmission ················································5-16Ignition key interlock system ·····································5-20Shift lock system ························································5-19Sports mode ································································5-18

Automatic transmission fluid ·······································7-22

Battery ···········································································7-30Before driving ·································································5-3Binding arbitration ··························································8-9Brake and clutch fluid ··················································7-20Brake system ·································································5-22

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ···································5-25Electronic stability control (ESC) ······························5-27Parking brake ······························································5-23Power brakes ······························································5-22

Bulb wattage ···································································8-2

California perchlorate notice ········································7-70Child restraint system ···················································3-24

Placing a passenger seat belt into the auto lock mode ···········································································3-26Securing a child restraint seat with tether anchor system ·········································································3-28Securing a child restraint seat with child seat lower anchor system ·····························································3-30

Climate control air filter ···············································7-25Consumer information ····················································8-8Cruise control system ···················································5-32

A B

C

I 3

Index

Defroster ·······································································4-89Dimensions ·····································································8-2Door locks ·····································································4-15

Central door lock switch ············································4-17

Economical operation ···················································5-36Emergency starting ·························································6-4

Jump starting ································································6-4Push starting ·································································6-5

Emission control system ···············································7-67Crankcase emission control system ···························7-67Evaporative emission control (including ORVR: Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery) System ············7-67Exhaust emission control system ·······························7-68

Engine compartment ···············································2-4, 7-2Engine coolant ······························································7-17Engine number ································································8-7Engine oil ······································································7-16Engine start/stop button ··················································5-7

Engine start/stop button position ··································5-7Starting the engine ························································5-9

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ··············7-13

Fuel filler lid ·································································4-25Emergency fuel filer lid release ·································4-27

Fuel requirements ···························································1-3Fuses ·············································································7-47

Fuse/relay panel description ·······································7-51Memory fuse ·······························································7-49Multi fuse ···································································7-50

Hazard warning flasher ·················································4-60Hood ·············································································4-24How to use this manual ··················································1-2

If the engine overheats ···················································6-6If the engine will not start ··············································6-3If you have a flat tire ····················································6-12

Changing tires ·····························································6-13Compact spare tire ······················································6-18Jack and tools ·····························································6-12Removing and storing the spare tire ··························6-13

In case of an emergency while driving ··························6-2Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster ··················1-7Instrument cluster ·························································4-42

D

E

F

H

I

Index

4I

Engine temperature gauge ··········································4-44Fuel gauge ··································································4-45Instrument panel illumination ····································4-43Trip computer ·····························································4-46Speedometer ·······························································4-43Tachometer ·································································4-43Warning and indicators ···············································4-49

Instrument panel overview ·············································2-3Interior features ·····························································4-94

Ashtray ·······································································4-94AUX, USB and iPod port ···········································4-98Cigarette lighter ··························································4-94Cup holder ··································································4-95Digital clock ·······························································4-96Luggage net (holder) ··················································4-98Outside thermometer ··················································4-97Power outlet ································································4-96Sunvisor ······································································4-95

Interior light ··································································4-67Interior overview ····························································2-2

Key ··················································································5-4Ignition switch position ················································5-4Starting the engine ························································5-6

Keys ················································································4-3

Light bulbs 7-56····································································Headlight, position light, turn signal light, side marker light and front fog light bulb replacement ·····7-56High mounted stop light replacement ························7-59Interior light bulb replacement ···································7-60License plate light bulb replacement ·························7-59Rear combination light bulb replacement ··················7-58Side repeater light bulb replacement ··························7-58

Lighting ·········································································4-61Battery saver function ················································4-61

Maintenance services ······················································7-4Mirrors ··········································································4-33

Electric chromic mirror (ECM) with compass andHomeLink® system ···················································4-33Inside rearview mirror ················································4-33Outside rearview mirror ·············································4-40

Owner maintenance ························································7-5

K

L

M

O

I 5

Index

Parking brake ································································7-23Power steering fluid ······················································7-21

Rear Parking assist system ···········································4-58Recommended lubricants and capacities ························8-4Remote keyless entry ····················································4-10Reporting safety defects ·················································8-9Road warning ··································································6-2

Scheduled maintenance service ······································7-7Normal maintenance schedule ·····································7-8Maintenance under severe usage conditions ··············7-12

Seat belts ·······································································3-14Pre-tensioner seat belt ················································3-18Seat belt - Driver's 3-point system with emergency locking retractor ·························································3-15Seat belts - Front passenger and rear seat 3-point system with combination locking retractor ················3-16

Seats ················································································3-2Smart key ········································································4-6Special driving conditions ············································5-38

Driving at night ··························································5-39Driving in flooded areas ·············································5-40

Driving in the rain ······················································5-40Hazardous driving conditions ·····································5-38Highway driving ·························································5-41Rocking the vehicle ····················································5-38Smooth cornering ·······················································5-39

Steering wheel ······························································4-31Horn ············································································4-32Power steering ····························································4-31Tilt steering ·································································4-31

Storage compartments ··················································4-92Center console storage ···············································4-92Glove box ···································································4-92Sunglass holder ···························································4-93

Sunroof ·········································································4-27

Theft-alarm system ·······················································4-13Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) ······················6-7

Changing a tire with TPMS ·······································6-10Low tire pressure indicator ···········································6-8TPMS (Tire pressure monitoring system) malfunction indicator ········································································6-9

Tire specification and pressure label ······························8-7Tires and wheels ····················································7-33, 8-3

All season tires ···························································7-44Checking tire inflation pressure ·································7-34Compact spare tire replacement ·································7-38Radial-ply tires ···························································7-46

P

R

S

T

Index

6I

Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ···············7-33Snow tires ···································································7-45Summer tires ·······························································7-45Tire care ······································································7-33Tire chains ··································································7-45Tire maintenance ························································7-39Tire replacement ·························································7-37Tire rotation ································································7-35Tire sidewall labeling ·················································7-39Tire terminology and definitions ································7-43Tire traction ································································7-39Wheel alignment and tire balance ······························7-36Wheel replacement ·····················································7-38

Towing ··········································································6-20Emergency towing ······················································6-22

Trailer towing ·······························································5-52Trunk ·············································································4-18

Emergency trunk safety release ··································4-19

Vehicle break-in process ·················································1-5Vehicle certification label ···············································8-6Vehicle data collection and event data recorders ···········1-6Vehicle identification number (VIN) ······························8-6Vehicle load limit ··························································5-46

Cargo capacity ····························································5-47Certification label ·······················································5-49

Seating capacity ··························································5-46Tire and loading information label ·····························5-46Vehicle capacity weight ··············································5-46

Vehicle weight ······························································5-51Base curb weight ························································5-51Cargo weight ······························································5-51GAW (Gross axle weight) ··········································5-51GAWR (Gross axle weight rating) ·····························5-51GVW (Gross vehicle weight) ·····································5-51GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) ························5-51

Washer fluid ··································································7-22Windows ·······································································4-20

Auto up/down window ···············································4-21Windshield defrosting and defogging ···························4-89

Defogging logic ··························································4-91Winter driving ·······························································5-42

Snow tires ···································································5-42Tire chains ··································································5-43

Wiper blades ·································································7-27Wipers and washers ······················································4-65

V

W

1How to use this manual / 1-2Fuel requirements / 1-3Vehicle break-in process / 1-5Vehicle data collection and event data

recorders / 1-6Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster / 1-7

Introduction

Introduction

21

A010000AHM

We want to help you get the greatestpossible driving pleasure from your vehi-cle. Your Owner’s Manual can assist youin many ways. We strongly recommendthat you read the entire manual. In orderto minimize the chance of death or injury,you must read the WARNING and CAU-TION sections in the manual.Illustrations complement the words in thismanual to best explain how to enjoy yourvehicle. By reading your manual, youlearn about features, important safetyinformation, and driving tips under vari-ous road conditions.

The general layout of the manual is pro-vided in the Table of Contents. A goodplace to start is the index; it has an alpha-betical listing of all information in yourmanual.Sections: This manual has eight sectionsplus an index. Each section begins with abrief list of contents so you can tell at aglance if that section has the informationyou want.

You will find various WARNINGs,CAUTIONs, and NOTICEs in this manu-al. These WARNINGs were prepared toenhance your personal safety.You shouldcarefully read and follow ALL proceduresand recommendations provided in theseWARNINGs, CAUTIONs and NOTICEs.

✽✽ NOTICEA NOTICE indicates interesting or help-ful information is being provided.

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

WARNING A WARNING indicates a situation inwhich harm, serious bodily injury ordeath could result if the warning isignored.

CAUTIONA CAUTION indicates a situation inwhich damage to your vehicle couldresult if the caution is ignored.

1 3

Introduction

A020101BEN-EU

Your new vehicle is designed to use onlyunleaded fuel having a pump octanenumber ((R+M)/2) of 87 or higher.

Your new vehicle is designed to obtainmaximum performance with UNLEADEDFUEL, as well as minimize exhaust emis-sions and spark plug fouling.

A020103AUN-EU

Gasoline containing alcohol andmethanolGasohol, a mixture of gasoline andethanol (also known as grain alcohol),and gasoline or gasohol containingmethanol (also known as wood alcohol)are being marketed along with or insteadof leaded or unleaded gasoline.Do not use gasohol containing more than10% ethanol, and do not use gasoline orgasohol containing any methanol. Eitherof these fuels may cause drivability prob-lems and damage to the fuel system.Discontinue using gasohol of any kind ifdrivability problems occur.Vehicle damage or drivability problemsmay not be covered by the manufactur-er’s warranty if they result from the useof:1. Gasohol containing more than 10%

ethanol.2. Gasoline or gasohol containing

methanol.3. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.

FUEL REQUIREMENTS

CAUTIONNever add any fuel system cleaningagents to the fuel tank other thanwhat has been specified. (Consultan authorized HYUNDAI dealer fordetails.)

WARNING• Do not "top off" after the nozzle

automatically shuts off whenrefueling.

• Tighten the cap until it clicks,otherwise the MalfunctionIndicator Light “ ” will illumi-nate.

• Always check that the fuel cap isinstalled securely to prevent fuelspillage in the event of an acci-dent.

Introduction

41

"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com-prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 per-cent gasoline, and is manufacturedexclusively for use in Flexible FuelVehicles. “E85” is not compatible withyour vehicle. Use of “E85” may result inpoor engine performance and damage toyour vehicle's engine and fuel system.HYUNDAI recommends that customersdo not use fuel with an ethanol contentexceeding 10 percent.

A020104AEN

Use of MTBEHYUNDAI recommends avoiding fuelscontaining MTBE (Methyl Tertiary ButylEther) over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen Content2.7% weight) in your vehicle.Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0% vol.(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) mayreduce vehicle performance and producevapor lock or hard starting.

A020105AUN

Do not use methanolFuels containing methanol (wood alco-hol) should not be used in your vehicle.This type of fuel can reduce vehicle per-formance and damage components ofthe fuel system.

A020106AEN

Gasolines for cleaner airTo help contribute to cleaner air,HYUNDAI recommends that you usegasolines treated with detergent addi-tives, which help prevent deposit forma-tion in the engine. These gasolines willhelp the engine run cleaner and enhanceperformance of the Emission ControlSystem.

A020107AUN

Operation in foreign countriesIf you are going to drive your vehicle inanother country, be sure to:• Observe all regulations regarding reg-

istration and insurance.• Determine that acceptable fuel is avail-

able.

CAUTIONYour New Vehicle Limited Warrantymay not cover damage to the fuelsystem and any performance prob-lems that are caused by the use offuels containing methanol or fuelscontaining MTBE (Methyl TertiaryButyl Ether) over 15.0% vol.(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight.)

CAUTIONNever use gasohol which containsmethanol. Discontinue use of anygasohol product which impairs dri-vability.

CAUTIONYour New Vehicle Limited Warrantydoes not cover damage to the fuelsystem or any performance prob-lems caused by the use of “E85” fuel.

1 5

Introduction

A030000AUN

No special break-in period is needed. Byfollowing a few simple precautions for thefirst 600 miles (1,000 km) you may add tothe performance, economy and life ofyour vehicle.• Do not race the engine.• While driving, keep your engine speed

(rpm, or revolutions per minute)between 2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm.

• Do not maintain a single speed for longperiods of time, either fast or slow.Varying engine speed is needed toproperly break-in the engine.

• Avoid hard stops, except in emergen-cies, to allow the brakes to seat prop-erly.

• Don't let the engine idle longer than 3minutes at one time.

• Don't tow a trailer during the first 1,200miles (2,000 km) of operation.

VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESS

PROPOSITION 65 WARN-ING

Items contained in motor vehiclesor emitted from them are known tothe State of California to cause can-cer and birth defects or reproduc-tive harm. These include:• Gasoline and its vapors• Engine exhaust• Used engine oil• Interior passenger compartment

components and materials• Component parts which are sub-

ject to heat and wearIn addition, battery posts, terminalsand related accessories containlead, lead compounds and otherchemicals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer andreproductive harm.

Introduction

61

A040000ABK

This vehicle is equipped with an eventdata recorder (EDR). The main pur-pose of an EDR is to record, in certaincrash or near crash-like situations,such as an air bag deployment or hit-ting a road obstacle, data that willassist in understanding how a vehi-cle's systems performed. The EDR isdesigned to record data related tovehicle dynamics and safety systemsfor a short period of time, typically 30seconds or less. The EDR in thisvehicle is designed to record suchdata as:• How various systems in your vehicle

were operating;• Whether or not the driver and pas-

senger safety belts werebuckled/fastened;

• Speed of vehicle• Angle of the steering wheel• Activation of the brake system

These data can help provide a betterunderstanding of the circumstancesin which crashes and injuries occur.NOTE: EDR data are recorded by yourvehicle only if a nontrivial crash situa-tion occurs; no data are recorded bythe EDR under normal driving condi-tions and no personal data (e.g.,name, gender, age, and crash loca-tion) are recorded. However, otherparties, such as law enforcement,could combine the EDR data with thetype of personally identifying dataroutinely acquired during a crashinvestigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR, spe-cial equipment is required, andaccess to the vehicle or the EDR isneeded.In addition to the vehicle manufactur-er, other parties, such as law enforce-ment, that have the special equip-ment, can read the information if theyhave access to the vehicle or the EDR.

VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS

1 7

Introduction

INDICATOR SYMBOLS ON THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Seat belt warning light

High beam indicator

Turn signal indicator

ABS warning light

Parking brake & Brake fluid warning light

Engine oil pressure warning light

Malfunction indicator light

Air bag warning light

Cruise indicator (if equipped)

Cruise SET indicator (if equipped)

Immobilizer indicator

Low fuel level warning light

* For more detailed explanations, refer to “Instrument cluster” in section 4.

Charging system warning light

Low windshield washer fluid level warning light(if equipped)

A050000ABK-EU

Door ajar warning light

Trunk ajar warning light

Front fog light indicator (if equipped)

TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) malfunctionindicator

Low tire pressure telltale

ESC indicator

ESC OFF indicator

Key out warning (if equipped) KEYOUT

2Interior overview / 2-2Instrument panel overview / 2-3Engine compartment / 2-4



22

INTERIOR OVERVIEW

1. Door lock/unlock button ....................4-162. Power window switches ....................4-203. Outside rearview mirror control

switch ................................................4-404. Trunk lid release switch ....................4-185. Fuel filler lid release button...............4-256. Hood release lever............................4-247. Clutch pedal* ....................................5-128. Brake pedal.......................................5-229. Accelerator pedal .......................5-6, 5-910. ESC OFF button .............................5-2711. Instrument panel illumination control

knob ................................................4-4312. Steering wheel ................................4-3113. Light control/Turn signals................4-6114. Steering wheel tilt ..........................4-3115. Shift lever...............................5-12, 5-1616. Parking brake..................................5-23* : if equipped

OBK019001

B010000ABH-EE

2 3


INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

1. Instrument cluster.............................4-42

2. Horn .................................................4-32

3. Driver’s front air bag.........................3-43

4. Wiper/Washer...................................4-65

5. Ignition switch or engine start/stop button*.........................5-4, 5-7

6. Hazard warning flasher switch..4-60, 6-2

7. Climate control system ...........4-70, 4-79

8. Seat warmer.......................................3-8

9. Passenger’s front air bag .................3-43

* : if equipped

OBK019002NB020000ABH-EE


42

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

1. Negative battery terminal..................7-30

2. Positive battery terminal ...................7-30

3. Fuse and relay box ...........................7-47

4. Windshield washer fluid reservoir .....7-22

5. Power steering fluid reservoir ...........7-21

6. Air cleaner.........................................7-24

7. Radiator cap .....................................7-19

8. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-16

9. Engine oil dipstick .............................7-16

10. Brake & clutch fluid reservoir..........7-20

11. Engine coolant reservoir .................7-18

OBK019003B030000ABH-EE

■■ 2.0 TCI Engine

* The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

2 5


1. Negative battery terminal..................7-30

2. Positive battery terminal ...................7-30

3. Fuse and relay box ...........................7-47

4. Windshield washer fluid reservoir .....7-22

5. Power steering fluid reservoir ...........7-21

6. Air cleaner.........................................7-24

7. Radiator cap .....................................7-19

8. Engine oil dipstick .............................7-16

9. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-16

10. Brake & clutch fluid reservoir..........7-20

11. Engine coolant reservoir .................7-18

■■ 3.8 Engine

* The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

OBK019004

3

Seats / 3-2Seat belts / 3-14Child restraint system / 3-24Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system / 3-32



23

C010000ABH-EU

Driver’s seat(1) Forward and backward(2) Seatback angle(3) Seat cushion height*(4) Lumbar support*(5) Seat warmer*(6) Headrest

Front passenger’s seat(7) Forward and backward(8) Seatback angle*(9) Walk-in seat(10) Seat warmer*(11) Headrest

Rear seat(12) Seatback locking knob

(in the trunk)(13) Seatback locking strap

(in the vehicle)(14) Headrest

*: if equipped

SEATS

OBK039001

3 3


WARNING - Driver’s seat• Never attempt to adjust the seat

while the vehicle is moving. Thiscould result in loss of control,and an accident causing death,serious injury, or property dam-age.

• Do not allow anything to interferewith the normal position of theseatback. Storing items against aseatback or in any other wayinterfering with proper locking ofa seatback could result in seriousor fatal injury in a sudden stop orcollision.

• Always drive and ride with yourseatback upright and the lap por-tion of the seat belt snug and lowacross the hips. This is the bestposition to protect you in case ofan accident.

• In order to avoid unnecessaryand perhaps severe air baginjuries, always sit as far back aspossible from the steering wheelwhile maintaining comfortablecontrol of the vehicle. We recom-mend that your chest be at least10 inches (250 mm) away fromthe steering wheel.

WARNING - Loose objectsLoose objects in the driver’s footarea could interfere with the opera-tion of the foot pedals, possiblycausing an accident. Do not placeanything under the front seats.

WARNING - Driver respon-sibility for passengers

Riding in a vehicle with the seat-back reclined could lead to seriousor fatal injury in an accident. If aseat is reclined during an accident,the occupant’s hips may slideunder the lap portion of the seatbelt applying great force to theunprotected abdomen. Serious orfatal internal injuries could result.The driver must advise the passen-ger to keep the seatback in anupright position whenever the vehi-cle is in motion.

WARNING - Uprightingseat

When you return the seatback to itsupright position, hold the seatbackand return it slowly and be surethere are no other occupantsaround the seat. If the seatback isreturned without being held andcontrolled, the back of the seatcould spring forward resulting inaccidental injury to a person struckby the seatback.


43

Front seat adjustment - manualC010101AHM

Forward and backwardTo move the seat forward or backward:1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever up

and hold it.2. Slide the seat to the position you

desire.3. Release the lever and make sure the

seat is locked in place.Adjust the seat before driving, and makesure the seat is locked securely by tryingto move forward and backward withoutusing the lever. If the seat moves, it is notlocked properly.

C010102AHM

Seatback angleTo recline the seatback:1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the

seatback recline lever.2. Carefully lean back on the seat and

adjust the seatback of the seat to theposition you desire.

3. Release the lever and make sure theseatback is locked in place. (The leverMUST return to its original position forthe seatback to lock.)

WARNINGAfter adjusting the seat, alwayscheck that it is securely locked intoplace by attempting to move theseat forward or backward withoutusing the lock release lever.Sudden or unexpected movementof the driver's seat could cause youto lose control of the vehicle result-ing in an accident.

OBK039002 OBK039003

3 5


C010103AHM

Seat cushion height (for driver’s seat)To change the height of the seat cushion,push the lever upwards or downwards.• To lower the seat cushion, push the

lever down several times.• To raise the seat cushion, pull the lever

up several times.

C010104AHM

HeadrestThe driver's and front passenger's seatsare equipped with a headrest for theoccupant's safety and comfort.The headrest not only provides comfortfor the driver and front passenger, butalso helps protect the head and neck inthe event of a collision.

OBK039004 OBK039051N

WARNING • For maximum effectiveness in

case of an accident, the headrestshould be adjusted so the middleof the headrest is at the sameheight of the center of gravity ofan occupant's head. Generally,the center of gravity of most peo-ple's head is similar with theheight of the top of their eyes.Also, adjust the headrest as closeto your head as possible. For thisreason, the use of a cushion thatholds the body away from theseatback is not recommended.

• Do not operate the vehicle withthe headrests removed. Severeinjury to the occupants mayoccur in the event of an accident.Headrests may provide protec-tion against neck injuries whenproperly adjusted.

• Do not adjust the headrest posi-tion of the driver’s seat while thevehicle is in motion.


63

Forward and backward adjustment The headrest may be adjusted forward to3 different positions by pulling the head-rest forward to the desired detent. Toadjust the headrest to it’s furthest back-ward position, pull it fully forward to thefarthest position and release it. Adjust theheadrest so that it properly supports thehead and neck.

Adjusting the height up and downTo raise the headrest, pull it up to thedesired position (1). To lower the head-rest, push and hold the release button (2)on the headrest support and lower theheadrest to the desired position (3).

RemovalTo remove the headrest, raise it as far asit can go then press the release button(1) while pulling upward (2).

OBK039006OBK039005 OBK039007

3 7


ReinstallTo reinstall the headrest, put the head-rest poles (1) into the holes while press-ing the release button (2). Then adjust itto the appropriate height.

Active headrest (if equipped)The active headrest is designed to moveforward and upward during a rear impact.This helps prevent the driver's and frontpassenger’s heads from moving back-ward and thus helps minimize neckinjuries.

C010105AHM

Lumbar support (for driver’s seat)The lumbar support can be adjusted bymoving the lever. Pivoting the leverincreases or decreases lumbar support.

WARNINGMake sure the headrest locks inposition after adjusting it to proper-ly protects the occupants.

OBK039030 HNF2041-1 OBK039008


83

C010107ABK

Seat warmer (if equipped)The seat warmers are provided to warmthe front seats during cold weather. Whilethe engine is running, push either of theswitches to warm the driver's seat or thefront passenger's seat.During mild weather or under conditionswhere the operation of the seat warmeris not needed, keep the switches in theOFF position.

✽✽ NOTICEWith the seat warmer switch in the ONposition, the heating system in the seatturns off or on automatically dependingon the seat temperature.

OBK039009

WARNING - Seat warmerburns

Passengers should use extremecaution when using seat warmersdue to the possibility of excessheating or burns. The occupantsmust be able to feel if the seat isbecoming too warm and to turn theseat warmer off. In particular, thedriver must exercise extreme carefor the following types of passen-gers:1. Infants, children, elderly or dis-

abled persons, or hospital outpa-tients

2. Persons with sensitive skin orthose that burn easily

3. Fatigued individuals4. Intoxicated individuals5. Individuals taking medication

that can cause drowsiness orsleepiness (sleeping pills, coldtablets, etc.)

CAUTION• When cleaning the seats, do not

use an organic solvent such asthinner, benzene, alcohol andgasoline. Doing so may damagethe surface of the heater or seats.

• To prevent overheating the seatwarmer, do not place blankets,cushions or seat covers on theseats while the seat warmer is inoperation.

• Do not place heavy or sharpobjects on seats equipped withseat warmers. Damage to the seatwarming components could occur.

3 9


C010200AEN

Front seat adjustment - power(for driver’s seat) (if equipped)The front seat can be adjusted by usingthe control knob located on the outside ofthe seat cushion. Before driving, adjustthe seat to the proper position so as toeasily control the steering wheel, pedalsand switches on the instrument panel.

C010201AUN

Forward and backwardPush the control knob forward or back-ward to move the seat to the desiredposition. Release the knob once the seatreaches the desired position.

WARNINGThe power seat is operable with theignition OFF.Therefore, children should never beleft unattended in the car.

CAUTION• The power seat is driven by an

electric motor. Stop operatingonce the adjustment is complet-ed. Excessive operation maydamage the electrical equipment.

• When in operation, the powerseat consumes a large amount ofelectrical power. To preventunnecessary charging systemdrain, don’t adjust the power seatlonger than necessary while theengine is not running.

• Do not operate two or more powerseat control knobs at the sametime. Doing so may result inpower seat motor or electricalcomponent malfunction.

OBK039011


103

C010203ABH

Seat cushion height (for driver’s seat)Pull the front portion of the control knobup to raise or push down to lower thefront part of the seat cushion. Pull therear portion of the control knob up toraise or push down to lower the rear partof the seat cushion. Release the knobonce the seat reaches the desired posi-tion.

C010110ABK

Rear seat entry (Walk in device)The driver and front passenger's seat-backs should be tilted to enter the rearseat.

Driver’s seatBy pulling up the seatback recline lever(1) the seatback will tilt forward. Then pullthe seat slide adjustment lever up orpush the control knob foward to move theseat forward.After getting in or out, recline and returnthe seatback to the original position.Make sure that the seat is locked inplace.

Front passenger’s seatBy pulling up the walk in device lever (2)on the back of the front passenger’s seat-back, the seatback will tilt forward. Thenpush the seat forward to allow the occu-pants to enter.

By pulling up the seatback, the seatbackis reclined and returned to the originalposition.

OBK039012 OBK039016 OBK039017

3 11


Rear seatC010307ABK

Folding the rear seatThe rear seatbacks may be folded tofacilitate carrying long items or toincrease the luggage capacity of thevehicle.

To fold down the rear seatback:1. Set the front seatback to the upright

position and if necessary, slide thefront seat forward.

2. Pull out the seatback locking knob (1)in the trunk or the strap (2) at the cen-tral of the rearseat.

WARNINGDon't drive with the passenger sideseatback reclined. It is dangerous tomove it while driving. Be sure theseatback is upright before driving.

WARNING• Never attempt to adjust the seat

while the vehicle is moving or thefront seats are occupied as theseat may suddenly move andcause the passenger on the seatto be injured.

• Do not put your hands under-neath the seat while adjusting it. WARNING

The purpose of the fold-down rearseatbacks is to allow you to carrylonger objects than could other-wise be accommodated.Never allow passengers to sit ontop of the folded down seatbackwhile the car is moving as this isnot a proper seating position andno seat belts are available for use.This could result in serious injuryor death in case of an accident orsudden stop. Objects carried on thefolded down seatback should notextend higher than the top of thefront seats. This could allow cargoto slide forward and cause injury ordamage during sudden stops.

OBK039014

OBK039032


123

3. Fold the seatback toward the front ofthe vehicle.

4. Take the shoulder belt out of the rearshoulder belt guides and move therear belts to the outside so they don'tinterfere with the seatback when fold-ing.

5. When you return the seatback to itsupright position, always be sure it haslocked into position by pushing on thetop of the seatback.

6. Insert the rear shoulder belts in therear shoulder belt guides.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the seat belt locks when the seatbackis folded, and pull out the locked seatbelt then release it.

OMC025039OBK039015

CAUTIONTo discourage theft, only use theseatback locking strap(2) at thecenter of the rear seat in an emer-gency situation(battery is dis-charged). Hide the strap so it is notalways visible.

3 13


WARNING When you return the rear seatbackto its upright position after beingfolded down:Be careful not to damage the seatbelt webbing or buckle. Do notallow the seat belt webbing orbuckle to get caught or pinched inthe rear seat. Ensure that the seat-back is completely locked into itsupright position by pushing on thetop of the seatback. Otherwise, inan accident or sudden stop, theseat could fold down and allowcargo to enter the passenger com-partment, which could result inserious injury or death.

CAUTION - Rear seat belts• When returning the rear seatbacks

to the upright position, rememberto return the rear shoulder belt toits proper position.

• After returning the rear seatbacksto the upright position, check thatthe rear seats are secure.

WARNING - CargoCargo should always be secured toprevent it from being thrown aboutthe vehicle in a collision and caus-ing injury to the vehicle occupants.Do not place objects in the rearseats, since they cannot be proper-ly secured and may hit the frontseat occupants in a collision.

WARNING - Cargo loadingMake sure the engine is off, theshift lever is in P (Park) and theparking brake is securely appliedwhenever loading or unloadingcargo. Failure to take these stepsmay allow the vehicle to move if theshift lever is inadvertently moved toanother position.


143

C020100AUN

Seat belt restraint system

SEAT BELTS

WARNINGSeat belts are designed to bearupon the bony structure of thebody, and should be worn lowacross the front of the pelvis, or thepelvis, chest and shoulders, asapplicable; wearing the lap sectionof the belt across the abdominalarea must be avoided.Seat belts should be adjusted asfirmly as possible, consistent withcomfort, to provide the protectionfor which they have been designed.A slack belt will greatly reduce theprotection afforded to the wearer.

(Continued)

(Continued)Care should be taken to avoid con-tamination of the webbing with pol-ishes, oils and chemicals and par-ticularly battery acid. Cleaning maysafely be carried out using mildsoap and water. The belt should bereplaced if webbing becomesfrayed, contaminated or damaged.It is essential to replace the entireassembly after it has been worn ina severe impact even if damage tothe assembly is not obvious. Beltsshould not be worn with strapstwisted. Each seat belt assemblymust only be used by one occu-pant; it is dangerous to put a beltaround a child being carried on theoccupant's lap.

WARNINGNo modifications or additionsshould be made by the user whichwill either prevent the seat beltadjusting devices from operating toremove slack, or prevent the seatbelt assembly from being adjustedto remove slack.

(Continued)• Avoid wearing twisted seat belts.

A twisted belt can't do its job aswell. In a collision, it could evencut into you. Be sure the beltwebbing is straight and not twist-ed.

• Be careful not to damage the beltwebbing or hardware. If the beltwebbing or hardware is dam-aged, replace it.

WARNING• For maximum restraint system

protection, the seat belts mustalways be used whenever the caris moving.

• Seat belts are most effectivewhen seatbacks are in theupright position.

• Children age 12 and under mustalways be properly restrained inthe rear seat. Never allow chil-dren to ride in the front passen-ger seat. If a child over 12 mustbe seated in the front seat, he/shemust be properly belted and theseat should be moved as far backas possible.

• Never wear the shoulder beltunder your arm or behind yourback. An improperly positionedshoulder belt can cause seriousinjuries in a crash. The shoulderbelt should be positioned midwayover your shoulder across yourcollarbone.

(Continued)

3 15


C020101ABK-EU

Seat belt warning (for driver’s seat)As a reminder to the driver, the seat beltwarning light will blink for approximately6 seconds each time you turn the ignitionswitch ON or/and START regardless ofbelt fastening.

If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition switch is turned ONand/or START, the seat belt warning lightand the seat belt warning chime willoperate for approximately 6 seconds. Ifthe driver’s seat belt is fastened withinthe 6 seconds, the warning light will blinkduring the 6 seconds and the warningchime will turn off immediately.If the driver's seat belt is disconnectedafter the ignition switch is turned to theON position, the seat belt warning lightwill blink for approximately 6 secondsuntil the belt is fastened. If the driver'sseat belt is not fastened when the vehiclespeed exceeds 6 mph (10 km/h), theseat belt warning light and chime willoperate for approximately 10 times with apattern of 6 seconds on and 24 secondsoff until the belt is fastened or the vehiclespeed decreases below 3 mph (5 km/h).

C020102ABH-EU

Seat belt - Driver's 3-point systemwith emergency locking retractorTo fasten your seat belt:To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of theretractor and insert the metal tab (1) intothe buckle (2). There will be an audible"click" when the tab locks into the buckle.The seat belt automatically adjusts to theproper length only after the lap belt por-tion is adjusted manually so that it fitssnugly around your hips. If you lean for-ward in a slow, easy motion, the belt willextend and let you move around. If thereis a sudden stop or impact, however, thebelt will lock into position. It will also lockif you try to lean forward too quickly.

1GQA2083 B180A01NF-1


163

C020106ABK

Seat belts - Front passenger and rearseat 3-point system with combinationlocking retractorTo fasten your seat belt: Combination retractor type seat belts areinstalled in the rear seat positions to helpaccommodate the installation of childrestraint systems. Although a combina-tion retractor is also installed in the frontpassenger seat position, it is stronglyrecommended that children always beseated in the rear seat. NEVER placeany infant restraint system in the frontseat of the vehicle.This type of seat belt combines the fea-tures of both an emergency lockingretractor seat belt and an automatic lock-ing retractor seat belt. To fasten your seatbelt, pull it out of the retractor and insertthe metal tab into the buckle. There willbe an audible "click" when the tab locksinto the buckle. When not securing achild restraint, the seat belt operates inthe same way as the driver's seat belt(Emergency Locking Retractor Type). Itautomatically adjusts to the proper lengthonly after the lap belt portion of the seatbelt is adjusted manually so that it fitssnugly around your hips.

WARNINGFailure to replace seat belts after anaccident could leave you with dam-aged seat belts that will not provideprotection in the event of anothercollision leading to personal injuryor death. Replace your seat belts assoon as possible after being in anaccident.

B200A02NF

WARNINGYou should place the lap belt por-tion as low as possible and snuglyacross your hips, not on your waist.If the lap belt is located too high onyour waist, it may increase thechance of injury in the event of acollision. Both arms should not beunder or over the belt. Rather, oneshould be over and the other under,as shown in the illustration.Never wear the seat belt under thearm nearest the door.

3 17


When the seat belt is fully extended fromthe retractor to allow the installation of achild restraint system, the seat belt oper-ation changes to allow the belt to retract,but not to extend (Automatic LockingRetractor Type). Refer to “Using a childrestraint system” in this section.

✽✽ NOTICEAlthough the combination retractorprovides the same level of protection forseated passengers in either emergencyor automatic locking modes, it is recom-mended that seated passengers use theemergency locking feature for improvedconvenience. The automatic lockingfunction is intended to facilitate childrestraint installation. To convert fromthe automatic locking feature to theemergency locking operation mode,allow the unbuckled seat belt to fullyretract.

To release the seat belt:The seat belt is released by pressing therelease button (1) in the locking buckle.When it is released, the belt should auto-matically draw back into the retractor.If this does not happen, check the belt tobe sure it is not twisted, then try again.

Belt guideThe belt guide is used to improve accessto the seat belt and to allow access to therear seat.When fastening your seat belt, positionthe seat belt near the belt guide thenbring the guide strap around the seat beltand snap the belt guide to the seat bot-tom as indicated in the illustration.The belt guide is secured to the sideshield by using the magnet(1) on theguide strap.

B210A01NF-1 OBK039053


183

C020200BBH-EU

Pre-tensioner seat belt Your vehicle is equipped with driver's andfront passenger's pre-tensioner seatbelts. The purpose of the pre-tensioner isto make sure that the seat belts fit tightlyagainst the occupant's body in certainfrontal collisions. The pre-tensioner seatbelts may be activated in certain frontalcollisions.

When the vehicle stops suddenly, or ifthe occupant tries to lean forward tooquickly, the seat belt retractor will lockinto position. In certain frontal collisions,the pre-tensioner will activate and pullthe seat belt into tighter contact againstthe occupant's body.If the system senses excessive tensionon the driver or passenger's seat beltwhen the pre-tensioner activates, theload limiter inside the pre-tensioner willrelease some of the pressure on theaffected seat belt.

The seat belt pre-tensioner system con-sists mainly of the following components.Their locations are shown in the illustra-tion:1. SRS air bag warning light2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly3. SRS control module

OEN036300 OBH038100

3 19


✽✽ NOTICE• Both the driver's and front passen-

ger's pre-tensioner seat belts may beactivated in certain frontal collisions.

• When the pre-tensioner seat belts areactivated, a loud noise may be heardand fine dust, which may appear to besmoke, may be visible in the passengercompartment. These are normal oper-ating conditions and are not haz-ardous.

• Although it is harmless, the fine dustmay cause skin irritation and shouldnot be breathed for prolonged peri-ods. Wash all exposed skin areas thor-oughly after an accident in which thepre-tensioner seat belts were activat-ed.

✽✽ NOTICEBecause the sensor that activates theSRS air bag is connected with the pre-tensioner seat belt, the SRS air bagwarning light on the instrumentpanel will illuminate for approximately6 seconds after the ignition switch hasbeen turned to the ON position, andthen it should turn off.

WARNINGTo obtain maximum benefit from apre-tensioner seat belt:1. The seat belt must be worn cor-

rectly and adjusted to the properposition. Please read and followall of the important informationand precautions about your vehi-cle’s occupant safety features –including seat belts and air bags– that are provided in this manu-al.

2. Be sure you and your passen-gers always wear seat belts prop-erly.

CAUTIONIf the pre-tensioner seat belt is notworking properly, this warning lightwill illuminate even if there is nomalfunction of the SRS air bag. Ifthe SRS air bag warning light doesnot illuminate when the ignitionswitch is turned ON, or if it remainsilluminated after illuminating forapproximately 6 seconds, or if itilluminates while the vehicle isbeing driven, have an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer inspect the pre-tensioner seat belt and SRS air bagsystem as soon as possible.


203

(Continued)• Improper handling of the pre-ten-

sioner seat belt assemblies, andfailure to heed the warnings notto strike, modify, inspect, replace,service or repair the pre-tension-er seat belt assemblies may leadto improper operation or inadver-tent activation and serious injury.

• Always wear the seat belts whendriving or riding in a motor vehi-cle.

• If the vehicle or pre-tensionerseat belt must be discarded, con-tact an authorized HYUNDAI deal-er.

WARNINGAll occupants of the vehicle mustwear their seat belts at all times.Seat belts and child restraintsreduce the risk of serious or fatalinjuries for all occupants in theevent of a collision or sudden stop.Without a seat belt, occupantscould be shifted too close to adeploying air bag, strike the interiorstructure or be thrown from thevehicle. Properly worn seat beltsgreatly reduce these hazards.Even with advanced air bags,unbelted occupants can be severe-ly injured by a deploying air bag.Always follow the precautionsabout seat belts, air bags and occu-pant seating contained in this man-ual.

C020300AUN-EU

Seat belt precautionsWARNING• Pre-tensioners are designed to

operate only one time. After acti-vation, pre-tensioner seat beltsmust be replaced. All seat belts,of any type, should always bereplaced after they have beenworn during a collision.

• The pre-tensioner seat beltassembly mechanisms becomehot during activation. Do nottouch the pre-tensioner seat beltassemblies for several minutesafter they have been activated.

• Do not attempt to inspect orreplace the pre-tensioner seatbelts yourself. This must be doneby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Do not strike the pre-tensionerseat belt assemblies.

• Do not attempt to service orrepair the pre-tensioner seat beltsystem in any manner.

(Continued)

3 21


C020306AUN-EU

Infant or small childAll 50 states have child restraint laws.Youshould be aware of the specific require-ments in your state. Child and/or infantseats must be properly placed andinstalled in the rear seat. For more infor-mation about the use of these restraints,refer to “Child restraint system” in thissection.

✽✽ NOTICESmall children are best protected frominjury in an accident when properlyrestrained in the rear seat by a childrestraint system that meets the require-ments of the Federal Motor VehicleSafety Standards. Before buying anychild restraint system, make sure that ithas a label certifying that it meetsFederal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard213. The restraint must be appropriatefor your child's height and weight.Check the label on the child restraint forthis information. Refer to “Childrestraint system” in this section.

C020301AUN

Larger childrenChildren who are too large for childrestraint systems should always occupythe rear seat and use the availablelap/shoulder belts. The lap portion shouldbe fastened and snugged on the hipsand as low as possible. Check if the beltfits periodically. A child's squirming couldput the belt out of position. Children aregiven the most safety in the event of anaccident when they are restrained by aproper restraint system in the rear seat. Ifa larger child (over age 12) must be seat-ed in the front seat, the child should besecurely restrained by the availablelap/shoulder belt and the seat should beplaced in the rearmost position. Childrenage 12 and under should be restrainedsecurely in the rear seat. NEVER place achild age 12 and under in the front seat.NEVER place a rear facing child seat inthe front seat of a vehicle.

WARNINGEvery person in your vehicle needsto be properly restrained at alltimes, including infants and chil-dren. Never hold a child in yourarms or lap when riding in a vehi-cle. The violent forces created dur-ing a crash will tear the child fromyour arms and throw the childagainst the interior. Always use achild restraint appropriate for yourchild's height and weight.


223

If the shoulder belt portion slightly touch-es the child’s neck or face, try placing thechild closer to the center of the vehicle. Ifthe shoulder belt still touches their faceor neck they need to be returned to achild restraint system.

C020302AUN

Pregnant womenThe use of a seat belt is recommendedfor pregnant women to lessen the chanceof injury in an accident. When a seat beltis used, the lap belt portion should beplaced as low and snugly as possible onthe hips, not across the abdomen. Forspecific recommendations, consult aphysician.

C020303AUN

Injured personA seat belt should be used when aninjured person is being transported.When this is necessary, you should con-sult a physician for recommendations.

C020304AUN

One person per beltTwo people (including children) shouldnever attempt to use a single seat belt.This could increase the severity ofinjuries in case of an accident.

C020305ABK

Do not lie downTo reduce the chance of injuries in theevent of an accident and to achieve max-imum effectiveness of the restraint sys-tem, all passengers should be sitting upand the front seats should be in anupright position when the car is moving.A seat belt cannot provide proper protec-tion if the person is lying down in the rearseat or if the front seats are in a reclinedposition.

WARNING - Shoulder beltson small children

• Never allow a shoulder belt to bein contact with a child’s neck orface while the vehicle is inmotion.

• If seat belts are not properly wornand adjusted on children, there isa risk of death or serious injury.

3 23


C020400ABH

Care of seat beltsSeat belt systems should never be disas-sembled or modified. In addition, careshould be taken to assure that seat beltsand belt hardware are not damaged byseat hinges, doors or other abuse.

C020401AEN

Periodic inspectionAll seat belts should be inspected peri-odically for wear or damage of any kind.Any damaged parts should be replacedas soon as possible.

C020402AUN

Keep belts clean and drySeat belts should be kept clean and dry.If belts become dirty, they can becleaned by using a mild soap solutionand warm water. Bleach, dye, strongdetergents or abrasives should not beused because they may damage andweaken the fabric.

C020403AEN

When to replace seat beltsEntire in-use seat belt assembly orassemblies should be replaced if thevehicle has been involved in an accident.This should be done even if no damageis visible. Additional questions concern-ing seat belt operation should be directedto an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNINGRiding with a reclined seatbackincreases your chance of seriousor fatal injuries in the event of a col-lision or sudden stop. The protec-tion of your restraint system (seatbelts and air bags) is greatlyreduced by reclining your seat.Seat belts must be snug againstyour hips and chest to work proper-ly. The more the seatback isreclined, the greater the chancethat an occupant's hips will slideunder the lap belt causing seriousinternal injuries or the occupant'sneck could strike the shoulder belt.Drivers and passengers shouldalways sit well back in their seats,properly belted, and with the seat-backs upright.

WARNING When you return the rear seatbackto its upright position after the rearseatback has been folded down, becareful not to damage the seat beltwebbing or buckle. Be sure that thewebbing or buckle does not getcaught or pinched in the rear seat.A seat belt with damaged webbingor buckle could possibly fail duringa collision or sudden stop, result-ing in serious injury. If the webbingor buckles are damaged, get themreplaced immediately.


243

WARNINGTo reduce the chance of serious orfatal injuries:• Children of all ages are safer

when restrained in the rear seat.A child riding in the front passen-ger seat can be forcefully struckby an inflating air bag resulting inserious or fatal injuries.

• Always follow the child restraintsystem manufacturer’s instruc-tions for installation and use ofthe child restraint.

• Always make sure the child seatis secured properly in the car andyour child is securely restrainedin the child seat.

• Never hold a child in your arms orlap when riding in a vehicle. Theviolent forces created during acrash will tear the child from yourarms and throw the child againstthe car’s interior.

• Never put a seat belt over your-self and a child. During a crash,the belt could press deep into thechild causing serious internalinjuries.

(Continued)

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMC030000AEN-EU

Children riding in the car should sit in therear seat and must always be properlyrestrained to minimize the risk of injury inan accident, sudden stop or suddenmaneuver. According to accident statis-tics, children are safer when properlyrestrained in the rear seats than in thefront seat. Larger children not in a childrestraint should use one of the seat beltsprovided.You should be aware of the specificrequirements in your state. Child and/orinfant safety seats must be properlyplaced and installed in the rear seat. Youmust use a commercially available childrestraint system that meets the require-ments of the Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards (FMVSS).Child restraint systems are designed to besecured in vehicle seats by lap belts or thelap belt portion of a lap/shoulder belt, orby a LATCH system (if equipped).Children could be injured or killed in acrash if their restraints are not properlysecured. For small children and babies, achild seat or infant seat must be used.Before buying a particular child restraintsystem, make sure it fits your car seatand seat belts, and fits your child. Followall the instructions provided by the man-ufacturer when installing the childrestraint system.

WARNING• A child restraint system must be

placed in the rear seat. Neverinstall a child or infant seat on thefront passenger's seat. Should anaccident occur and cause thepassenger-side air bag to deploy,it could severely injure or kill aninfant or child seated in an infantor child seat. Thus only use achild restraint in the rear seat ofyour vehicle.

• A seat belt or child restraint sys-tem can become very hot if it isleft in a closed vehicle on a sunnyday, even if the outside tempera-ture does not feel hot. Be sure tocheck the seat cover and bucklesbefore placing a child there.

• When the child restraint systemis not in use, store it in the lug-gage area or fasten it with a seatbelt so that it will not be thrownforward in the case of a suddenstop or an accident.

• Children may be seriously injuredor killed by an inflating air bag.All children, even those too largefor child restraints, must ride inthe rear seat.

3 25


C030100AEN-EU

Using a child restraint systemFor small children and babies, the use ofa child seat or infant seat is required.Thischild seat or infant seat should be ofappropriate size for the child and shouldbe installed in accordance with the man-ufacturer's instructions.

(Continued)• Never leave children unattended

in a vehicle – not even for a shorttime. The car can heat up veryquickly, resulting in seriousinjuries to children inside. Evenvery young children may inadver-tently cause the vehicle to move,entangle themselves in the win-dows, or lock themselves or oth-ers inside the vehicle.

• Never allow two children, or anytwo persons, to use the sameseat belt.

• Children often squirm and repo-sition themselves improperly.Never let a child ride with theshoulder belt under their arm orbehind their back. Always proper-ly position and secure children inthe rear seat.

• Never allow a child to stand-up orkneel on the seat or floor of amoving vehicle. During a colli-sion or sudden stop, the childcan be violently thrown againstthe vehicle’s interior, resulting inserious injury.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Never use an infant carrier or a

child safety seat that "hooks"over a seatback, it may not pro-vide adequate security in an acci-dent.

• Seat belts can become very hot,especially when the car is parkedin direct sunlight. Always checkseat belt buckles before fasten-ing them over a child. CRS09

OBK039018

Forward-facing child restraint system

Rearward-facing child restraint system


263

For safety reasons, we recommend thatthe child restraint system be used in therear seats.

Since all passenger seat belts movefreely under normal conditions and onlylock under extreme or emergency condi-tions (emergency lock mode), you mustmanually change these seat belts to theauto lock mode to secure a childrestraint.

C030102ABK-EU

Placing a passenger seat belt intothe auto lock mode The use of the auto lock mode willensure that the normal movement of thechild in the vehicle does not cause theseat belt to be pulled out and loosen thefirmness of its hold on the child restraintsystem. To secure a child restraint sys-tem, use the following procedure.

WARNING - Child seatinstallation

• A child can be seriously injuredor killed in a collision if the childrestraint is not properly anchoredto the car and the child is notproperly restrained in the childrestraint. Before installing thechild restraint system, read theinstructions supplied by the childrestraint system manufacturer.

• If the seat belt does not operateas described in this section, havethe system checked immediatelyby your authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

• Failure to observe this manual'sinstructions regarding childrestraint systems and theinstructions provided with thechild restraint system couldincrease the chance and/orseverity of injury in an accident.

WARNINGNever place a rear-facing childrestraint in the front passengerseat, because of the danger that aninflating passenger-side air bagcould impact the rear-facing childrestraint and kill the child.

E2MS103005

3 27


To install a child restraint system on therear seats, do the following:1. Place the child restraint system in the

seat and route the lap/shoulder beltaround or through the restraint, follow-ing the restraint manufacturer’sinstructions. Be sure the seat beltwebbing is not twisted.

2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch intothe buckle. Listen for the distinct “click”sound.

Position the release button so that it iseasy to access in case of an emergency.

3. Pull the shoulder portion of the seatbelt all the way out. When the shoulderportion of the seat belt is fully extend-ed, it will shift the retractor to the “AutoLock” (child restraint) mode.

4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion ofthe seat belt to retract and listen for anaudible “clicking” or “ratcheting” sound.This indicates that the retractor is inthe “Auto Lock” mode. If no distinctsound is heard, repeat steps 3 and 4.

OBH039102OEN036101 OBH039103


283

5. Remove as much slack from the beltas possible by pushing down on thechild restraint system while feeding theshoulder belt back into the retractor.

6. Push and pull on the child restraintsystem to confirm that the seat belt isholding it firmly in place. If it is not,release the seat belt and repeat steps2 through 6.

7. Double check that the retractor is inthe “Auto Lock” mode by attempting topull more of the seat belt out of theretractor. If you cannot, the retractor isin the “Auto Lock” mode.

To remove the child restraint, press therelease button on the buckle and thenpull the lap/shoulder belt out of therestraint and allow the seat belt to retractfully.

When the seat belt is allowed toretract to its fully stowed position, theretractor will automatically switchfrom the “Auto Lock” mode to theemergency lock mode for normaladult usage.

C030103ABH-EU

Securing a child restraint seat with“Tether Anchor” system Child restraint hook holders are locatedon the package tray.

OEN036104

WARNING - Auto lockmode

The lap/shoulder belt automaticallyreturns to the “emergency lockmode” whenever the belt is allowedto retract fully. Therefore, the pre-ceding seven steps must be fol-lowed each time a child restraint isinstalled.If the retractor is not in theAutomatic Locking mode, the childrestraint can move when your vehi-cle turns or stops suddenly. A childcan be seriously injured or killed ifthe child restraint is not properlyanchored to the car, including set-ting the retractor to the AutomaticLocking mode.

OBK039034

3 29


1. Route the child restraint seat strapover the seatback.For vehicles with adjustable head-rests, route the tether strap under theheadrest and between the headrestposts, otherwise route the tether strapover the top of the seatback.

2. Connect the tether strap hook to theappropriate child restraint hook holderand tighten to secure the child restraintseat.

OBK039035

WARNINGWhen using the vehicle's "TetherAnchor" system to install a childrestraint system in the rear seat, allunused vehicle rear seat belt metallatch plates or tabs must be latchedsecurely in their seat belt bucklesand the seat belt webbing must beretracted behind the child restraintto prevent the child from reachingand taking hold of unretracted seatbelts. Unlatched metal latch platesor tabs may allow the child to reachthe unretracted seat belts whichmay result in strangulation and aserious injury or death to the childin the child restraint.

WARNING - Tether strapNever mount more than one childrestraint to a single tether or to asingle lower anchorage point. Theincreased load caused by multipleseats may cause the tethers oranchorage points to break, causingserious injury or death.

WARNINGA child can be seriously injured orkilled in a collision if the childrestraint is not properly anchoredto the car and the child is not prop-erly restrained in the child restraint.Always follow the child seat manu-facturer’s instructions for installa-tion and use.


303

C030104ABK-EU

Securing a child restraint seat withchild seat lower anchor systemSome child seat manufacturers makechild restraint seats that are labeled asLATCH or LATCH-compatible childrestraint seats. LATCH stands for "LowerAnchors and Tethers for Children". Theseseats include two rigid or webbingmounted attachments that connect totwo LATCH anchors at specific seatingpositions in your vehicle. This type ofchild restraint seat eliminates the need touse seat belts to attach the child seat inthe rear seats.

Child restraint symbols are located onthe left and right rear seat backs to indi-cate the position of the lower anchors forchild restraints.LATCH anchors have been provided inyour vehicle. The LATCH anchors arelocated in the left and right outboard rearseating positions. Their locations areshown in the illustration.The LATCH anchors are located on theback of the rear seat cushion of the rearseat left and right outboard seating posi-tions.Follow the child seat manufacturer’sinstructions to properly install childrestraint seats with LATCH or LATCH-compatible attachments.

WARNING - Child restraint anchorage

• Child restraint anchorages aredesigned to withstand only thoseloads imposed by correctly fittedchild restraints. Under no circum-stances are they to be used foradult seat belts or harnesses orfor attaching other items orequipment to the vehicle.

• The tether strap may not workproperly if attached somewhereother than the correct tetheranchor.

WARNING - Child restraintcheck

Check that the child restraint sys-tem is secure by pushing andpulling it in different directions.Incorrectly fitted child restraintsmay swing, twist, tip or separatecausing death or serious injury.

OBK039036 OBK039037

Lower Anchor

Lower AnchorPosition Indicator

3 31


Once you have installed the LATCH childrestraint, assure that the seat is properlyattached to the LATCH and tetheranchors.Also, test the child restraint seat beforeyou place the child in it. Tilt the seat fromside to side. Also try to tug the seat for-ward. Check to see if the anchors holdthe seat in place. WARNING

If the child restraint is not anchoredproperly, the risk of a child beingseriously injured or killed in a colli-sion greatly increases.

WARNING - LATCH loweranchors

LATCH lower anchors are only tobe used with the left and right rearoutboard seating positions.

WARNING When using the vehicle's "LATCH"system to install a child restraintsystem in the rear seat, all unusedvehicle rear seat belt metal latchplates or tabs must be latchedsecurely in their seat belt bucklesand the seat belt webbing must beretracted behind the child restraintto prevent the child from reachingand taking hold of unretracted seatbelts. Unlatched metal latch platesor tabs may allow the child to reachthe unretracted seat belts whichmay result in strangulation and aserious injury or death to the childin the child restraint.

CAUTIONDo not allow the rear seat belt web-bing to get scratched or pinched bythe child-seat latch and LATCHanchor during the installation.


323

C040000ABH

(1) Driver’s front air bag(2) Passenger’s front air bag(3) Side impact air bag(4) Curtain air bag

AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

WARNINGEven in vehicles with air bags, youand your passengers must alwayswear the seat belts provided inorder to minimize the risk andseverity of injury in the event of acollision or rollover.

OBK039019

* The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

3 33


C040900AEN-EU

How does the air bag systemoperate • Air bags are activated (able to inflate if

necessary) only when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON or STARTposition.

• Air bags inflate instantly in the event ofa serious frontal or side collision inorder to help protect the occupantsfrom serious physical injury.

• There is no single speed at which theair bags will inflate.Generally, air bags are designed toinflate based upon the severity of a col-lision and its direction. These two fac-tors determine whether the sensorsproduce an electronic deployment/inflation signal.

• Air bag deployment depends on anumber of factors including vehiclespeed, angles of impact and the densi-ty and stiffness of the vehicles orobjects which your vehicle hits in thecollision. The determining factors arenot limited to those mentioned above.

• The front air bags will completelyinflate and deflate in an instant.It is virtually impossible for you to seethe air bags inflate during an accident.

It is much more likely that you will sim-ply see the deflated air bags hangingout of their storage compartments afterthe collision.

• In order to help provide protection in asevere collision, the air bags mustinflate rapidly. The speed of air baginflation is a consequence of theextremely short time in which a collisionoccurs and the need to inflate the airbag between the occupant and thevehicle structures before the occupantimpacts those structures. This speed ofinflation reduces the risk of serious orlife-threatening injuries in a severe col-lision and is thus a necessary part of airbag design.However, air bag inflation can alsocause injuries which can include facialabrasions, bruises and broken bonesbecause the inflation speed also caus-es the air bags to expand with a greatdeal of force.

• There are even circumstancesunder which contact with the steer-ing wheel air bag can cause fatalinjuries, especially if the occupantis positioned excessively close tothe steering wheel.

WARNING• To avoid severe personal injury

or death caused by deploying airbags in a collision, the drivershould sit as far back from thesteering wheel air bag as possi-ble (at least 10 inches (250 mm)away). The front passengersshould always move their seatsas far back as possible and sitback in their seat.

• Air bags inflate instantly in theevent of collision, and passen-gers may be injured by the air bagexpansion force if they are not inproper position.

• Air bag inflation may causeinjuries including facial or bodilyabrasions, injuries from brokenglasses or burns.


343

C040902AEN

Noise and smokeWhen the air bags inflate, they make aloud noise and they leave smoke andpowder in the air inside of the vehicle.This is normal and is a result of the igni-tion of the air bag inflator. After the airbag inflates, you may feel substantial dis-comfort in breathing due to the contact ofyour chest with both the seat belt and theair bag, as well as from breathing thesmoke and powder. Open your doorsand/or windows as soon as possibleafter impact in order to reduce dis-comfort and prevent prolonged expo-sure to the smoke and powder.Though the smoke and powder are non-toxic, they may cause irritation to the skin(eyes, nose and throat, etc). If this is thecase, wash and rinse with cold waterimmediately and consult a doctor if thesymptom persists.

C040903AEN

Do not install a child restraint on thefront passenger’s seat.Never place a rear-facing child restraintin the front passenger’s seat. If the airbag deploys, it would impact the rear-fac-ing child restraint, causing serious orfatal injury.In addition, do not place front-facing childrestraints in the front passenger’s seateither. If the front passenger air baginflates, it could cause serious or fatalinjuries to the child.

1JBH3051

WARNINGWhen the air bags deploy, the airbag related parts in the steeringwheel and/or instrument paneland/or in both sides of the roof railsabove the front and rear doors arevery hot. To prevent injury, do nottouch the air bag storage area’sinternal components immediatelyafter an air bag has inflated.

WARNING• Extreme Hazard! Do not use a

rearward facing child restraint ona seat protected by an air bag infront of it!

• Never put a child restraint in thefront passenger’s seat. If the frontpassenger air bag inflates, it cancause serious or fatal injuries.

3 35


C040100ABK-EU

SRS components and functionsThe SRS consists of the following com-ponents:1. Driver's front air bag module2. Passenger's front air bag module3. Side impact air bag modules4. Curtain air bag modules5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies6. Air bag warning light7. SRS control module (SRSCM)8. Front impact sensors9. Side impact sensors10. “PASS AIRBAG OFF” indicator

(Front passenger’s seat only)11. Occupant classification system

(Front passenger’s seat only)

The SRSCM continually monitors allSRS components while the ignitionswitch is ON to determine if a crashimpact is severe enough to require airbag deployment or pre-tensioner seatbelt deployment.

Air bag warning lightThe SRS air bag warning light " " onthe instrument panel will blink for about 6seconds after the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position, after which the SRSair bag warning light " " should go out.If any of the following conditions occurs,this indicates a malfunction of the SRS.Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealerinspect the air bag system as soon aspossible.• The light does not turn on briefly when

you turn the ignition ON.• The light stays on after illuminating for

approximately 6 seconds.• The light comes on while the vehicle is

in motion.

W7-147OBK039059N


363

The front air bag modules are locatedboth in the center of the steering wheeland in the front passenger's panel abovethe glove box. When the SRSCM detectsa sufficiently severe impact to the front ofthe vehicle, it will automatically deploythe front air bags.

Upon deployment, tear seams moldeddirectly into the pad covers will separateunder pressure from the expansion of theair bags. Further opening of the coversthen allows full inflation of the air bags.

A fully inflated air bag, in combinationwith a properly worn seat belt, slows thedriver's or the passenger's forwardmotion, reducing the risk of head andchest injury.

After complete inflation, the air bagimmediately starts deflating, enabling thedriver to maintain forward visibility andthe ability to steer or operate other con-trols.

B240B01L

Driver’s front air bag (1)

B240B02L B240B03L

Driver’s front air bag (2) Driver’s front air bag (3)

3 37


WARNING • Do not install or place any acces-

sories (drink holder, cassetteholder, sticker, etc.) on the frontpassenger's panel above theglove box in a vehicle with a pas-senger's air bag. Such objectsmay become dangerous projec-tiles and cause injury if the pas-senger's air bag inflates.

• When installing a container of liq-uid air freshener inside the vehi-cle, do not place it near theinstrument cluster nor on theinstrument panel surface.It may become a dangerous pro-jectile and cause injury if the pas-senger's air bag inflates.

B240B05L

Passenger’s front air bag

WARNING• If an air bag deploys, there may

be a loud noise followed by a finedust released in the vehicle.These conditions are normal andare not hazardous - the air bagsare packed in this fine powder.The dust generated during airbag deployment may cause skinor eye irritation as well as aggra-vate asthma for some persons.Always wash all exposed skinareas thoroughly with lukewarmwater and a mild soap after anaccident in which the air bagswere deployed.

• The SRS can function only whenthe ignition switch is in the ONposition. If the SRS air bag warn-ing light " " does not illumi-nate, or continuously remains onafter illuminating for about 6 sec-onds when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, or afterthe engine is started, comes onwhile driving, the SRS is notworking properly. If this occurs,have your vehicle immediatelyinspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Before you replace a fuse or dis-

connect a battery terminal, turnthe ignition switch to the LOCKposition and remove the ignitionkey. Never remove or replace theair bag related fuse(s) when theignition switch is in the ON posi-tion. Failure to heed this warningwill cause the SRS “AIR BAG”warning light to illuminate.


383

C040300ABK-EU

Occupant classification systemYour vehicle is equipped with an occu-pant classification system in the frontpassenger's seat.The occupant classification system isdesigned to detect the presence of aproperly-seated front passenger anddetermine if the passenger's front air bagshould be enabled (may inflate) or not.The driver's front air bag is not affectedor controlled by the occupant classifica-tion system.

Main components of occupantclassification system• A detection device located within the

front passenger seat cushion.• Electronic system to determine

whether the passenger air bag sys-tems should be activated or deactivat-ed.

• A warning light located on the instru-ment panel which illuminates thewords "PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF"indicating the front passenger air bagsystem is deactivated.

• The instrument panel air bag warninglight is interconnected with the occu-pant classification system.

If the front passenger seat is occupied bya person that the system determines tobe of adult size, and he/she sits properly(sitting upright with the seatback in anupright position, centered on the seatcushion with their seat belt on, legs com-fortably extended and their feet on thefloor), the "PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF"indicator will be turned off and the frontpassenger's air bag will be able to inflate,if necessary, in frontal crashes.You will find the "PASSENGER AIRBAGOFF" indicator on the center facia panel.This system detects the conditions 1~4in the following table and activates ordeactivates the front passenger air bagbased on these conditions.

OBK039058N

3 39


Always be sure that you and all vehicleoccupants are seated and restrainedproperly (sitting upright with the seat inan upright position, centered on the seatcushion, with the person's legs comfort-ably extended, feet on the floor, andwearing the safety belt properly) for themost effective protection by the air bagand the safety belt.• The OCS may not function properly if

the passenger takes actions which canaffect the detection system. Theseinclude:(1) Failing to sit in an upright position.(2) Leaning against the door or center

console.(3) Sitting towards the sides or the

front of the seat.(4) Putting legs on the dashboard or

resting them on other locationswhich reduce the passenger weighton the front seat.

(5) Improperly wearing the safety belt.(6) Reclining the seat back.

C040301ABK

Condition and operation of the front passenger occupant classification system

*1) The system judges a person of adultsize as an adult. When a smalleradult sits in the front passenger seat,the system may recognize him/heras a child depending on his/herphysique and posture.

*2) Do not allow children to ride in thefront passenger seat. When a small-er child than the same age sits in thefront passenger seat, the systemmay recognize him/her as an infantdepending on his/her physique orposture.

*3) Never install a child restraint systemon the front passenger seat.

WARNINGRiding in an improper position orplacing weight on the front passen-ger's seat when it is unoccupied bya passenger adversely affects theoccupant classification system(OCS).

(Continued)

Condition detected bythe occupant classifica-

tion system

1. Adult *1

2. Child*2 of about 36

months old and

younger with child

restraint system

3. Unoccupied

4. There is a malfunc-

tion in the system

Off

On

On

Off

Off

Off

Off

On

Activated

Deactivated

Deactivated

Activated

"PASSENGER AIR BAGOFF" indicator light

SRS warning lightFront passenger air

bag

Indicator/Warning light Devices


403

1KMN3663

1KMN3664

1KMN3665

- Never sit with hips shiftedtowards the front of the seat.

- Never lean on the center console.- Never sit on one side of the front

passenger seat.

- Never place feet on the dash-board.

OVQ036013N

1KMN3662

- Never put a heavy load in thefront passenger seat or seatbackpocket.

- Never excessively recline thefront passenger seatback.

OVQ036014N

- Never place feet on the front pas-senger seatback.

(Continued)

3 41


When an adult is seated in the front pas-senger seat, if the “PASSENGERAIRBAG OFF” indicator is on, turn theignition switch to the LOCK position andask the passenger to sit properly (sittingupright with the seat back in an uprightposition, centered on the seat cushionwith their seat belt on, legs comfortablyextended and their feet on the floor).Restart the engine and have the personremain in that position for about 30 sec-onds. This will allow the system to detectthe person and to enable the passengerair bag.

If the "PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF" indi-cator is still on, ask the passenger tomove to the rear seat.

✽✽ NOTICEThe "PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF"indicator illuminates for about 4 sec-onds after the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position or after the engine isstarted. If the front passenger seat isoccupied, the occupant classificationsensor will then classify the front pas-senger after several more seconds.

B990A01O

WARNINGDo not allow an adult passenger toride in the front seat when the“PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF” indi-cator is illuminated because the airbag will not deploy in the event of acrash. If the "PASSENGER AIRBAGOFF" indicator remains illuminatedafter the adult passenger reposi-tions themselves properly and thecar is restarted, it is recommendedthat passenger move to the rearseat because the passenger's frontair bag will not deploy.Front seat passengers must stayproperly seated to avoid seriousinjury from a deploying air bag.

Proper position


423

(Continued)• Air bags can only be used once –

have an authorized HYUNDAIdealer replace the air bag imme-diately after deployment.

• A smaller-stature adult who is notseated correctly (for example:seat excessively reclined, leaningon the center console, or hipsshifted forward in the seat) cancause a condition where theadvanced frontal air bag systemsenses less weight than if theoccupant were seated properly(sitting upright with the seatbackin an upright position, centeredon the seat cushion with theirseat belt on, legs comfortablyextended and their feet on thefloor).This condition can result in anadult potentially being misclassi-fied and illumination of the "PAS-SENGER AIRBAG OFF" indicator.

(Continued)• Do not modify or replace the front

passenger seat. Don't place any-thing on or attach anything suchas a blanket or seat heater to thefront passenger seat. This canadversely affect the occupantclassification system.

• Do not sit on sharp objects suchas tools when occupying thefront passenger seat. This canadversely affect the occupantclassification system.

• Do not use accessory seat cov-ers on the front seats.

• Accident statistics show thatchildren are safer if they arerestrained in the rear, as opposedto the front seat. It is recom-mended that child restraints besecured in a rear seat, includingan infant riding in a rear-facinginfant seat, a child riding in a for-ward-facing child seat and anolder child riding in a boosterseat.

(Continued)

WARNING• Even though your vehicle is

equipped with the occupant clas-sification system, never install achild restraint system in the frontpassenger's seat. A deploying airbag can forcefully strike a childresulting in serious injuries ordeath. Any child age 12 andunder should ride in the rear seat.Children too large for childrestraints should use the avail-able lap/shoulder belts. No mat-ter what type of crash, children ofall ages are safer when restrainedin the rear seat.

• If the "PASSENGER AIRBAGOFF" indicator is illuminatedwhen the front passenger's seatis occupied by an adult andhe/she sits properly (sittingupright with the seatback in anupright position, centered on theseat cushion with their seat belton, legs comfortably extendedand their feet on the floor), havethat person sit in the rear seat.

(Continued)

3 43


C040400BBH-EU

Driver's and passenger's front airbagYour vehicle is equipped with aSupplemental Restraint (Air Bag) Systemand lap/shoulder belts at both the driverand passenger seating positions. Theindications of the system's presence arethe letters "SRS AIRBAG" embossed onthe air bag pad cover in the steeringwheel and the passenger's side frontpanel pad above the glove box.

The SRS consists of air bags installedunder the pad covers in the center of thesteering wheel and the passenger's sidefront panel above the glove box.

The purpose of the SRS is to provide thevehicle's driver and/or the front passen-ger with additional protection than thatoffered by the seat belt system alone incase of a frontal impact of sufficientseverity. The SRS uses sensors to gath-er information about the impact severity.

OBK039020

Driver’s front air bag

WARNINGIf the occupant classification sys-tem is not working properly, theSRS air bag warning light on theinstrument panel will illuminatebecause the passenger's front airbag is connected with the occupantclassification system. If there is amalfunction of the occupant classi-fication system, the "PASSENGERAIRBAG OFF" indicator will not illu-minate and the passenger's frontair bag will inflate in frontal impactcrashes even if there is no occu-pant in the front passenger's seat.If the SRS air bag warning lightdoes not illuminate when the igni-tion switch is turned to the ONposition, remains illuminated afterapproximately 6 seconds when theignition switch is turned to the ONposition, or if it illuminates whilethe vehicle is being driven, have anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer inspectthe occupant classification systemand the SRS air bag system assoon as possible.

OBH038027

Passenger’s front air bag


443

The advanced SRS offers the ability tocontrol the air bag inflation with two lev-els. A first stage level is provided for mod-erate-severity impacts. A second stagelevel is provided for more severe impacts.

The front passenger air bag is designedto help reduce the injury of childrenthrough interaction with the front passen-ger air bag by being too close to theinstrument panel in the low speed colli-sions. But children are safer if they arerestraint in the rear seat.

According to the impact severity, theSRSCM (SRS Control Module) controlsthe air bag inflation. Failure to properlywear seat belts can increase the risk orseverity of injury in an accident.

Additionally, your vehicle is equippedwith an occupant classification system inthe front passenger's seat. The occupantclassification system detects the pres-ence of a passenger in the front passen-ger's seat and will turn off the front pas-senger's air bag under certain condi-tions. For more detail, see "Occupantclassification system" in this section.

WARNINGIf the occupant classification sys-tem is not working properly, theSRS air bag warning light on theinstrument panel will illuminatebecause the SRS air bag warninglight is connected with the occu-pant classification system. If theSRS air bag warning light does notilluminate when the ignition switchis turned to the ON position,remains illuminated after approxi-mately 6 seconds when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON position,or if it illuminates while the vehicleis being driven, have an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer inspect theadvanced SRS air bag system assoon as possible.

3 45


✽✽ NOTICE• Be sure to read information about the

SRS on the labels provided on the sunvisor.

• Advanced air bags are combined withpre-tensioner seat belts to help pro-vide enhanced occupant protection infrontal crashes. Front air bags are notintended to deploy in collisions inwhich protection can be provided bythe pre-tensioner seat belt.

(Continued)• Move your seat as far back as

practical from the front air bags,while still maintaining control ofthe vehicle.

• You and your passengers shouldnever sit or lean unnecessarilyclose to the air bags. Improperlypositioned driver and passengerscan be severely injured by inflat-ing air bags.

• Never lean against the door orcenter console – always sit in anupright position.

• Do not allow a passenger to ridein the front seat when the “PAS-SENGER AIRBAG OFF” indicatoris illuminated, because the airbag will not deploy in the event ofa moderate or severe frontalcrash.

(Continued)

WARNINGAlways use seat belts and childrestraints – every trip, every time,everyone! Air bags inflate with con-siderable force and in the blink ofan eye. Seat belts help keep occu-pants in proper position to obtainmaximum benefit from the air bag.Even with advanced air bags,improperly belted and unbeltedoccupants can be severely injuredwhen the air bag inflates. Alwaysfollow the precautions about seatbelts, air bags and occupant safetycontained in this manual.To reduce the chance of serious orfatal injuries and receive the maxi-mum safety benefit from yourrestraint system:• Never place a child in any child or

booster seat in the front seat.• ABC – Always Buckle Children in

the back seat. It is the safestplace for children of any age toride.

• Front and side air bags can injureoccupants improperly positionedin the front seats.

(Continued)

WARNINGIf you are considering modificationof your vehicle due to a disability,please contact the HyundaiCustomer Assistance Center at 1-800-633-5151.


463

(Continued)• No objects should be placed over

or near the air bag modules onthe steering wheel, instrumentpanel, and the front passenger'spanel above the glove box,because any such object couldcause harm if the vehicle is in acrash severe enough to causethe air bags to deploy.

• Never place covers, blankets orseat warmers on the passengerseat as these may interfere withthe occupant classification sys-tem.

• Do not tamper with or disconnectSRS wiring or other componentsof the SRS system. Doing socould result in injury, due to acci-dental deployment of the air bagsor by rendering the SRS inopera-tive.

• If the SRS air bag warning lightremains illuminated while thevehicle is being driven, have anauthorized HYUNDAI dealerinspect the air bag system assoon as possible.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Air bags can only be used once –

have an authorized HYUNDAIdealer replace the air bag imme-diately after deployment.

• The SRS is designed to deploythe front air bags only when animpact is sufficiently severe andwhen the impact angle is lessthan 30° from the forward longitu-dinal axis of the vehicle.Additionally, the air bags will onlydeploy once. Seat belts must beworn at all times.

• Front air bags are not intended todeploy in side-impact, rear-impact or rollover crashes. Inaddition, front air bags will notdeploy in frontal crashes belowthe deployment threshold.

(Continued)

OBK039044

OBK039045

OBK039050

Rear impact

Side impact

Rollover

3 47


C040600ABK-EU

Side impact air bagYour vehicle is equipped with a sideimpact air bag in each front seat. Thepurpose of the air bag is to provide thevehicle's driver and/or the front passen-ger with additional protection than thatoffered by the seat belt alone.

(Continued)• Sitting improperly or out of posi-

tion can result in serious or fatalinjury in a crash. All occupantsshould sit upright with the seat-back in an upright position, cen-tered on the seat cushion withtheir seat belt on, legs comfort-ably extended and their feet onthe floor until the vehicle isparked and the ignition key isremoved.

• The SRS air bag system mustdeploy very rapidly to provideprotection in a crash. If an occu-pant is out of position because ofnot wearing a seat belt, the airbag may forcefully contact theoccupant causing serious or fatalinjuries.

(Continued)• Even though your vehicle is

equipped with the occupant clas-sification system, do not install achild restraint system in the frontpassenger seat position. A childrestraint system must never beplaced in the front seat.The infantor child could be severely injuredor killed by an air bag deploymentin case of an accident.

• Children age 12 and under mustalways be properly restrained inthe rear seat. Never allow chil-dren to ride in the front passen-ger seat. If a child over 12 mustbe seated in the front seat, he orshe must be properly belted andthe seat should be moved as farback as possible.

• For maximum safety protection inall types of crashes, all occu-pants including the driver shouldalways wear their seat beltswhether or not an air bag is alsoprovided at their seating positionto minimize the risk of severeinjury or death in the event of acrash. Do not sit or lean unneces-sarily close to the air bag whilethe vehicle is in motion.

(Continued)

OBK039022

OBK039038

Front


483

The side impact air bags are designed todeploy only during certain side-impactcollisions, depending on the crash sever-ity, angle, speed and point of impact. Theside impact air bags are not designed todeploy in all side impact situations.

(Continued)• Do not install any accessories on

the side or near the side impactair bag.

• Do not place any objects over theair bag or between the air bagand yourself.

• Do not place any objects (anumbrella, bag, etc.) between thedoor and the seat. Such objectsmay become dangerous projec-tiles and cause injury if the sup-plemental side impact air baginflates.

• To prevent unexpected deploy-ment of the side impact air bagthat may result in personal injury,avoid impact to the side impactsensor when the ignition switchis on.

• If the seat or seat cover is dam-aged, have the vehicle checkedand repaired by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer because yourvehicle is equipped with sideimpact air bags and an occupantclassification system.

WARNING• The side impact air bag is sup-

plemental to the driver’s and thefront passenger’s seat belt sys-tems and is not a substitute forthem. Therefore your seat beltsmust be worn at all times whilethe vehicle is in motion. The airbags deploy only in certain sideimpact conditions severe enoughto cause significant injury to thevehicle occupants.

• For best protection from the sideimpact air bag system and toavoid being injured by thedeploying side impact air bag, allseat occupants should sit in anupright position with the seat beltproperly fastened. The driver'shands should be placed on thesteering wheel at the 9:00 and3:00 positions. The passenger'arms and hands should beplaced on their laps.

• Do not use any accessory seatcovers.

• Use of seat covers could reduceor prevent the effectiveness ofthe system.

(Continued)

3 49


C040700ABK

Curtain air bagCurtain air bags are located along bothsides of the roof rails above the doors.They are designed to help protect theheads of the front seat occupants in cer-tain side impact collisions.

The curtain air bags are designed todeploy only during certain side impactcollisions, depending on the crash sever-ity, angle, speed and impact. The curtainair bags are not designed to deploy in allside impact situations, collisions from thefront or rear of the vehicle or in mostrollover situations.

WARNING• In order for side and curtain air

bags to provide the best protec-tion, both front seat occupantsshould sit in an upright positionwith the seat belts properly fas-tened. Children should sit in aproper child restraint system inthe rear seat.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Do not allow the passengers to

lean their heads or bodies ontodoors, put their arms on thedoors, stretch their arms out ofthe window, or place objectsbetween the doors and passen-gers when they are seated onseats equipped with side and/orcurtain air bags.

• Never try to open or repair anycomponents of the side curtainair bag system. This should onlybe done by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Failure to follow the above instruc-tions can result in injury or death tothe vehicle occupants in an acci-dent.

OBK039039

OBK039040


503

C040800ABH

Why didn’t my air bag go off in acollision? (Airbags are notdesigned to inflate in every colli-sion.)There are certain types of accidents inwhich the air bag would not be expect-ed to provide additional protection tothe vehicles occupants.These include rear impacts, second orthird collisions in multiple impactaccidents, as well as low speedimpacts. Damage to the vehicle indi-cates collision energy absorption, andis not an indicator of whether or notan airbag should have inflated.

Air bag collision sensors(1) SRS control module(2) Front impact sensor

(3) Side impact sensor (4) Side impact sensor

OBK039023/OBK039024/OBK039025/OBH038035/OBK039055

1 2 3 4

3 51


C040801ABK

Air bag inflation conditionsFront air bags Front air bags are designed to inflate inmoderate to severe frontal collisionswithin a limited range of angles. Theimpact forces measured by the frontimpact sensors and SRS control moduledetermine whether or not to inflate thefront airbags.

WARNING• Do not hit or allow any objects to

impact the locations where airbags or sensors are installed.This may cause unexpected airbag deployment, which couldresult in serious personal injuryor death.

• If the installation location orangle of the sensors is altered inany way, the air bags may deploywhen they should not or they maynot deploy when they should,causing severe injury or death.Therefore, do not try to performmaintenance on or around the airbag sensors. Have the vehiclechecked and repaired by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Problems may arise if the sensor

installation angles are changeddue to the deformation of thefront bumper, body or B and C pil-lars where side collision sensorsare installed. Have the vehiclechecked and repaired by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Your vehicle has been designedto absorb impact and deploy theair bag(s) in certain collisions.Installing bumper guards orreplacing a bumper with non-gen-uine parts may adversely affectyour vehicle’s collision and airbag deployment performance.

OBK039041


523

Side impact and curtain air bagsSide impact and curtain air bags aregnerally designed to inflate in moderateto severe side collisions. The impactforces measured by the side impact sen-sors and SRS control module determinewhether or not to inflate the side impactairbags.

Although the front air bags (driver’s andfront passenger’s air bags) are designedto inflate only in frontal collisions, theyalso may inflate in other types of colli-sions if the front impact sensors detect asufficient impact. Side impact and curtainair bags are designed to inflate only inside impact collisions, but they mayinflate in other collisions if the sideimpact sensors detect a sufficientimpact.If the vehicle chassis is impacted bybumps or objects on unimproved roads,the air bags may deploy. Drive carefullyon unimproved roads or on surfaces notdesigned for vehicle traffic to preventunintended air bag deployment.

C040802AEN

Air bag non-inflation conditions• In certain low-speed collisions the air

bags may not deploy. The air bags aredesigned not to deploy in such casesbecause they may not provide occu-pants protection beyond the protectionof the seat belts in such collisions.

OBK039043

OBK039045

OBK039038

3 53


• Frontal air bags are not designed toinflate in rear collisions, because occu-pants are moved backward by theforce of the impact. In this case, inflat-ed air bags would not to provide addi-tional occupant protection.

• Front air bags are not designed toinflate in side impact collisions,because frontal air bag deploymentwould not provide additional occupantprotection.

• In an angular collision, the force ofimpact may direct the occupants in adirection where the air bags would notprovide additional occupant protection,and thus the sensors may not deployany air bags.

OBK039046OBK039045OBK039044


543

• Frontal airbags may not inflate in"under-ride" collisions where the colli-sion energy is absorbed above thevehicle's front bumper.

• Side impact and curtain air bags maynot inflate in rollover accidents. Unlessthe side of the vehicles is struck withsufficient force to cause airbag inflationto occur.

• Air bags may not inflate if the vehiclecollides with objects such as a utilitypole or tree, where the point of impactis concentrated and the collision ener-gy is absorbed by the vehicle structure.

OBK039047 OBK039050 OBK039049

3 55


C041100ABH

SRS CareThe SRS is virtually maintenance-freeand so there are no parts you can safelyservice by yourself. If the SRS air bagwarning light " " does not illuminate,when you turn the ignition on, or continu-ously remains on, have your vehicleimmediately inspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Any work on the SRS system, such asremoving, installing, repairing, or anywork on the steering wheel, the frontpassenger's panel, front seats and roofrails must be performed by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer. Improper handling ofthe SRS system may result in seriouspersonal injury.

WARNING• Modification to SRS components

or wiring, including the additionof any kind of badges to the padcovers or modifications to thebody structure, can adverselyaffect SRS performance and leadto possible injury.

• For cleaning the air bag pad cov-ers, use only a soft, dry cloth orone which has been moistenedwith plain water. Solvents orcleaners could adversely affectthe air bag covers and properdeployment of the system.

• No objects should be placed overor near the air bag modules on thesteering wheel, instrument panel,and the front passenger's panelabove the glove box, because anysuch object could cause harm if thevehicle is in a crash severe enoughto cause the air bags to inflate.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If the air bags inflate, they must

be replaced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• Do not tamper with or disconnectSRS wiring, or other componentsof the SRS system. Doing socould result in injury, due to acci-dental inflation of the air bags orby rendering the SRS inopera-tive.

• If components of the air bag sys-tem must be discarded, or if thevehicle must be scrapped, certainsafety precautions must beobserved. An authorizedHYUNDAI dealer knows theseprecautions and can give you thenecessary information. Failure tofollow these precautions and pro-cedures could increase the riskof personal injury.

• If your car was flooded and hassoaked carpeting or water on theflooring, you shouldn't try to startthe engine; have the car towed toan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.


563

C041300AUN

Additional safety precautions• Never let passengers ride in the

cargo area or on top of a folded-down back seat. All occupants shouldsit upright, fully back in their seats withtheir seat belts on and their feet on thefloor.

• Passengers should not move out ofor change seats while the vehicle ismoving. A passenger who is not wear-ing a seat belt during a crash or emer-gency stop can be thrown against theinside of the vehicle, against otheroccupants, or out of the vehicle.

• Each seat belt is designed torestrain one occupant. If more thanone person uses the same seat belt,they could be seriously injured or killedin a collision.

• Do not use any accessories on seatbelts. Devices claiming to improveoccupant comfort or reposition the seatbelt can reduce the protection providedby the seat belt and increase thechance of serious injury in a crash.

• Passengers should not place hardor sharp objects between them-selves and the air bags. Carryinghard or sharp objects on your lap or inyour mouth can result in injuries if anair bag inflates.

• Keep occupants away from the airbag covers. All occupants should situpright, fully back in their seats withtheir seat belts on and their feet on thefloor. If occupants are too close to theair bag covers, they could be injured ifthe air bags inflate.

• Do not attach or place objects on ornear the air bag covers. Any objectattached to or placed on the front orside air bag covers could interfere withthe proper operation of the air bags.

• Do not modify the front seats.Modification of the front seats couldinterfere with the operation of the sup-plemental restraint system sensingcomponents or side air bags.

• Do not place items under the frontseats. Placing items under the frontseats could interfere with the operationof the supplemental restraint systemsensing components and wiring har-nesses.

• Never hold an infant or child on yourlap. The infant or child could be seri-ously injured or killed in the event of acrash. All infants and children shouldbe properly restrained in appropriatechild safety seats or seat belts in therear seat.

C041400AUN

Adding equipment to or modifyingyour air bag-equipped vehicleIf you modify your vehicle by changingyour vehicle's frame, bumper system,front end or side sheet metal or rideheight, this may affect the operation ofyour vehicle's air bag system.

WARNING• Sitting improperly or out of posi-

tion can cause occupants to beshifted too close to a deployingair bag, strike the interior struc-ture or be thrown from the vehicleresulting in serious injury ordeath.

• Always sit upright with the seat-back in an upright position, cen-tered on the seat cushion withyour seat belt on, legs comfort-ably extended and your feet onthe floor.

3 57


C041200AUN-EU

Air bag warning labelAir bag warning labels, some required by the U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), are attached to alertthe driver and passengers of potential risks of the air bag system.

OBK039027L/OBK039028N/OBK039056N

1

2 (if equipped)

4

Keys / 4-3Smart key / 4-6Remote keyless entry / 4-10Theft-alarm system / 4-13Door locks / 4-15Trunk / 4-18Windows / 4-20Hood / 4-24

Fuel filler lid / 4-25Sunroof / 4-27Steering wheel / 4-31Mirrors / 4-33Instrument cluster / 4-42Rear parking assist system / 4-58Hazard warning flasher / 4-60Lighting / 4-61Wipers and washers / 4-65Interior light / 4-67Defroster / 4-69Manual climate control system / 4-70Automatic climate control system / 4-79


Windshield defrosting and defogging / 4-89Storage compartments / 4-92

Interior features / 4-94Audio system / 4-99

Features of your vehicle4

4 3


D010100AEN

Record your key numberThe key code number is stamped on thebar code tag attached to the key set.Should you lose your keys, this numberwill enable an authorized HYUNDAI deal-er to duplicate the keys easily. Removethe bar code tag and store it in a safeplace. Also, record the code number andkeep it in a safe place (not in the vehicle).

D010200AEN

Key operationsUsed only to start the engine and lockand unlock the door.

KEYS

WARNING - Ignition keyLeaving children unattended in avehicle with the ignition key is dan-gerous even if the key is not in theignition switch. Children copyadults and they could place the keyin the ignition switch. The ignitionkey would enable children to oper-ate power windows or other con-trols, or even make the vehiclemove, which could result in seriousbodily injury or even death. Neverleave the keys in your vehicle withunsupervised children.

WARNINGUse only HYUNDAI original partsfor the ignition key in your vehicle.If an aftermarket key is used, theignition switch may not return toON after START. If this happens,the starter will continue to operatecausing damage to the startermotor and possible fire due toexcessive current in the wiring.

OBK049113N


44

D010300CBH-EU

Immobilizer system (if equipped)Your vehicle is equipped with an elec-tronic engine immobilizer system toreduce the risk of unauthorized vehicleuse.Your immobilizer system is comprised ofa small transponder in the ignition keyand electronic devices inside the vehicle.With the immobilizer system, wheneveryou insert your ignition key into the igni-tion switch and turn it to ON, it checksand determines and verifies if the ignitionkey is valid or not.If the key is determined to be valid, theengine will start.If the key is determined to be invalid, theengine will not start.

To deactivate the immobilizer sys-tem:Insert the ignition key into the key cylin-der and turn it to the ON position.

To activate the immobilizer system:Turn the ignition key to the OFF position.The immobilizer system activates auto-matically. Without a valid ignition key foryour vehicle, the engine will not start.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen starting the engine, do not use thekey with other immobilizer keys around.Otherwise the engine may not start ormay stop soon after it starts. Keep eachkey separate in order to avoid a startingmalfunction.

✽✽ NOTICEIf you need additional keys or lose yourkeys, consult an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

CAUTIONThe transponder in your ignitionkey is an important part of theimmobilizer system. It is designedto give years of trouble-free service,however you should avoid expo-sure to moisture, static electricityand rough handling. Immobilizersystem malfunction could occur.

WARNINGIn order to prevent theft of yourvehicle, do not leave spare keysanywhere in your vehicle. YourImmobilizer password is a cus-tomer unique password and shouldbe kept confidential. Do not leavethis number anywhere in your vehi-cle.

OHD046100

CAUTIONDo not put metal accessories nearthe ignition switch.Metal accessories may interrupt thetransponder signal and may pre-vent the engine from being started.

4 5


This device complies with Part 15 ofthe FCC rules.Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:1. This device may not cause harmful

interference, and 2. This device must accept any interfer-

ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

CAUTIONDo not change, alter or adjust theimmobilizer system because itcould cause the immobilizer sys-tem to malfunction and should onlybe serviced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.Malfunctions caused by improperalterations, adjustments or modifi-cations to the immobilizer systemare not covered by your vehiclemanufacturer warranty.

WARNINGChanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user’s authority to operatethe equipment. If the keyless entrysystem is inoperative due tochanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance, it willnot be covered by your manufactur-er’s vehicle warranty.


64

SMART KEY (IF EQUIPPED)

D040000ABK

With a smart key, you can lock or unlocka door and even start the engine withoutinserting the key.The functions of the buttons on a smartkey are similar to the remote keylessentry. (Refer to the “Remote keylessentry” in this section.)

D040100ABK

Smart key functionsWith the smart key, you can lock andunlock the vehicle doors, and the smartkey enables starting of the engine aswell. Detailed information follows:

D040101ABK

Locking Pressing the button of the outside doorhandles with all doors closed and anydoor unlocked, locks all the doors. Thehazard warning lights blink and thechime sounds once to indicate that alldoors are locked. The button will onlyoperate when the smart key is within0.7~1 m (28~40 in.) from the outsidedoor handle. If you want to make surethat a door has locked or not, you shouldcheck the door lock button inside thevehicle or pull the outside door handle.

Even though you press the outside doorhandle buttons, the doors will not lockand the chime will sound for 3 seconds ifany of following occur:• The smart key is in the vehicle.• The ignition switch is in ACC or ON

position.• Any door except the trunk is open.

OBK049001 OBK049002

4 7


D040102ABK

Unlocking Pressing the button of the driver’s out-side door handle with all doors closedand locked, unlocks the driver’s door. Thehazard warning lights blink and thechime sounds twice to indicate that thedriver’s door is unlocked. All doors areunlocked if the button is pressed oncemore within 4 seconds. The hazard warn-ing lights will blink and the chime willsound twice to indicate that all doors areunlocked.Pressing the button of the front passen-ger’s outside door handle with all doorsclosed and locked, unlocks all doors. Thehazard warning lights blink and thechime sounds once to indicate that alldoors are unlocked. The button will onlyoperate when the smart key is within28~40 in. (0.7~1 m) from the outsidedoor handle.When the smart key is recognized in thearea of 28~40 in. (0.7~1 m) from the frontoutside door handle, other people canalso open the doors without possessionof the smart key.

D040104ABH

Start-upYou can start the engine without insertingthe key. For detailed information refer tothe “Engine start/stop button” in section5.

D040300AEN-EU

Smart key precautions✽✽ NOTICE• If, for some reason, you happen to lose

your smart key, you will not be able tostart the engine. Tow the vehicle, ifnecessary, and contact an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• A maximum of 2 smart keys can beregistered to a single vehicle. If youlose a smart key, you should immedi-ately take the vehicle and key to yourauthorized HYUNDAI dealer to pro-tect it from potential theft.

• The smart key will not work if any offollowing occur:- The smart key is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio station oran airport which can interfere withnormal operation of the smart key.

- You keep the smart key near amobile two-way radio system or acellular phone.

- Another vehicle’s smart key is beingoperated close to your vehicle.

When the smart key does not workcorrectly, open and close the door withthe mechanical key. If you have aproblem with the smart key, contactan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.


84




D040500ABH

Battery replacementA smart key battery should last for sever-al years, but if the smart key is not work-ing properly, try replacing the battery witha new one. If you are unsure how to useyour smart key or replace the battery,contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

✽✽ NOTICEThe circuit inside the smart key canhave a problem if exposed to moistureor static electricity. If you are unsurehow to use your smart key or replace thebattery, contact an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTIONKeep the smart key away fromwater or any liquid. If the keylessentry system is inoperative due toexposure to water or liquids, it willnot be covered by your manufactur-er’s vehicle warranty.


OBH048004

4 9


1. Pry open the rear cover of the smartkey.

2. Replace the battery with a new battery(CR2032). When replacing the battery,make sure the battery positive “+” sym-bol faces up as indicated in the illus-tration.

3. Install the battery in the reverse orderof removal.

✽✽ NOTICE• Using the wrong battery can cause the

smart key to malfunction. Be sure touse the correct battery.

• Circuits inside the smart key maydevelop problems when dropped,exposed to moisture or static electrici-ty.

• If you suspect that your smart keymight have sustained some damage,or you feel your smart key is notworking correctly, contact an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

Door lock/unlock in an emer-gency situationIf the smart key does not operate nor-mally, you can lock or unlock the doors byusing the mechanical key.1. Depress and hold the release button

(1) and remove the mechanical key (2).

2. Turn the key toward the rear of thevehicle to unlock and toward the frontof the vehicle to lock.

OBK049093 OBK049003


104

Remote keyless entry systemoperationsD020101ABK-EU

Lock (1)All doors are locked if the lock button ispressed.If all doors are closed, the hazard warn-ing lights blink and the chime soundsonce to indicate that all doors are locked.

However, if any door (or trunk) remainsopen, the hazard warning lights and thechime will not operate. If all doors (andtrunk) are closed after the lock button ispressed, the hazard warning lights blink.

D020102ABK-EU

Unlock (2) The driver's door is unlocked if the unlockbutton is pressed once. The hazardwarning lights will blink twice to indicatethat the driver's door is unlocked.All doors are unlocked if the unlock but-ton is pressed once more within 4 sec-onds. The hazard warning lights will blinkand the chime will sound twice again toindicate that all doors are unlocked.After depressing this button, the doorswill be locked automatically unless youopen any door within 30 seconds.

D020104ABK

Trunk unlock (3)The trunk is unlocked if the button ispressed for more than 1 second.Also, once the trunk is opened and thenclosed, the trunk will be locked automati-cally.

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY

OBK049114N

OBK049094

Type A

Type B

4 11



D020105ABH

Panic (4) (if equipped)The horn sounds and hazard warninglights flash for about 30 seconds if thisbutton is pressed for more than 0.5 sec-ond. To stop the horn and lights, pressany button on the transmitter (or thesmart key).

D020200AEN-EU

Transmitter precautions✽✽ NOTICEThe transmitter will not work if any ofthe following occur:• The ignition key is in ignition switch.• You exceed the operating distance

limit (about 90 feet [30 m]).• The battery in the transmitter is

weak.• Other vehicles or objects may be

blocking the signal.• The weather is extremely cold.• The transmitter is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio station oran airport which can interfere withnormal operation of the transmitter.

When the transmitter does not workcorrectly, open and close the door withthe ignition key. If you have a problemwith the transmitter, contact an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.




CAUTIONKeep the transmitter away fromwater or any liquid. If the keylessentry system is inoperative due toexposure to water or liquids, it willnot be covered by your manufactur-er’s vehicle warranty.


124

D020300ABH

Battery replacementThe transmitter uses a 3 volt lithium bat-tery which will normally last for severalyears. When replacement is necessary,use the following procedure.1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and gen-

tly pry open the transmitter centercover.

2. Replace the battery with a new battery(CR2032). When replacing the battery,make sure the battery positive “+”symbol faces up.

3. Install the battery in the reverse orderof removal.

For replacement transmitters, see anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer for transmit-ter reprogramming.

CAUTION• The keyless entry system trans-

mitter is designed to give youyears of trouble-free use, howev-er it can malfunction if exposed tomoisture or static electricity. Ifyou are unsure how to use yourtransmitter or replace the battery,contact an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

• Using the wrong battery cancause the transmitter to malfunc-tion. Be sure to use the correctbattery.

• To avoid damaging the transmit-ter, don't drop it, get it wet, orexpose it to heat or sunlight.

4 13


D030000AEN

This system is designed to provide pro-tection from unauthorized entry into thecar. This system is operated in threestages: the first is the "Armed" stage, thesecond is the "Theft-alarm" stage, andthe third is the "Disarmed" stage. If trig-gered, the system provides an audiblealarm with blinking of the hazard warninglights.

D030100ABK

Armed stagePark the car and stop the engine. Armthe system as described below.1. Remove the ignition key from the igni-

tion switch or turn off the engine.2. Make sure that all doors, the engine

hood and trunk lid are closed andlatched.

3. • Lock the doors by depressing thedoor lock button on the transmitter(or smart key).After completion of the steps above,the hazard warning lights will blinkonce to indicate that the system isarmed.If any door, trunk lid or engine hoodremains open, the hazard warninglights won’t operate and theft-alarmwill not arm. After this, if all doors,trunk lid and engine hood are closed,the hazard warning lights blink once.

• Lock the doors by pressing the buttonin the front outside door handles withthe smart key in your possession.After completion of the steps above,the hazard warning lights will blinkonce to indicate that the system isarmed.

If any door, trunk lid or engine hoodremains open, the hazard warninglights won’t operate and theft-alarmwill not arm. To arm the system closeall the doors, trunk lid and enginehood, and try again to lock the doors.

Do not arm the system until all pas-sengers have left the vehicle. If thesystem is armed while a passenger(s)remains in the vehicle, the alarm maybe activated when the remaining pas-senger(s) leave the vehicle. If anydoor (or trunk) or engine hood isopened within 30 seconds after thesystem enters the armed stage, thesystem is disarmed to prevent anunnecessary alarm.

THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM

Armedstage

Theft-alarmstage

Disarmedstage


144

D030200ABH-EU

Theft-alarm stageThe alarm will be activated if any of thefollowing occurs while the system isarmed.• A door is opened without using the

transmitter (or smart key).• The trunk is opened without using the

transmitter (or smart key).• The engine hood is opened.The horn will sound and the hazardwarning lights will blink continuously forapproximately 30 seconds, and the alarmwill repeat once more unless the systemis disarmed. To turn off the system,unlock the doors with the ignition key ortransmitter.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the trunk is opened by using thetransmitter (or smart key), the alarmwill not be activated, but doors, hood,and ignition switch keep arming condi-tion. Once the trunk is opened and thenclosed, the trunk will be locked andarmed automatically.

D030400ABK-EE

Disarmed stageThe system will be disarmed when thedoors are unlocked with the transmitter(or smart key).After depressing the unlock button, thehazard warning lights will blink and thechime will sound twice to indicate that thesystem is disarmed.After depressing the unlock button, if anydoor is not opened within 30 seconds,the system will be rearmed.

✽✽ NOTICE• Avoid trying to start the engine while

the alarm is activated. The vehiclestarter motor is disabled during thetheft-alarm stage.If the system is not disarmed with thetransmitter, insert the key into theignition switch, turn the ignitionswitch to the ON position and wait for30 seconds. Then the system will bedisarmed. (if equipped)

• If you lose your keys, consult yourauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Security indicator (if equipped)When you arm the system, the securityindicator (1) turns on for about 30 sec-onds. After then, the security indicatorblinks continuously.When you disarm the system and turnthe ignition switch to the ACC or ON posi-tion, the security indicator turns off.

OBK049133N

4 15


D050100ABK

Operating door locks from out-side the vehicle • Turn the key toward the rear of the

vehicle to unlock and toward the frontof the vehicle to lock.

• If you lock the door with a key, all vehi-cle doors will lock automatically.

• From the driver’s door, turn the key tothe right once to unlock the driver’sdoor and once more within 4 secondsto unlock all doors.

• Doors can also be locked andunlocked with the transmitter (or smartkey).

• If the smart key does not operate nor-mally, you can lock or unlock the doorby using the mechanical key. Depressand hold the release button(1) andremove the mechanical key(2).

• Once the doors are unlocked, they maybe opened by pulling the door handle.

• When closing the door, push the doorby hand. Make sure that doors areclosed securely.

✽✽ NOTICE• In cold and wet climates, door locks

and door mechanisms may not workproperly due to freezing conditions.

• If the door is locked/unlocked multi-ple times in rapid succession witheither the vehicle key or door lockswitch, the system may stop operatingtemporarily in order to protect thecircuit and prevent damage to systemcomponents.

• If you open the door when the windowis closed completely, the window willgo down slightly. If you close the doorwhen the window is closed completely,the window will go up slightly. It is to reduce the airflow noise andprevent water leakage by closing thedoor completely. Mechanical noisemay be heard when you close andopen the door, but this condition isnormal.

DOOR LOCKS

OBK049003N

OBK049093

if equipped

Type A

Type B

Lock

Lock

Unlock

Unlock


164

• To lock a door without the key, push theinside door lock button (1) or centraldoor lock switch (2) to the “Lock” posi-tion and close the door (3).

• If you lock the door with the centraldoor lock switch (2), all vehicle doorswill lock automatically.

✽✽ NOTICEAlways remove the ignition key, engagethe parking brake, close all windowsand lock all doors when leaving yourvehicle unattended.

Operating door locks from insidethe vehicleD050201BBH-EE

With the door lock button• To unlock a door, push the door lock

button (1) to the “Unlock” position. Thered mark (2) on the door lock buttonwill be visible.

• To lock a door, push the door lock but-ton (1) to the “Lock” position. If the dooris locked properly, the red mark (2) onthe door lock button will not be visible.

• To open a door, pull the door handle(3) outward.

• If the inner door handle of the driver’s(or front passenger’s) door is pulledwhen the door lock button is in lockposition, the button is unlocked anddoor opens.

• Doors cannot be locked if the ignitionkey is in the ignition switch (or if thesmart key is in the vehicle) and anydoor is open.

OBK049005

Lock UnlockWARNING - Door lock mal-

functionIf a power door lock ever fails tofunction while you are in the vehi-cle, try one or more of the followingtechniques to exit:• Operate the door unlock feature

repeatedly (both electronic andmanual) while simultaneouslypulling on the door handle.

• Operate the other door locks andhandles.

• Lower a front window and use thekey to unlock the door from out-side.

OBK049004

4 17


D050202ABK-EU

With central door lock switchOperate by depressing the central doorlock switch.

• When pushing down on the right por-tion (1) of the switch for the driver orthe left portion (3) of the switch for thefront passenger, all vehicle doors willlock.

• When pushing down on the left portion(2) of the switch for the driver or theright portion (4) of the switch for thefront passenger, all vehicle doors willunlock.

• If the key is in the ignition switch or thesmart key is in the vehicle, and anydoor is open, the doors will not lockwhen the central door lock switch ispressed.

WARNING - Unlockedvehicles

Leaving your vehicle unlocked caninvite theft or possible harm to youor others from someone hiding inyour vehicle while you are gone.Always remove the ignition key,engage the parking brake, close allwindows and lock all doors whenleaving your vehicle unattended.

WARNING - Unattendedchildren

An enclosed vehicle can becomeextremely hot, causing death orsevere injury to unattended chil-dren or animals who cannot escapethe vehicle. Furthermore, childrenmight operate features of the vehi-cle that could injure them, or theycould encounter other harm, possi-bly from someone gaining entry tothe vehicle. Never leave children oranimals unattended in your vehicle.

WARNING - Doors• The doors should always be fully

closed and locked while the vehi-cle is in motion to prevent acci-dental opening of the door.Locked doors will also discour-age potential intruders when thevehicle stops or slows.

• Be careful when opening doorsand watch for vehicles, motorcy-cles, bicycles or pedestriansapproaching the vehicle in thepath of the door. Opening a doorwhen something is approachingcan cause damage or injury.

OBK049006N

Driver’s door

OBK049136N

Passenger’s door


184

D050300ABH

Speed sensing door lock system(if equipped)All doors will be automatically lockedwhen the vehicle speed exceeds approx-imately 12 mph. And all doors will beautomatically unlocked after you turn theengine off or when you remove the igni-tion key. (if equipped)

D050400ABK-EU

✽✽ NOTICEAn authorized HYUNDAI dealer canchange the speed of the speed sensingdoor lock system from approximately 12mph to approximately 25 mph or dis-able the system.

D070100ABK-EE

Opening the trunk• To open the trunk, press the trunk

unlock button on the transmitter formore than 1 second (or smart key).

• To open the trunk from inside the vehi-cle, pull the trunk lid release lever.

• If the trunk is unlocked, it can beopened by pulling the trunk lid up.

• Once the trunk is opened and thenclosed, the trunk is locked automatical-ly.

✽✽ NOTICEIn cold and wet climates, door locks anddoor mechanisms may not work proper-ly due to freezing conditions.

OBK049007

CAUTIONMake certain that you close thetrunk before driving your vehicle.Possible damage may occur to thetrunk lift cylinders and attachedhardware if the trunk is not closedprior to driving.

WARNINGMake sure no objects or people arenear the rear of the vehicle whenopening the trunk.

TRUNK

4 19


D070200ABH

Closing the trunkTo close the trunk, lower and push downthe trunk lid, until it locks. To be sure thetrunk lid is securely fastened, alwayscheck by trying to pull it up.

D070300ABH

Emergency trunk safety releaseYour vehicle is equipped with an emer-gency trunk release cable located insidethe trunk. The lever glows in the darkwhen the trunk lid is closed. If someoneis inadvertently locked in the trunk,pulling this handle will release the trunklatch mechanism and open the trunk.

OBK049008

WARNING• No one should be allowed to

occupy the trunk of the vehicle atany time. If the trunk is partiallyor totally latched and the personis unable to get out, severe injuryor death could occur due to lackof ventilation, exhaust fumes andrapid heat build-up, or because ofexposure to cold weather condi-tions. The trunk is also a highlydangerous location in the eventof a crash because it is not a pro-tected occupant space but is apart of the vehicle’s crush zone.

• Your vehicle should be keptlocked and keys be kept out ofthe reach of children. Parentsshould teach their children aboutthe dangers of playing in trunks.

WARNINGThe trunk lid should be always keptcompletely closed while the vehicleis in motion. If it is left open or ajar,poisonous exhaust gases mayenter the car and serious illness ordeath may result.


204

D080000ABK

(1) Driver’s door power window switch(2) Front passenger’s door power win-

dow switch(3) Window opening and closing(4) Automatic power window up/down

✽✽ NOTICEIn cold and wet climates, power windowsmay not work properly due to freezingconditions.

WINDOWS

OBK049009N

4 21


D080100ABK

Power windowsThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition for power windows to operate.Each door has a power window switchthat controls the door's window. Thepower windows can be operated forapproximately 30 seconds after the igni-tion key is removed or turned to the ACCor LOCK position. However, if the doorsopen, the power windows cannot beoperated within the 30 second periodafter ignition key is removed or turned tothe ACC or LOCK position.

✽✽ NOTICEWhile driving with the sunroof in anopen (or partially open position), yourvehicle may demonstrate a wind buffet-ing or pulsation noise. This noise is anormal occurrence and can be reducedor eliminated by slightly reducing thesize of the sunroof opening.

D080101AUN

Window opening and closingThe driver’s door has a master powerwindow switch that controls all the win-dows in the vehicle.To open or close a window, press downor pull up the front portion of the corre-sponding switch to the first detent posi-tion (3).

D080103ABH-EU

Auto up/down window (if equipped)Depressing or pulling up the power win-dow switch momentarily to the seconddetent position (4) completely lowers orlifts the window even when the switch isreleased. To stop the window at thedesired position while the window is inoperation, pull up or depress and releasethe switch to the opposite direction of themovement.

OBK049138N


224

If the power window is not operated cor-rectly, the automatic power window sys-tem must be reset as follows:1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-

tion.2. Open the window fully by manual

down(press the front portion of theswitch to the first detent position.).

3. Turn the ignition switch to the OFFposition and to the ON position againwithin 2 seconds.

4. Press the front portion of the switch 3times within 5 seconds.

5. Close the window and continue pullingup on the power window switch for atleast 1 second after the window iscompletely closed.

Automatic reversal If the upward movement of the window isblocked by an object or part of the body,the window will detect the resistance andwill stop upward movement. The windowwill then lower approximately 11.8 in. (30cm) to allow the object to be cleared.If the window detects the resistancewhile the power window switch is pulledup continuously, the window will stopupward movement then lower approxi-mately 1 in. (2.5 cm). And if the powerwindow switch is pulled up continuouslyagain within 5 seconds after the windowis lowered by the automatic windowreversal feature, the automatic windowreversal will not operate.

✽✽ NOTICEThe automatic reverse feature for thedriver’s and front passenger’s windowsare only active when the “auto up” fea-ture is used by fully pulling up theswitch. The automatic reverse featurewill not operate if the window is raisedusing the halfway position on the powerwindow switch.

WARNING Always check for obstructionsbefore raising any window to avoidinjuries or vehicle damage. If anobject less than 0.16 in. (4 mm) indiameter is caught between thewindow glass and the upper win-dow channel, the automatic reversewindow may not detect the resist-ance and will not stop and reversedirection.

OBK049095

4 23


CAUTION• To prevent possible damage to

the power window system, do notopen or close two windows ormore at the same time. This willalso ensure the longevity of thefuse.

• Never try to operate the mainswitch on the driver's door andthe individual door windowswitch in opposing directions atthe same time. If this is done, thewindow will stop and cannot beopened or closed.

WARNING - Windows• NEVER leave the ignition key (or

smart key) in the vehicle.• NEVER leave any child unattend-

ed in the vehicle. Even veryyoung children may inadvertentlycause the vehicle to move, entan-gle themselves in the windows,or otherwise injure themselves orothers.

• Always double check to makesure all arms, hands, head andother obstructions are safely outof the way before closing a win-dow.

• Do not allow children to play withthe power windows. Keep the dri-ver’s door power window lockswitch in the LOCK position(depressed). Serious injury canresult from unintentional windowoperation by the child.

• Do not extend a face or arms out-side through the window openingwhile driving.


244

D090100AEN

Opening the hood 1. Pull the release lever to unlatch the

hood. The hood should pop openslightly.

2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise thehood slightly, pull the secondary latch(1) inside of the hood center and liftthe hood (2).

3. Raise the hood. It will raise completelyby itself after it has been raised abouthalfway.

D090200AEN

Closing the hood1. Before closing the hood, check the fol-

lowing:• All filler caps in engine compartment

must be correctly installed.• Gloves, rags or any other com-

bustible material must be removedfrom the engine compartment.

2. Lower the hood halfway and pushdown to securely lock in place.

HOOD

WARNING• Before closing the hood, ensure

that all obstructions are removedfrom the hood opening. Closingthe hood with an obstructionpresent in the hood opening mayresult in property damage orsevere personal injury.

• Do not leave gloves, rags or anyother combustible material in theengine compartment. Doing somay cause a heat-induced fire.

• Always double check to be surethat the hood is firmly latchedbefore driving away. If it is notlatched, the hood could openwhile the vehicle is being driven,causing a total loss of visibility,which might result in an accident.

• Do not move the vehicle with thehood in the raised position, asvision is obstructed and the hoodcould fall or be damaged.

OBK049010 OBK049011

4 25


D100100AUN

Opening the fuel filler lidThe fuel filler lid must be opened frominside the vehicle by pushing the fuelfiller lid opener button located on the dri-ver’s door.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the fuel filler lid will not open becauseice has formed around it, tap lightly orpush on the lid to break the ice andrelease the lid. Do not pry on the lid. Ifnecessary, spray around the lid with anapproved de-icer fluid (do not use radi-ator anti-freeze) or move the vehicle to awarm place and allow the ice to melt.

1. Stop the engine.2. To open the fuel filler lid, push the fuel

filler lid opener button.3. Pull the fuel filler lid (1) out to fully

open.4. To remove the cap, turn the fuel tank

cap (2) counterclockwise.5. Refuel as needed.

D100200AUN

Closing the fuel filler lid1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise until

it “clicks”. This indicates that the cap issecurely tightened.

2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it light-ly and make sure that it is securelyclosed.

D100300ABH-EU

FUEL FILLER LID

WARNING - Refueling• If pressurized fuel sprays out, it

can cover your clothes or skinand thus subject you to the riskof fire and burns. Always removethe fuel cap carefully and slowly.If the cap is venting fuel or if youhear a hissing sound, wait untilthe condition stops before com-pletely removing the cap.

• Do not "top off" after the nozzleautomatically shuts off whenrefueling.

• Tighten the cap until it clicks, oth-erwise the Malfunction IndicatorLight will illuminate.

• Always check that the fuel cap isinstalled securely to prevent fuelspillage in the event of an acci-dent.

OBK049012 OBK049013


264

(Continued)Use only approved portable plas-tic fuel containers designed tocarry and store gasoline.

• Do not use cellular phones whilerefueling. Electric current and/orelectronic interference from cel-lular phones can potentiallyignite fuel vapors causing a fire.

• When refueling, always shut theengine off. Sparks produced byelectrical components related tothe engine can ignite fuel vaporscausing a fire. Once refueling iscomplete, check to make sure thefiller cap and filler door aresecurely closed, before startingthe engine.

• DO NOT use matches or a lighterand DO NOT SMOKE or leave a litcigarette in your vehicle while ata gas station especially duringrefueling. Automotive fuel ishighly flammable and can, whenignited, result in fire.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Do not get back into a vehicle

once you have begun refuelingsince you can generate staticelectricity by touching, rubbingor sliding against any item or fab-ric (polyester, satin, nylon, etc.)capable of producing static elec-tricity. Static electricity dischargecan ignite fuel vapors resulting inrapid burning. If you must re-enter the vehicle, you shouldonce again eliminate potentiallydangerous static electricity dis-charge by touching a metal partof the vehicle, away from the fuelfiller neck, nozzle or other gaso-line source.

• When using an approvedportable fuel container, be sure toplace the container on theground prior to refueling. Staticelectricity discharge from thecontainer can ignite fuel vaporscausing a fire. Once refueling hasbegun, contact with the vehicleshould be maintained until thefilling is complete.

(Continued)

WARNING - Refueling dan-gers

Automotive fuels are flammablematerials. When refueling, pleasenote the following guidelines care-fully. Failure to follow these guide-lines may result in severe personalinjury, severe burns or death by fireor explosion.• Read and follow all warnings at

the gas station facility.• Before refueling note the location

of the Emergency Gasoline Shut-Off, if available, at the gas stationfacility.

• Before touching the fuel nozzle,you should eliminate potentiallydangerous static electricity dis-charge by touching another metalpart of the vehicle, a safe dis-tance away from the fuel fillerneck, nozzle, or other gas source.

(Continued)

4 27


D100500ABH

Emergency fuel filler lid releaseIf the fuel filler lid does not open, use thefuel filler lid release located in the lefttrunk side wall. Pull on the release tomanually release the fuel filler lid.

D110000AEN

If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof,you can slide or tilt your sunroof with thesunroof control lever located on the over-head console.

The sunroof can only be opened, closed,or tilted when the ignition switch is in theON position.

✽✽ NOTICE• In cold and wet climates, the sunroof

may not work properly due to freez-ing conditions.

• After washing the car or after there israin, be sure to wipe off any waterthat is on the sunroof before operatingit.

(Continued)• If a fire breaks out during refuel-

ing, leave the vicinity of the vehi-cle, and immediately contact themanager of the gas station andthen contact the local fire depart-ment or 911. Follow any safetyinstructions they provide.

CAUTION• Make sure to refuel with unleaded

fuel only.• If the fuel filler cap requires

replacement, use only a genuineHYUNDAI cap or the equivalentspecified for your vehicle. Anincorrect fuel filler cap can resultin a serious malfunction of thefuel system or emission controlsystem.

• Do not spill fuel on the exteriorsurfaces of the vehicle. Any typeof fuel spilled on painted surfacesmay damage the paint.

• After refueling, make sure the fuelcap is installed securely to pre-vent fuel spillage in the event ofan accident.

CAUTIONDo not pull the handle excessively,otherwise the luggage area trim orrelease handle may be damaged.

SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)

OBK049015NOBK049014


284

✽✽ NOTICEThe sunroof cannot slide when it is inthe tilt position nor can it be tilted whilein an open or slide position.

D110100AEN

Sliding the sunroof To open or close the sunroof (manualslide feature), pull or push the sunroofcontrol lever backward or forward to thefirst detent position.Pulling the control lever downward alsocloses the sunroof.To open or close the sunroof completelyeven when the lever is released (autoslide feature), pull or push the sunroofcontrol lever backward or forward to thesecond detent position. The sunroof willslide all the way open or closed. To stopthe sunroof sliding at any point, pull orpush the sunroof control lever momentar-ily in the opposite direction of sunroofmovement.

D110101AEN

Automatic reversalIf an object or part of the body is detect-ed while the sunroof is closing automati-cally, it will reverse direction, and thenstop.The auto reverse function may not func-tion if a small obstacle is between thesliding glass and the sunroof sash. Youshould always check that all passengersand objects are away from the sunroofbefore closing it.

CAUTIONDo not continue to move the sun-roof control lever after the sunroofis in the fully open, closed, or tiltposition(s). Damage to the motor orsystem components could occur.

WARNING Never adjust the sunroof or sun-shade while driving. This couldresult in loss of control and an acci-dent that may cause death, seriousinjury, or property damage.

OBK049018OBK049016

4 29


D110200ABH

Tilting the sunroof To open or close the sunroof, push or pullthe sunroof control lever upward ordownward until the sunroof moves to thedesired position.Pushing the control lever forward alsocloses the sunroof.

D110300ABH

Sunshade The sunshade will automatically openwith the glass panel when the glasspanel moves. Close it manually if youwant it closed.

WARNING - Sunroof• Be careful that someone’s head,

hands and body are not trappedby a closing sunroof.

• Do not extend the face, neck,arms or body outside through thesunroof opening while driving.

• Make sure your hands and faceare safely out of the way beforeclosing a sunroof.

CAUTION• Periodically remove any dirt that

may accumulate on the guide rail.• If you try to open the sunroof

when the temperature is belowfreezing or when the sunroof iscovered with snow or ice, theglass or the motor could be dam-aged.

CAUTIONThe sunroof is made to slidetogether with the sunshade. Do notleave the sunshade closed whilethe sunroof is open.

OBK049017 OBK049019


304

D110500ABK

Resetting the sunroofWhenever the vehicle battery is discon-nected or discharged, you must resetyour sunroof system as follows:

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ONposition.

2. Close the sunroof completely.3. Release the sunroof control switch.4. Pull and hold the sunroof control

switch downward until the sunroof hasreturned to the original position of tiltafter it is raised a little higher than themaximum tilt position. Then, releasethe switch.

5. Pull and hold the sunroof controlswitch downward until the sunroof isoperated as follows;

TILT DOWN → SLIDE OPEN →SLIDE CLOSE

Then, release the switch.

When this is complete, the sunroof sys-tem is reset.

❈ For more detailed information, contactan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTIONIf the sunroof is not reset when thevehicle battery is disconnected ordischarged, or related fuse isblown, the sunroof may operateimproperly.

4 31


D130100ABH

Power steeringPower steering uses energy from theengine to assist you in steering the vehi-cle. If the engine is off or if the powersteering system becomes inoperative,the vehicle may still be steered, but it willrequire increased steering effort.Should you notice any change in theeffort required to steer during normalvehicle operation, have the power steer-ing checked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the power steering drive belt breaksor if the power steering pump malfunc-tions, the steering effort will greatlyincrease.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the vehicle is parked for extendedperiods outside in cold weather (below -14°F/10°C), the power steering mayrequire increased effort when the engineis first started. This is caused byincreased fluid viscosity due to the coldweather and does not indicate a mal-function.When this happens, increase the engineRPM by depressing accelerator until theRPM reaches 1,500 rpm then release orlet the engine idle for two or three min-utes to warm up the fluid.

D130300AEN

Tilt steering Tilt steering allows you to adjust thesteering wheel before you drive. You canalso raise it to give your legs more roomwhen you exit and enter the vehicle.

The steering wheel should be positionedso that it is comfortable for you to drive,while permitting you to see the instru-ment panel warning lights and gauges.

STEERING WHEEL

CAUTIONNever hold the steering wheelagainst a stop (extreme right or leftturn) for more than 5 seconds withthe engine running. Holding thesteering wheel for more than 5 sec-onds in either position may causedamage to the power steeringpump.

WARNING• Never adjust the angle of the

steering wheel while driving. Youmay lose steering control andcause severe personal injury,death or accidents.

• After adjusting, push the steeringwheel both up and down to becertain it is locked in position.


324

CAUTIONDo not strike the horn severely tooperate it, or hit it with your fist. Donot press on the horn with a sharp-pointed object.

D130301ABK

To change the steering wheel angle, pulldown the lock-release lever (1), adjustthe steering wheel to the desired angle(2), then push up the lock-release leverto lock the steering wheel in place. Besure to adjust the steering wheel to thedesired position before driving.

D130500AUN

HornTo sound the horn, press the horn sym-bol on your steering wheel.Check the horn regularly to be sure itoperates properly.

✽✽ NOTICETo sound the horn, press the area indi-cated by the horn symbol on your steer-ing wheel (see illustration). The hornwill operate only when this area ispressed.

OBK049021OBK049020

4 33


MIRRORS D140100AUN

Inside rearview mirrorAdjust the rearview mirror to center onthe view through the rear window. Makethis adjustment before you start driving.

D140101AUN

Day/night rearview mirror Make this adjustment before you startdriving and while the day/night lever is inthe day position.Pull the day/night lever toward you toreduce glare from the headlights of thevehicles behind you during night driving.Remember that you lose some rearviewclarity in the night position.

D140105AEN

Electric chromic mirror (ECM) withHomeLink® system and compass (if equipped)Your vehicle may be equipped with aGentex Automatic-Dimming Mirror with aZ-Nav™ Electronic Compass Displayand an Integrated HomeLink® WirelessControl System. During nighttime driving,this feature will automatically detect andreduce rearview mirror glare while thecompass indicates the direction the vehi-cle is pointed. The HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver allows you to activate yourgarage door(s), electric gate, home light-ing, etc.

WARNING - Rear visibilityDo not place objects in the rearseat or cargo area which wouldinterfere with your vision throughthe rear window.

WARNING Do not adjust the rearview mirrorwhile the vehicle is moving. Thiscould result in loss of control, andan accident which could causedeath, serious injury or propertydamage.

OBK049115N

Day

Night


344

(1) Channel 1 button(2) Channel 2 button(3) Status indicator LED(4) Channel 3 button(5) Rear light sensor(6) Dimming ON/OFF button(7) Compass control button(8) Compass display

Automatic-Dimming Night VisionSafety™ (NVS®) MirrorThe NVS® Mirror in your vehicle is themost advanced way to reduce annoyingglare in the rearview mirror during anydriving situation. For more informationregarding NVS® mirrors and other appli-cations, please refer to the Gentex web-site:www.gentex.com

Automatic-dimming functionYour mirror will automatically dim upondetecting glare from the vehicles travel-ing behind you. The auto-dimming func-tion can be controlled by the DimmingON/OFF Button:

1. Pressing the button turns the auto-dimming function OFF which is indicat-ed by the green Status Indicator LEDturning off.

2. Pressing the button again turns theauto-dimming function ON which isindicated by the green Status IndicatorLED turning on.

✽✽ NOTICEThe mirror defaults to the ON positioneach time the vehicle is started.

CAUTIONThe NVS® Mirror automaticallyreduces glare during driving condi-tions based upon light levels moni-tored in front of the vehicle andfrom the rear of the vehicle. Theselight sensors are visible throughopenings in the front and rear of themirror case. Any object thatobstructs either light sensor willdegrade the automatic dimmingcontrol feature.

OBK049135N

4 35


Z-Nav™ Compass DisplayThe NVS™ Mirror in your vehicle is alsoequipped with a Z-Nav™ Compass thatshows the vehicle Compass heading inthe Display Window using the 8 basiccardinal headings (N, NE, E, SE, etc.).

Compass functionThe Compass can be turned ON andOFF and will remember the last statewhen the ignition is cycled. To turn thedisplay feature ON/OFF:1. Press and release the button to

turn the display feature OFF.2. Press and release the button again

to turn the display back ON.Additional options can be set with pressand hold sequences of the button andare detailed below.

There is a difference between magneticnorth and true north. The compass in themirror can compensate for this differencewhen it knows the Magnetic Zone inwhich it is operating. This is set either bythe dealer or by the user. The operatingZone Numbers for North America areshown in the figure on the following sec-tion. B520C05NF


364

To adjust the Zone setting:1. Determine the desired Zone Number

based upon your current location onthe Zone Map.

2. Press and hold the button for morethan 3 but less than 6 seconds, thecurrent Zone Number will appear onthe display.

3. Pressing and holding the buttonagain will cause the numbers to incre-ment (Note: they will repeat …13, 14,15, 1, 2, …). Releasing the buttonwhen the desired Zone Numberappears on the display will set the newZone.

4. Within about 5 seconds the compasswill start displaying a compass head-ing again.

There are some conditions that cancause changes to the vehicle magnets,such as installing a ski rack or a CBantenna. Body repair work on the vehiclecan also cause changes to the vehicle'smagnetic field. In these situations, thecompass will need to be re-calibrated toquickly correct for these changes. To re-calibrate the compass:

1. Press and hold the button for morethan 6 seconds. When the compassmemory is cleared a "C" will appear inthe display.

2. To calibrate the compass, drive thevehicle in 2 complete circles at lessthan 5 mph (8 km/h).

Integrated HomeLink® Wireless ControlSystemThe HomeLink® Wireless ControlSystem provides a convenient way toreplace up to three hand-held radio-fre-quency (RF) transmitters with a singlebuilt-in device. This innovative feature willlearn the radio frequency codes of mostcurrent transmitters to operate devicessuch as gate operators, garage dooropeners, entry door locks, security sys-tems, even home lighting. Both standardand rolling code-equipped transmitterscan be programmed by following the out-lined procedures. Additional HomeLink®

information can be found at: www.home-link.com or by calling 1-800-355-3515.

Retain the original transmitter of the RFdevice you are programming for use inother vehicles as well as for futureHomeLink® programming. It is also sug-gested that upon the sale of the vehicle,the programmed HomeLink® buttons beerased for security purposes.

CAUTIONBefore programming HomeLink® toa garage door opener or gate oper-ator, make sure that people andobjects are out of the way of thedevice to prevent potential harm ordamage. Do not use HomeLink®

with any garage door opener thatlacks the safety stop and reversefeatures required by U.S. federalsafety standards (this includes anygarage door opener model manu-factured before April 1, 1982). Agarage door that cannot detect anobject - signaling the door to stopand reverse - does not meet currentU.S. federal safety standards. Usinga garage door opener without thesefeatures increases the risk of seri-ous injury or death.

4 37


Programming HomeLink®

✽✽ NOTICE• When programming a garage door

opener, it is advised to park the vehi-cle outside of the garage.

• It is recommended that a new batterybe placed in the hand-held transmit-ter of the device being programmed toHomeLink® for quicker training andaccurate transmission of the radio-frequency signal.

• Some vehicles may require the igni-tion switch to be turned to the second(or "accessories") position for pro-gramming and/or operation ofHomeLink.

• In the event that there are still pro-gramming difficulties or questionsafter following the programming stepslisted below, contact HomeLink® at:www.homelink.com or 1-800-355-3515.

Standard programmingTo train most devices, follow theseinstructions:1. For first-time programming, press and

hold the two outside buttons,HomeLink® Channel 1 and Channel 3Buttons, until the indicator light beginsto flash (after 20 seconds). Releaseboth buttons. Do not hold the buttonsfor longer than 30 seconds.

2. Position the end of your hand-heldtransmitter 1-3 inches (2-8 cm) awayfrom the HomeLink® buttons whilekeeping the indicator light in view.

3. Simultaneously press and hold boththe HomeLink® and hand-held trans-mitter button. DO NOT release the but-tons until step 4 has been completed.

4. While continuing to hold the buttonsthe red Indicator Status LED will flashslowly and then rapidly afterHomeLink® successfully trains to thefrequency signal from the hand-heldtransmitter. Release both buttons.

5. Press and hold the just-trainedHomeLink® button and observe the redStatus Indicator LED. If the indicatorlight stays on constantly, programmingis complete and your device shouldactivate when the HomeLink® button ispressed and released.

6. To program the remaining twoHomeLink® buttons, follow steps 2through 5.

Rolling code programmingRolling code devices which are "code-protected" and manufactured after 1996may be determined by the following:• Reference the device owner's manual

for verification.• The handheld transmitter appears to

program the HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver but does not activate thedevice.

• Press and hold the trained HomeLinkbutton. The device has the rolling codefeature if the indicator light flashes rap-idly and then turns solid after 2 sec-onds.

To train rolling code devices, follow theseinstructions:1. At the garage door opener receiver

(motor-head unit) in the garage, locatethe "learn" or "smart" button. This canusually be found where the hangingantenna wire is attached to the motor-head unit. Exact location and color ofthe button may vary by garage dooropener brand.


384

If there is difficulty locating the trainingbutton, reference the device owner'smanual or please visit our Web site atwww.homelink.com.

2. Firmly press and release the "learn" or"smart" button (which activates the"training light").

✽✽ NOTICEThere are 30 seconds in which to initiatestep3.

3. Return to the vehicle and firmly press,hold for two seconds and then releasethe desired HomeLink® button. Repeatthe "press/hold/release" sequence asecond time to complete the program-ming. (Some devices may require youto repeat this sequence a third time tocomplete the programming.)

4. Press and hold the just-trainedHomeLink® button and observe the redStatus Indicator LED. If the indicatorlight stays on constantly, programmingis complete and your device shouldactivate.

5. To program the remaining twoHomeLink® buttons, follow either steps1 through 4 above for other RollingCode devices or steps 2 through 5 inStandard Programming for standarddevices.

Gate operator & Canadian program-mingDuring programming, your handheldtransmitter may automatically stop trans-mitting. Continue to press the IntegratedHomeLink® Wireless Control System but-ton (note steps 2 through 4 in theStandard Programming portion of thisdocument) while you press and re-press("cycle") your handheld transmitter everytwo seconds until the frequency signalhas been learned. The indicator light willflash slowly and then rapidly after sever-al seconds upon successful training.

Operating HomeLink®

To operate, simply press and release theprogrammed HomeLink® button.Activation will now occur for the traineddevice (i.e. garage door opener, gateoperator, security system, entry doorlock, home/office lighting, etc.). For con-venience, the hand-held transmitter ofthe device may also be used at any time.

Reprogramming a single HomeLink®

buttonTo program a new device to a previouslytrained HomeLink® button, follow thesesteps:1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink®

button. Do NOT release until step 4has been completed.

2. When the indicator light begins to flashslowly (after 20 seconds), position thehandheld transmitter 1 to 3 inchesaway from the HomeLink® surface.

3. Press and hold the handheld transmit-ter button. The HomeLink® indicatorlight will flash, first slowly and then rap-idly.

4. When the indicator light begins to flashrapidly, release both buttons.

5. Press and hold the just-trainedHomeLink® button and observe the redStatus Indicator LED. If the indicatorlight stays on constantly, programmingis complete and your new deviceshould activate.

4 39


Erasing HomeLink® buttonsIndividual buttons cannot be erased.However, to erase all three programmedbuttons:1. Press and hold the two outer

HomeLink® buttons until the indicatorlight begins to flash-after 20 seconds.

2. Release both buttons. Do not hold forlonger than 30 seconds.

The Integrated HomeLink® WirelessControl System is now in the training(learn) mode and can be programmed atany time following the appropriate stepsin the Programming sections above.

FCC ID: NZLZTVHL3IC: 4112A-ZTVHL3

This device complies with Part 15 ofthe FCC Rules.Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:1. this device may not cause harmful



NVS® is a registered trademark and Z-Nav™ is a trademark of the GentexCorporation, Zeeland, Michigan.HomeLink® is a registered trademarkowned by Johnson Controls,Incorporated, Milwaukee, Wisconsin.

D140200AUN-EU

Outside rearview mirror Be sure to adjust mirror angles beforedriving.Your vehicle is equipped with both left-hand and right-hand outside rearviewmirrors. The mirrors can be adjustedremotely with the remote switch. The mir-ror heads can be folded back to preventdamage during an automatic car wash orwhen passing in a narrow street.

WARNINGThe transceiver has been testedand complies with FCC andIndustry Canada rules. Changes ormodifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsiblefor compliance could void theuser's authority to operate thedevice.

WARNING - Rearview mir-rors

• The right outside rearview mirroris convex. Objects seen in themirror are closer than theyappear.

• Use your interior rearview mirroror direct observation to deter-mine the actual distance of fol-lowing vehicles when changinglanes.


404

D140201ABK

Outside rearview mirrorsThe outside rearview mirrors controlswitch allows you to adjust the position ofthe left and right outside rearview mir-rors. To adjust the position of either mir-ror, push the switch (1) to R or L to selectthe right side mirror or the left side mirror,then press a corresponding point on themirror adjustment control to position theselected mirror up, down, left or right.After adjustment, put the switch into neu-tral (center) position to prevent the inad-vertent adjustment.

CAUTION• The mirrors stop moving when

they reach the maximum adjust-ing angles, but the motor contin-ues to operate while the switch isdepressed. Do not depress theswitch longer than necessary, themotor may be damaged.

• Do not attempt to adjust the out-side rearview mirror by hand.Doing so may damage the parts.

CAUTIONDo not scrape ice off the mirrorface; this may damage the surfaceof the glass. If ice should restrictmovement of the mirror, do notforce the mirror for adjustment. Toremove ice, use a deicer spray, or asponge or soft cloth with very warmwater.

CAUTIONIf the mirror is jammed with ice, donot adjust the mirror by force. Usean approved spray de-icer (not radi-ator antifreeze) to release thefrozen mechanism or move thevehicle to a warm place and allowthe ice to melt.

WARNING Do not adjust or fold the outsiderearview mirrors while the vehicleis moving. This could result in lossof control, and an accident whichcould cause death, serious injuryor property damage.

OBK049024N

4 41


D140202AEN

Folding the outside rearview mirrorTo fold the outside rearview mirror, graspthe housing of the mirror and then fold ittoward the rear of the vehicle.

OBK049137N


424

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

OBK049122N/OBK049126ND150000AUN-EU

1. Speedometer

2. Engine temperature gauge

3. Turn signal indicators

4. Warning and indicator lights

5. Odometer/Trip computer*

6. Tachometer

7. Fuel gauge

* : if equipped

Type A

❈ The actual cluster in the vehicle may differfrom the illustration.For more details refer to the "Gauges" inthe next pages.

Type B

4 43


D150100AUN

Instrument panel illuminationWhen the vehicle’s parking lights orheadlights are on, rotate the illuminationcontrol knob to adjust the instrumentpanel illumination intensity.

GaugesD150201AUN

Speedometer The speedometer indicates the forwardspeed of the vehicle.The speedometer is calibrated in milesper hour and/or kilometers per hour.

D150202AUN

Tachometer The tachometer indicates the approxi-mate number of engine revolutions perminute (rpm).Use the tachometer to select the correctshift points and to prevent lugging and/orover-revving the engine.When the door is open, or if the engine isnot started within 1 minute, the tachome-ter pointer may move slightly in ON posi-tion with the engine OFF. This movementis normal and will not affect the accuracyof the tachometer once the engine is run-ning.

OBK049028

OBK049129L

OBK049127L

Type B

Type A

OBK049031


444

D150203AUN

Engine temperature gauge This gauge shows the temperature of theengine coolant when the ignition switchis ON.Do not continue driving with an overheat-ed engine. If your vehicle overheats, referto “If the engine overheats” in section 6.

CAUTIONIf the gauge pointer moves beyondthe normal range area toward the“H” position, it indicates overheat-ing that may damage the engine.

CAUTIONDo not operate the engine withinthe tachometer's RED ZONE.This may cause severe engine dam-age.

WARNINGNever remove the radiator capwhen the engine is hot. The enginecoolant is under pressure andcould cause severe burns. Waituntil the engine is cool beforeadding coolant to the reservoir.

OBK049032

4 45


D150204BBH

Fuel gaugeThe fuel gauge indicates the approxi-mate amount of fuel remaining in the fueltank. The fuel tank capacity is given in sec-tion 8. The fuel gauge is supplemented bya low fuel warning light, which will illumi-nate when the fuel tank is near empty.On inclines or curves, the fuel gaugepointer may fluctuate or the low fuelwarning light may come on earlier thanusual due to the movement of fuel in thetank.

D150205AEN

Odometer/Tripmeter (if equipped)OdometerThe odometer indicates the total dis-tance the vehicle has been driven.You will also find the odometer useful todetermine when periodic maintenanceshould be performed.

✽✽ NOTICEIt is forbidden to alter the odometer ofall vehicles with the intent to change themileage registered on the odometer. Thealteration may void your warranty cov-erage.

WARNING - Fuel gaugeRunning out of fuel can exposevehicle occupants to danger.You must stop and obtain addition-al fuel as soon as possible after thewarning light comes on or when thegauge indicator comes close to theE level.

CAUTIONAvoid driving with a very low fuellevel. If you run out of fuel, it couldcause the engine to misfire andresult in excessive loading of thecatalytic converter.

OBK049033 OBK049116N


464

TripmeterTRIP A: Tripmeter ATRIP B: Tripmeter BThe tripmeter indicates the distance ofindividual trips selected by the driver.

Tripmeter A or B can be selected bypressing the TRIP button for less than 1second.Tripmeter A or B can be reset to 0.0 bypressing the RESET button for 1 secondor more, and then releasing.

D150206ABH

Trip computer (if equipped)The trip computer is a microcomputer-controlled driver information system thatdisplays information related to driving,including odometer, tripmeter, averagespeed, average fuel consumption (ifequipped), instant fuel consumption (ifequipped) and distance to empty on thedisplay when the ignition switch is in theON position. All stored driving informa-tion (except odometer) is reset if the bat-tery is disconnected.The odometer is always displayed untilthe display is turned off.

OBK049134N OBK049034

4 47


Push the TRIP button for less than 1 sec-ond to change the function as follow;

OdometerThe odometer indicates the total dis-tance the vehicle has been driven.You will also find the odometer useful todetermine when periodic maintenanceshould be performed.

TripmeterTRIP A : Tripmeter ATRIP B : Tripmeter BThis mode indicates the distance of indi-vidual trips selected since the last trip-meter reset.The meter's working range is from 0.0 to999.9 miles (0.0 to 999.9 km).Pressing the RESET button for morethan 1 second, when the tripmeter (TRIPA or TRIP B) is being displayed, clearsthe tripmeter to zero (0.0).

Tripmeter B

Tripmeter A

Distance to empty

Average fuel consumption

Average speed

OBK049035N OBK049036N


484

Distance to emptyThis mode indicates the estimated dis-tance to empty based on the current fuelin the fuel tank and the amount of fueldelivered to the engine. When theremaining distance is below 30 miles (50km), “---” will be displayed and the dis-tance to empty indicator will blink.The meter’s working range is from 30 to990 miles (50 to 990 km).

Average fuel consumption (if equipped)This mode calculates the average fuelconsumption from the total fuel used andthe distance since the last average con-sumption reset. The total fuel used is cal-culated from the fuel consumption input.For an accurate calculation, drive morethan 0.03 miles (50 m).Pressing the RESET button for more than1 second, when the average fuel con-sumption is being displayed, clears theaverage fuel consumption to zero (----).If the vehicle speed exceeds 1.6 MPH (1km/h) after refueled more than 1.6 gal-lons (6 l), the average fuel consumptionwill be cleared to zero (---).

Average speedThis mode calculates the average speedof the vehicle since the last averagespeed reset.Even if the vehicle is not in motion, theaverage speed keeps going while theengine is running.Pressing the RESET button for morethan 1 second, when the average speedis being displayed, clears the averagespeed to zero (---).

OBK049037N OBK049039NOBK049042N

4 49


✽✽ NOTICE• If the vehicle is not on level ground or

the battery power has been interrupt-ed, the “Distance to empty” functionmay not operate correctly.The trip computer may not registeradditional fuel if less than 1.6 gallons (6liters) of fuel are added to the vehicle.

• The fuel consumption and distance toempty values may vary significantlybased on driving conditions, drivinghabits, and condition of the vehicle.

• The distance to empty value is an esti-mate of the available driving distance.This value may differ from the actualdriving distance available.

D150300AEN

Warnings and indicatorsAll warning lights are checked by turningthe ignition switch ON (do not start theengine). Any light that does not illuminateshould be checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.After starting the engine, check to makesure that all warning lights are off. If anyare still on, this indicates a situation thatneeds attention. When releasing theparking brake, the brake system warninglight should go off. The fuel warning lightwill stay on if the fuel level is low.

D150302ABH

Air bag warning light

This warning light will illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds each time youturn the ignition switch to the ON posi-tion.This light also comes on when the Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) isnot working properly. If the SRS air bagwarning light does not come on, orcontinuously remains on after operatingfor about 6 seconds when you turned theignition switch to the ON position or start-ed the engine, or if it comes on whiledriving, have the SRS inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.


504

D150303AEN

Anti-lock brake system(ABS) warning light

This light illuminates if the ignition switchis turned ON and goes off in approxi-mately 3 seconds if the system is operat-ing normally.If the ABS warning light remains on,comes on while driving, or does notcome on when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, this indicatesthat there may be a malfunction with theABS.If this occurs, have your vehicle checkedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible. The normal brakingsystem will still be operational, but with-out the assistance of the anti-lock brakesystem.

Electronic brake force distri-bution (EBD) system warninglightIf two warning lights illumi-nate at the same time whiledriving, your vehicle mayhave a malfunction with theABS and EBD system.

In this case, your ABS and regular brakesystem may not work normally. Have thevehicle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the ABS warning light or EBD warn-ing light is on and stays on, thespeedometer or odometer/tripmetermay not work. In this case, have yourvehicle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

D150304ABK-EU

Seat belt warning

As a reminder to the driver, the seat beltwarning light will blink for approximately6 seconds each time you turn the ignitionswitch to ON or START regardless of beltfastening.If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition switch is turned to ONor START, the seat belt warning light andthe seat belt warning chime will operatefor approximately 6 seconds. But if it isfastened within the 6 seconds, the warn-ing light will blink for approximately the 6seconds and the warning chime will turnoff immediately.If the driver's seat belt is disconnectedafter the ignition switch is turned to theON position, the seat belt warning lightwill blink for approximately 6 secondsuntil the belt is fastened. If the driver'sseat belt is not fastened when the vehiclespeed exceeds 6 mph (10 km/h), theseat belt warning light and chime willoperate for approximately 10 times with apattern of 6 seconds on and 24 secondsoff until the belt is fastened or the vehiclespeed decreases below 3 mph (5 km/h).

WARNINGIf the both ABS and brake warninglights are on and stay on, your vehi-cle’s brake system will not worknormally during sudden braking. Inthis case, avoid high speed drivingand abrupt braking. Have your vehi-cle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possi-ble.

4 51


D150305AFD

Turn signal indicator

The blinking green arrows on the instru-ment panel show the direction indicatedby the turn signals. If the arrow comes onbut does not blink, blinks more rapidlythan normal, or does not illuminate at all,a malfunction in the turn signal system isindicated. Your dealer should be consult-ed for repairs.This indicator also blinks when the haz-ard warning switch is turned on.

D150306AUN

High beam indicator

This indicator illuminates when the head-lights are on and in the high beam posi-tion or when the turn signal lever is pulledinto the Flash-to-Pass position.

D150307AEN

Engine oil pressure warning light

This warning light indicates the engine oilpressure is low.If the warning light illuminates while driv-ing:1. Drive safely to the side of the road and

stop.2. With the engine off, check the engine

oil level. If the level is low, add oil asrequired.

If the warning light remains on afteradding oil or if oil is not available, call anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTIONIf the engine is not stopped imme-diately after the engine oil pressurewarning light is illuminated, severedamage could result.

CAUTIONIf the oil pressure warning lightstays on while the engine is run-ning, serious engine damage mayresult. The oil pressure warninglight comes on whenever there isinsufficient oil pressure. In normaloperation, it should come on whenthe ignition switch is turned on,then go out when the engine isstarted. If the oil pressure warninglight stays on while the engine isrunning, there is a serious malfunc-tion.If this happens, stop the car assoon as it is safe to do so, turn offthe engine and check the oil level. Ifthe oil level is low, fill the engine oilto the proper level and start theengine again. If the light stays onwith the engine running, turn theengine off immediately. In anyinstance where the oil light stays onwhen the engine is running, theengine should be checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer beforethe car is driven again.


524

D150308ABH-EU

Parking brake & brake fluidwarning light

Parking brake warning This light is illuminated when the parkingbrake is applied with the ignition switch inthe START or ON position. The warninglight should go off when the parkingbrake is released while an engine is run-ning.The parking brake warning chime willsound to remind you that the parkingbrake is applied when you are drivingabove 6 mph (10 km/h). Always releasethe parking brake before you drive.

Low brake fluid level warningIf the warning light remains on, it mayindicate that the brake fluid level in thereservoir is low.If the warning light remains on:1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe

location and stop your vehicle.2. With the engine stopped, check the

brake fluid level immediately and addfluid as required. Then check all brakecomponents for fluid leaks.

3. Do not drive the vehicle if leaks arefound, the warning light remains on orthe brakes do not operate properly.Have the vehicle towed to any author-ized HYUNDAI dealer for a brake sys-tem inspection and necessary repairs.

Your vehicle is equipped with dual-diago-nal braking systems. This means you stillhave braking on two wheels even if oneof the dual systems should fail. With onlyone of the dual systems working, morethan normal pedal travel and greaterpedal pressure are required to stop thecar. Also, the car will not stop in as shorta distance with only a portion of thebrake system working. If the brakes failwhile you are driving, shift to a lower gearfor additional engine braking and stop thecar as soon as it is safe to do so.To check bulb operation, check whetherthe parking brake and brake fluid warninglight illuminates when the ignition switchis in the ON position.

D150331CEN

Low tire pressure indicator

The low tire pressure indicator comes onfor 3 seconds after the ignition switch isturned to the ON position.If the warning light does not come on, orcontinuously remains on after coming onfor about 3 seconds when you turned theignition switch to the ON position, theTire Pressure Monitoring System is notworking properly. If this occurs, have yourvehicle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.This warning light will also illuminate ifone or more of your tires is significantlyunder-inflated. You should stop andcheck your tires as soon as possible. Ifthe warning light illuminates while driv-ing, reduce vehicle speed immediatelyand stop the vehicle. Avoid hard brakingand overcorrecting at the steering wheel.Inflate the tires to the proper pressure asindicated on the vehicle’s tire informationplacard.The TPMS is not a replacement for nor-mal tire maintenance. Tire inflationshould be checked on a regular basis.Refer to the TPMS instructions and warn-ings in section 5.

WARNING Driving the vehicle with a warninglight on is dangerous. If the brakewarning light remains on, have thebrakes checked and repaired imme-diately by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

4 53


D150332AEN

TPMS (Tire PressureMonitoring System) malfunction indicator

The TPMS malfunction indicator comeson for 3 seconds after the ignition switchis turned to the ON position. If the warn-ing light does not come on, or continu-ously remains on after coming on forabout 3 seconds when you turned theignition switch to the ON position, theTire Pressure Monitoring System is notworking properly. If this occurs, have yourvehicle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

The warning light also comes on andstays on when there is a problem with theTire Pressure Monitoring System.If this happens, the system may not mon-itor the tire pressure. Have the systemchecked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer as soon as possible.

For more information about the TPMS,refer to “Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem” in section 6.

D150312ABH

Shift pattern indicator

The indicator displays to show the auto-matic transmission shift lever selection.

D150313AEN

Charging system warninglight

This warning light indicates a malfunctionof either the generator or electricalcharging system.If the warning light comes on while thevehicle is in motion:1. Drive to the nearest safe location.2. With the engine off, check the genera-

tor drive belt for looseness or break-age.

3. If the belt is adjusted properly, a prob-lem exists somewhere in the electricalcharging system. Have an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer correct the problemas soon as possible.

WARNING - Low tire pres-sure

Significantly low tire pressuremakes the vehicle unstable and cancontribute to loss of vehicle controland increased braking distances.Continued driving on low pressuretires will cause the tires to overheatand fail.

TPMS

WARNING - Safe stopping• The TPMS cannot alert you to

severe and sudden tire damagecaused by external factors.

• If you feel any vehicle instability,immediately take your foot off theaccelerator, apply the brakesgradually and with light force,and slowly move to a safe posi-tion off the road.


544

D150309AUN

Front fog light indicator (if equipped)

This light comes on when the front foglights are ON.

D150315AHD

Trunk lid open warninglight

This warning light illuminates when thetrunk lid is not closed securely with theignition in any position.

D150316AUN

Door ajar warning light

This warning light illuminates when adoor is not closed securely with the igni-tion switch in any position.

D150317CBH

Immobilizer indicator

Without smart key systemThis light illuminates when the immobiliz-er key is inserted and turned to the ONposition to start the engine.At this time, you can start the engine.Thelight goes out after the engine is running.If this light blinks when the ignition switchis in the ON position before starting theengine, have the system checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

With smart key system (if equipped)If any of the following occurs in a vehicleequipped with the smart key, the immobi-lizer indicator illuminates, blinks or thelight goes off.

• When the smart key is in the vehicle, ifthe engine start/stop button is turnedto the ON position, the indicator willilluminate until the engine is started.However, when the smart key is not inthe vehicle, if the engine start/stop but-ton is depressed, the indicator will blinkfor a few minutes to indicate that youwill not be able to start the engine.

• When the ignition switch is turned tothe ON position and the indicator turnsoff after 2 seconds, the system mayhave a problem. Have the vehiclechecked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

• When the battery is weak, if the enginestart/stop button is depressed, the indi-cator will blink and you will not be ableto start the engine. However, you maystill be able to start the engine byinserting the smart key in the smartkey holder. If smart key system relatedparts have a problem, the indicatorblinks.

4 55


D150318AUN

Low fuel level warning light

This warning light indicates the fuel tankis nearly empty. When it comes on, youshould add fuel as soon as possible.Driving with the fuel level warning light onor with the fuel level below “E” can causethe engine to misfire and damage thecatalytic converter.

D150319AUN

Low washer fluid levelwarning light (if equipped)

This warning light indicates the washerfluid reservoir is near empty. Refill thewasher fluid as soon as possible.

D150320ABH-EU

Malfunction indicator light(MIL) (check engine light)

This indicator light is part of the EngineControl System which monitors variousemission control system components. Ifthis light illuminates while driving, it indi-cates that a potential malfunction hasbeen detected somewhere in the emis-sion control system.This light will also illuminate when theignition switch is turned to the ON posi-tion, and will go out in a few secondsafter the engine is started. If it illuminateswhile driving, or does not illuminate whenthe ignition switch is turned to the ONposition, take your vehicle to your near-est authorized HYUNDAI dealer andhave the system checked.Generally, your vehicle will continue to bedrivable, but have the system checked byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer promptly.

CAUTION• Prolonged driving with the

Malfunction Indicator Light illumi-nated may cause damage to theemission control systems whichcould effect drivability and/or fueleconomy.

• If the Malfunction Indicator Lightilluminates, potential catalyticconverter damage is possiblewhich could result in loss ofengine power. Have the EngineControl System inspected as soonas possible by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.


564

D150323AUN-EU

ESC indicator (ElectronicStability Control)

The ESC indicator will illuminatewhen the ignition switch is turned ON,but should go off after approximately 3seconds.When the ESC is on, it monitorsthe driving conditions and under normaldriving conditions, the ESC indicator will remain off. When a slippery or lowtraction condition is encountered, theESC will operate, and the ESC indicator

will blink to indicate the ESC is oper-ating.

D150324AEN-EU

ESC OFF indicator

The ESC OFF indicator will illuminatewhen the ignition switch is turned ON,but should go off after approximately 3seconds. To switch to ESC OFF mode,press the ESC OFF button . The ESCOFF indicator will illuminate indicatingthe ESC is deactivated.If this indicator stays on when ESC OFFis not selected, the ESC may have a mal-function. Take your car to an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer and have the systemchecked.With the ESC system in the stand byposition, if you use the parking brake tostop the vehicle due abnormal brakeoperation, the ESC system may bestopped and ESC OFF indicator mayilluminate for about 5 minutes.

D150325ABH

Cruise indicator

CRUISE indicator

The indicator light illuminates when thecruise control system is enabled.The cruise indicator light in the instru-ment cluster is illuminated when thecruise control ON-OFF button on thesteering wheel is pushed.The indicator light turns off when thecruise control ON-OFF button is pushedagain. For more information about theuse of cruise control, refer to “Cruisecontrol system” in section 5.

CRUISE

CAUTIONDo not use the parking brake tostop the vehicle, except in an emer-gency situation.

4 57


Cruise SET indicator

The indicator light illuminates when thecruise function switch (SET- or RES+) isON.The cruise SET indicator light in theinstrument cluster is illuminated whenthe cruise control switch (SET- or RES+)is pushed. The cruise SET indicator lightdoes not illuminate when the cruise con-trol switch (CANCEL) is pushed or thesystem is disengaged.

D150327ABH

Key reminder warning chime Without smart keyIf the driver’s door is opened while theignition key is left in the ignition switch(ACC or LOCK position), the keyreminder warning chime will sound. Thisis to prevent you from locking your keysin the vehicle. The chime sounds until thekey is removed from the ignition switch orthe driver’s door is closed.

With smart keyIf the driver’s door is opened while thesmart key is in the vehicle with theengine start/stop button in ACC or thesmart key is in the smart key holder withthe engine start/stop button in OFF, thekey reminder warning chime will sound.The chime sounds until the smart key isremoved from the smart key holder or thedriver’s door is closed.

D150338BEN

KEY OUT indicator (if equipped)

When the ignition switch is in the ACC orON position, if any door is open, the sys-tem checks for the smart key. If thesmart key is not in the vehicle, the indi-cator will blink, and if all doors areclosed, the chime will also sound forabout 5 seconds. The indicator will turnoff while the vehicle is moving. Keep thesmart key in the vehicle.

SET KEYOUT


584

D170000AEN

The rear parking assist system assiststhe driver during backward movement ofthe vehicle by chiming if any object issensed within a distance of 47 in. (120cm) behind the vehicle. This system is asupplemental system and it is not intend-ed to nor does it replace the need forextreme care and attention of the driver.The sensing range and objectsdetectable by the back sensors are limit-ed. Whenever backing-up, pay as muchattention to what is behind you as youwould in a vehicle without a rear parkingassist system.

Operation of the rear parkingassist systemD170101AEN

Operating condition• This system will activate when backing

up with the ignition switch ON.If the vehicle is moving at a speed over3 mph (5 km/h), the system may not beactivated correctly.

• The sensing distance while the rearparking assist system is in operation isapproximately 47 in. (120 cm).

• When more than two objects aresensed at the same time, the closestone will be recognized first.

D170102AUN

Types of warning sound• When an object is 47 in. to 32 in. (120

cm to 81 cm) from the rear bumper:Buzzer beeps intermittently.

• When an object is 31 in. to 16 in. (80cm to 41 cm) from the rear bumper:Buzzer beeps more frequently.

• When an object is within 15 in. (40 cm)of the rear bumper:Buzzer sounds continuously.

REAR PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OBK049131Sensors

WARNINGThe rear parking assist system is asupplementary function only. Theoperation of the rear parking assistsystem can be affected by severalfactors (including environmentalconditions). It is the responsibilityof the driver to always check thearea behind the vehicle before andwhile backing up.

4 59


D170200AEN

Non-operational conditions ofrear parking assist systemThe rear parking assist system maynot operate properly when:1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It will

operate normally when the moisturehas been cleared.)

2. The sensor is covered with foreignmatter, such as snow or water, or thesensor cover is blocked. (It will operatenormally when the material is removedor the sensor is no longer blocked.)

3. Driving on uneven road surfaces(unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, gradi-ent).

4. Objects generating excessive noise(vehicle horns, loud motorcycleengines, or truck air brakes) are withinrange of the sensor.

5. Heavy rain or water spray exists.6. Wireless transmitters or mobile phones

are within range of the sensor.7. The sensor is covered with snow.

The detecting range may decreasewhen:1. The sensor is stained with foreign mat-

ter such as snow or water. (The sens-ing range will return to normal whenremoved.)

2. Outside air temperature is extremelyhot or cold.

The following objects may not be rec-ognized by the sensor:1. Sharp or slim objects such as ropes,

chains or small poles.2. Objects which tend to absorb the sen-

sor frequency such as clothes, spongymaterial or snow.

3. Undetectable objects smaller than 40 in.(1 m) in height and narrower than 6 in.(14 cm) in diameter.

D170300AEN

Rear parking assist system pre-cautions• The rear parking assist system may

not sound sequentially depending onthe speed and shapes of the objectsdetected.

• The rear parking assist system maymalfunction if the vehicle bumperheight or sensor installation has beenmodified or damaged. Any non-factoryinstalled equipment or accessoriesmay also interfere with the sensor per-formance.

• The sensor may not recognize objectsless than 15 in. (40 cm) from the sen-sor, or it may sense an incorrect dis-tance. Use caution.

• When the sensor is frozen or stainedwith snow, dirt, or water, the sensormay be inoperative until the stains areremoved using a soft cloth.

• Do not push, scratch or strike the sen-sor. Sensor damage could occur.


604

✽✽ NOTICEThis system can only sense objects with-in the range and location of the sensors;It can not detect objects in other areaswhere sensors are not installed. Also,small or slim objects, such as poles orobjects located between sensors may notbe detected by the sensors.Always visually check behind the vehi-cle when backing up.Be sure to inform any drivers of thevehicle that may be unfamiliar with thesystem regarding the systems capabili-ties and limitations.

D170400AEN

Self-diagnosisIf you don’t hear an audible warningsound or if the buzzer sounds intermit-tently when shifting the gear to the R(Reverse) position, this may indicate amalfunction in the rear parking assist sys-tem. If this occurs, have your vehiclechecked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer as soon as possible.

D180000AUN

The hazard warning flasher should beused whenever you find it necessary tostop the car in a hazardous location.When you must make such an emer-gency stop, always pull off the road as faras possible.The hazard warning lights are turned onby pushing in the hazard switch. Thiscauses all turn signal lights to blink. Thehazard warning lights will operate eventhough the key is not in the ignitionswitch.To turn the hazard warning lights off,push the switch a second time.

WARNINGPay close attention when the vehi-cle is driven close to objects on theroad, particularly pedestrians, andespecially children. Be aware thatsome objects may not be detectedby the sensors, due to the object’sdistance, size or material, all ofwhich can limit the effectiveness ofthe sensor. Always perform a visu-al inspection to make sure the vehi-cle is clear of all obstructionsbefore moving the vehicle in anydirection.

WARNINGYour new vehicle warranty does notcover any accidents or damage tothe vehicle or injuries to its occu-pants due to a rear parking assistsystem malfunction. Always drivesafely and cautiously.

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER

OBK049044N

4 61


D190100ABH

Battery saver function • The purpose of this feature is to pre-

vent the battery from being dis-charged. The system automaticallyturns off the exterior lights when thedriver removes the ignition key (smartkey : turns off the engine) and opensthe driver-side door.

• With this feature, the parking lights willbe turned off automatically if the driverparks on the side of road at night.If necessary, to keep the lights onwhen the ignition key is removed(smart key : turns off the engine), per-form the following:1) Open the driver-side door.2) Turn the parking lights OFF and ON

again using the light switch on thesteering column.

D190400AUN

Lighting controlThe light switch has a Headlight and aParking light position.To operate the lights, turn the knob at theend of the control lever to one of the fol-lowing positions:(1) OFF position(2) Parking light position(3) Headlight position(4) Auto light position (if equipped)

D190401ABH

Parking light position ( )When the light switch is in the parkinglight position (1st position), the tail,license and instrument panel lights areON.

LIGHTING

OBK049045 OBK049046


624

D190402ABH

Headlight position ( )When the light switch is in the headlightposition (2nd position), the head, tail,license and instrument panel lights areON.

✽✽ NOTICEThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition to turn on the headlights.

D190403AUN

Auto light position (if equipped)When the light switch is in the AUTO lightposition, the taillights and headlights willbe turned ON or OFF automaticallydepending on the amount of light outsidethe vehicle.

OBK049047 OBK049048

CAUTION• Never place anything over sensor

(1) located on the instrumentpanel. This will ensure betterauto-light system control.

• Don’t clean the sensor using awindow cleaner. The cleaner mayleave a light film which couldinterfere with sensor operation.

• If your vehicle has window tint orother types of coating on thefront windshield, the Auto lightsystem may not work properly.

4 63


D190500AUN

High beam operation To turn on the high beam headlights,push the lever away from you. Pull it backfor low beams.The high beam indicator will light whenthe headlight high beams are switchedon.To prevent the battery from being dis-charged, do not leave the lights on for aprolonged time while the engine is notrunning.

To flash the headlights, pull the levertowards you. It will return to the normal(low beam) position when released. Theheadlight switch does not need to be onto use this flashing feature.

D190600AUN

Turn signals and lane change sig-nalsThe ignition switch must be on for theturn signals to function. To turn on theturn signals, move the lever up or down(A). Green arrow indicators on the instru-ment panel indicate which turn signal isoperating. They will self-cancel after aturn is completed. If the indicator contin-ues to flash after a turn, manually returnthe lever to the OFF position.

OBK049050 OBK049049 OBK049051


644

To signal a lane change, move the turnsignal lever slightly and hold it in position(B). The lever will return to the OFF posi-tion when released.If an indicator stays on and does notflash or if it flashes abnormally, one of theturn signal bulbs may be burned out andwill require replacement.

✽✽ NOTICEIf an indicator flash is abnormally quickor slow, a bulb may be burned out orhave a poor electrical connection in thecircuit. D190700AHM-EU

Front fog light (if equipped) Fog lights are used to provide improvedvisibility and avoid accidents when visibil-ity is poor due to fog, rain or snow etc.The fog lights will turn on when fog lightswitch (1) is turned to ON after the head-lights are turned on.To turn off the fog lights, turn the switchto OFF.

OBK049052

CAUTIONWhen in operation, the fog lightsconsume large amounts of vehicleelectrical power. Only use the foglights when visibility is poor.

4 65


WIPERS AND WASHERS

A : Wiper speed control· MIST – Single wipe· OFF – Off· INT – Intermittent wipe · LO – Low wiper speed· HI – High wiper speed

B : Intermittent wipe time adjustment

C : Wash with brief wipes

D200100AEN-EU

Windshield wipers Operates as follows when the ignitionswitch is turned ON.MIST : For a single wiping cycle, push

the lever upward and release itwith the lever in the OFF position.The wipers will operate continu-ously if the lever is pushedupward and held.

OFF : Wiper is not in operationINT : Wiper operates intermittently at

the same wiping intervals. Use thismode in a light rain or mist. To varythe speed setting, turn the speedcontrol knob(1).

LO : Normal wiper speedHI : Fast wiper speed

✽✽ NOTICEIf there is heavy accumulation of snowor ice on the windshield, defrost thewindshield for about 10 minutes, oruntil the snow and/or ice is removedbefore using the windshield wipers toensure proper operation.

✽✽ NOTICE• When you operate the wipers, if your

vehicle has a problem in any part ofthe wiper operation system, the wipermay operate in the LO mode regard-less of the wiper switch position. Inthis case, have your vehicle checkedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible.

• When the ignition key is removed, thewiper blade sometimes may moveslightly to be properly positioned forreducing the deterioration of thewindshield wipers.

OAM049100L


664

D200200AUN

Windshield washers In the OFF position, pull the lever gentlytoward you to spray washer fluid on thewindshield and to run the wipers 1-3cycles.Use this function when the windshield isdirty.The spray and wiper operation will con-tinue until you release the lever.If the washer does not work, check thewasher fluid level. If the fluid level is notsufficient, you will need to add appropri-ate non-abrasive windshield washer fluidto the washer reservoir.The reservoir filler neck is located in thefront of the engine compartment on thepassenger side.

CAUTIONTo prevent possible damage to thewasher pump, do not operate thewasher when the fluid reservoir isempty.

WARNINGDo not use the washer in freezingtemperatures without first warmingthe windshield with the defrosters;the washer solution could freeze oncontact with the windshield andobscure your vision.

CAUTION• To prevent possible damage to

the wipers or windshield, do notoperate the wipers when thewindshield is dry.

• To prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use gasoline,kerosene, paint thinner, or othersolvents on or near them.

• To prevent damage to the wiperarms and other components, donot attempt to move the wipersmanually.

4 67


D210000AEN

D210100ABK

Map lampPush the lens to turn the map lamp on oroff. This light produces a spot beam forconvenient use as a map lamp at night oras a personal lamp for the driver and thefront passenger.

• DOOR : The light comes on when anydoor (or tailgate) is openedregardless of the ignition switchposition. When doors areunlocked by the transmitter (orsmart key), the light comes onfor approximately 30 secondsas long as any door is notopen. The light goes out gradu-ally after approximately 30 sec-onds if the door is closed.However, if the ignition switchis ON or all doors are locked,the light will turn off immediate-ly. If a door is opened with theignition switch in the ACC orLOCK position, the light stayson for about 20 minutes.However, if a door is openedwith the ignition switch in theON position, the light stays oncontinuously.

INTERIOR LIGHT

CAUTIONDo not use the interior lights forextended periods when the engineis not running.It may cause battery discharge.

OBK049055N


684

D210300ABK

Trunk room lampThe trunk room lamp comes on when thetrunk is opened.

D210500ABH

Glove box lampThe glove box lamp comes on when theglove box is opened.

D210600ABK

Vanity mirror lampPull the sunvisor downward and you canturn the vanity mirror lamp ON or OFF bypushing the button.• : To turn the lamp ON.• O : To turn the lamp OFF.

OBK049056

CAUTIONThe trunk room lamp comes on aslong as the trunk lid opens. To pre-vent unnecessary charging systemdrain, close the trunk lid securelyafter using the trunk room.

OBK049057 OTD049088

CAUTIONTo prevent unnecessary chargingsystem drain, turn off the lamp bypushing the O button after usingthe lamp.

4 69


D220000AUN

✽✽ NOTICEIf you want to defrost and defog thefront windshield, refer to “Windshielddefrosting and defogging” in this sec-tion.

D220100AEN

Rear window defrosterThe defroster heats the window toremove frost, fog and thin ice from therear window, while the engine is running.To activate the rear window defroster,press the rear window defroster buttonlocated in the center facia switch panel.

The indicator on the rear windowdefroster button illuminates when thedefroster is ON.If there is heavy accumulation of snow onthe rear window, brush it off before oper-ating the rear defroster.The rear window defroster automaticallyturns off after approximately 20 minutesor when the ignition switch is turned off.To turn off the defroster, press the rearwindow defroster button again.D220101AEN

Outside rearview mirror defroster (if equipped)If your vehicle is equipped with the out-side rearview mirror defrosters, they willoperate at the same time you turn on therear window defroster.

D220200AEN

Front windshield deicer (if equipped)If your vehicle is equipped with the frontwindshield deicer, it will be operating atthe same time you operate the rear win-dow defroster.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the conduc-tors bonded to the inside surface ofthe rear window, never use sharpinstruments or window cleanerscontaining abrasives to clean thewindow.

DEFROSTER

OBK049100

OBK049059

Type B

Type A


704

MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

1. Fan speed control knob2. Mode selection button3. Front windshield defrost button4. Rear window defroster button5. Air intake control button6. Air conditioning button 7. Temperature control knob

D230000AEN

OBK049099

4 71


D230100AEN

Heating and air conditioning1. Start the engine.2. Set the mode to the desired position.

For improving the effectiveness ofheating and cooling;- Heating:- Cooling:

3. Set the temperature control to thedesired position.

4. Set the air intake control to the outside(fresh) air position.

5. Set the fan speed control to thedesired speed.

6. If air conditioning is desired, turn theair conditioning system on.

OBK049064


724

D230101ABK

Mode selectionYou can control the direction of the airflow through the ventilation system bypushing the button.Air can be directed to the floor, dash-board outlets, or windshield. Five sym-bols are used to represent Face, Bi-Level, Floor, Floor-Defrost and Defrostair position.

Face-Level (B, D)

Air flow is directed toward the upper bodyand face. Additionally, each outlet can becontrolled to direct the air dischargedfrom the outlet.

Bi-Level (B, D, C)

Air flow is directed towards the face andthe floor.

Floor-Level (C, A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor, with a small amount of the air beingdirected to the windshield and side win-dow defrosters.

Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to the floorand the windshield with a small amountdirected to the side window defrosters.

Defrost-Level (A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thewindshield with a small amount of airdirected to the side window defrosters.OBK049101

4 73


Instrument panel ventsThe outlet vents can be opened or closedseparately using the horizontal thumb-wheel. To close the vent, rotate it to thefully down position. To open the vent,rotate it up to the desired position.Also, you can adjust the direction of airdelivery from these vents using the ventcontrol lever as shown.

D230102ABK

Temperature controlThe temperature control knob allows youto control the temperature of the air flow-ing from the ventilation system. Tochange the air temperature in the pas-senger compartment, turn the knob tothe right for warm air or left for cooler air.To select MAX A/C, turn the temperaturecontrol knob to the full counter-clockwiseposition.In this mode, the air conditioning and therecirculated air position will be selectedautomatically.When the desired interior temperaturehas been reached, return the tempera-ture control knob to the normal A/C modeto resume fresh air intake into the cabin.

D230103AEN

Air intake control This is used to select the outside (fresh)air position or recirculated air position.To change the air intake control position,push the control button.

OBK049103OBK049066 OBK049104


744

Recirculated air position The indicator light on thebutton is illuminated whenthe recirculated air positionis selected.With the recirculated airposition selected, air fromthe passenger compart-ment will be drawn throughthe heating system andheated or cooled accordingto the function selected.

Outside (fresh) air position The indicator light on thebutton is not illuminatedwhen the outside (fresh) airposition is selected.With the outside (fresh) airposition selected, air entersthe vehicle from outside andis heated or cooled accord-ing to the function selected.

✽✽ NOTICEProlonged operation of the heater in therecirculated air position (without airconditioning selected) may cause fog-ging of the windshield and side windowsand the air within the passenger com-partment may become stale.In addition, prolonged use of the airconditioning with the recirculated airposition selected will result in excessive-ly dry air in the passenger compart-ment.

WARNING• Continued climate control system

operation in the recirculated airposition may allow humidity toincrease inside the vehicle whichmay fog the glass and obscurevisibility.

• Do not sleep in a vehicle with theair conditioning or heating sys-tem on. It may cause seriousharm or death due to a drop in theoxygen level and/or body temper-ature.

• Continued use of the climate con-trol system in the recirculated airposition can cause drowsiness orsleepiness, and loss of vehiclecontrol. Set the air intake controlto the outside (fresh) air positionas much as possible while driv-ing.

4 75


D230104AEN

Fan speed controlThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition for fan operation.The fan speed control knob allows you tocontrol the fan speed of the air flowingfrom the ventilation system. To changethe fan speed, turn the knob to the rightfor higher speed or left for lower speed.Setting the fan speed control knob to theOFF position turns off the fan.

D230105AHM

Air conditioning (if equipped) Press the A/C button to turn the air con-ditioning system on (indicator light willilluminate). Press the button again to turnthe air conditioning system off.

System operationD230501AUN

Ventilation1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the outside

(fresh) air position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

D230502AEN

Heating1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the outside



desired speed.5. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn

the air conditioning system (ifequipped) on.

• If the windshield fogs up, set the modeto the or position.

OBK049105 OBK049106


764

Operation Tips• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from

entering the car through the ventilationsystem, temporarily set the air intakecontrol to the recirculated air position.Be sure to return the control to thefresh air position when the irritationhas passed to keep fresh air in thevehicle. This will help keep the driveralert and comfortable.

• Air for the heating/cooling system isdrawn in through the grilles just aheadof the windshield. Care should betaken that these are not blocked byleaves, snow, ice or other obstructions.

• To prevent interior fog on the wind-shield, set the air intake control to thefresh air position and fan speed to thedesired position, turn on the air condi-tioning system, and adjust the temper-ature control to desired temperature.

D230503ABK

Air conditioning (if equipped) All HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systemsare filled with environmentally friendly R-134a refrigerant which does not dam-age the ozone layer.1. Start the engine. Push the air condi-

tioning button.2. Set the mode to the position.3. Set the air intake control to the outside

air or recirculated air position.4. Adjust the fan speed control and tem-

perature control to maintain maximumcomfort.

• When maximum cooling is desired, setthe temperature control to the extremeleft position (MAX A/C), set the modecontrol to the position, then setthe fan speed control to the highestspeed.

✽✽ NOTICE• When using the air conditioning sys-

tem, monitor the temperature gaugeclosely while driving up hills or inheavy traffic when outside tempera-tures are high. Air conditioning sys-tem operation may cause engine over-heating. Continue to use the blowerfan but turn the air conditioning sys-tem off if the temperature gauge indi-cates engine overheating.

• When opening the windows in humidweather air conditioning may createwater droplets inside the vehicle.Since excessive water droplets maycause damage to electrical equipment,air conditioning should only be runwith the windows closed.

4 77


Air conditioning system operation tips • If the vehicle has been parked in direct

sunlight during hot weather, open thewindows for a short time to let the hotair inside the vehicle escape.

• To help reduce moisture inside of thewindows on rainy or humid days,decrease the humidity inside the vehi-cle by operating the air conditioningsystem.

• During air conditioning system opera-tion, you may occasionally notice aslight change in engine speed as theair conditioning compressor cycles.This is a normal system operationcharacteristic.

• Use the air conditioning system everymonth, even if only for a few minutes,to ensure maximum system perform-ance.

• When using the air conditioning sys-tem, you may notice clear water drip-ping (or even puddling) on the groundunder the passenger side of the vehi-cle. This is a normal system operationcharacteristic.

• Operating the air conditioning systemin the recirculated air position providesmaximum cooling, however, continualoperation in this mode may cause theair inside the vehicle to become stale.

• During cooling operation, you mayoccasionally notice a misty air flowbecause of rapid cooling and humid airintake. This is a normal system opera-tion characteristics.

D230300BEN

Climate control air filter (if equipped)The climate control air filter installedbehind the glove box filters the dust orother pollutants that come into the vehi-cle from the outside through the heatingand air conditioning system. If dust orother pollutants accumulate in the filterover a period of time, the air flow from theair vents may decrease, resulting inmoisture accumulation on the inside ofthe windshield even when the outside(fresh) air position is selected. If this hap-pens, have the climate control air filterreplaced by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

1LDA5047

Outside air

Recirculatedair

Climate controlair filter

Blower

Evaporatorcore

Heater core


784

WARNINGThe air conditioning system shouldbe serviced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer. Improper servicemay cause serious injury to theperson performing the service.

✽✽ NOTICE• Replace the filter according to the

Maintenance Schedule.If the car is being driven in severeconditions such as dusty or roughroads, more frequent air conditionerfilter inspections and changes arerequired.

• When the air flow rate suddenlydecreases, the system should bechecked at an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

D230400AEN

Checking the amount of air con-ditioner refrigerant and compres-sor lubricantWhen the amount of refrigerant is low,the performance of the air conditioning isreduced. Overfilling also has a negativeimpact on the air conditioning system.Therefore, if abnormal operation isfound, have the system inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

✽✽ NOTICEIt is important when servicing the airconditioning system that the correcttype and amount of oil and refrigerant isused. Otherwise, damage to the com-pressor and abnormal system operationmay occur.

4 79


AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

1. Fan speed control button

2. Air intake control button

3. OFF button

4. Temperature control knob

5. AUTO (automatic control) button

6. Front windshield defrost button

7. Rear window defrost button

8. Air conditioning button

9. Mode selection button

OBK049060D240000ABH


804

D240100ABK

Automatic heating and air condi-tioningThe automatic climate control system iscontrolled by simply setting the desiredtemperature.The Full Automatic Temperature Control(FATC) system automatically controls theheating and cooling system as follows;

1. Press the AUTO button. The modes,fan speeds, air intake and air-condi-tioning will be controlled automaticallyby temperature setting.

2. Turn the temperature control knob tothe desired position.If the temperature is set to the lowestsetting (LO), the air conditioning sys-tem will operate continuously.

3. To turn the automatic operation off,press any button except the tempera-ture control button. If you press themode selection button, air conditioningbutton, defrost button, air intake con-trol button, or the fan speed button, theselected function will be controlledmanually while other functions operateautomatically.

For your convenience and to improve theeffectiveness of the climate control, usethe AUTO button and set the temperatureto 23°C (73°F).

✽✽ NOTICENever place anything over the sensorlocated on the instrument panel toensure better control of the heating andcooling system.

OBK049062OBK049061

4 81


D240200ABH

Manual heating and air condition-ingThe heating and cooling system can becontrolled manually by pushing buttonsother than the AUTO button. In this case,the system works sequentially accordingto the order of buttons selected.When pressing any button except theAUTO button while using automatic oper-ation, the functions not selected will becontrolled automatically.1. Start the engine.2. Set the mode to the desired position.

For improving the effectiveness ofheating and cooling;- Heating:- Cooling:

3. Set the temperature control to thedesired position.

4. Set the air intake control to the outside(fresh) air position.

5. Set the fan speed control to thedesired speed.

6. If air conditioning is desired, turn theair conditioning system on.

Press the AUTO button in order to con-vert to full automatic control of the sys-tem.

D240201ABH

Mode selectionThe mode selection button controls thedirection of the air flow through the venti-lation system.The air flow outlet port is converted asfollows:

Floor & Defrost(A, C, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to the floorand the windshield with a small amountdirected to the side window defrosters.

Floor-Level (A, C, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor, with a small amount of the air beingdirected to the windshield and side win-dow defrosters.

Bi-Level (B, D, C)

Air flow is directed towards the face andthe floor.

Face-Level (B, D)

Air flow is directed toward the upper bodyand face. Additionally, each outlet can becontrolled to direct the air dischargedfrom the outlet.

OBK049063


824

Defrost-Level (A, D)Most of the air flow is directed to thewindshield with a small amount of airdirected to the side window defrosters.

Instrument panel ventsThe outlet vents can be opened or closedseparately using the horizontal thumb-wheel. To close the vent, rotate it to thefully down position. To open the vent,rotate it up to the desired position.Also, you can adjust the direction of airdelivery from these vents using the ventcontrol lever as shown.

D230102AUN

Temperature controlThe temperature control knob allows youto control the temperature of the air flow-ing from the ventilation system. Tochange the air temperature in the pas-senger compartment, turn the knob tothe right position for warm and hot air orleft position for cooler air.

OBK049065 OBK049066 OBK049067

4 83


Temperature conversionIf the battery has been discharged ordisconnected, the temperature mode dis-play will reset to Centigrade.This is a normal condition.You can switchthe temperature mode betweenCentigrade and Fahrenheit as follows;1. Turn on the audio and press the

[SETUP] button.2. Select the [TEMP] mode by pressing

the [∧ TURN FILE ∨] or [∧ SEEK ∨]button, and pressing the [ENTER] but-ton.

3. Select the [CELSIUS] or [FAHREN-HEIT] mode by pressing the [∧ TURNFILE ∨] or [∧ SEEK ∨] button, andpressing the [ENTER] button.

D240203AEN

Air intake controlThis is used to select the outside (fresh)air position or recirculated air position.To change the air intake control position,press the control button.

Recirculated air positionWith the recirculated airposition selected, air fromthe passenger compart-ment will be drawn throughthe heating system andheated or cooled accordingto the function selected.

Outside (fresh) air positionWith the outside (fresh) airposition selected, air entersthe vehicle from outside andis heated or cooled accord-ing to the function selected.

OBK049068


844

✽✽ NOTICEProlonged operation of the heater in therecirculated air position (without airconditioning selected) may cause fog-ging of the windshield and side windowsand the air within the passenger com-partment may become stale.In addition, prolonged use of the air con-ditioning with the recirculated air posi-tion selected will result in excessively dryair in the passenger compartment.

D240205ABH

Fan speed controlThe fan speed can be set to the desiredspeed by pressing the fan speed controlbutton.The higher the fan speed is, the more airis delivered.Pressing the OFF button turns off thefan.

D240206AUN

Air conditioningPress the A/C button to turn the air con-ditioning system on (indicator light willilluminate).Press the button again to turn the airconditioning system off.

WARNING• Continued use of the climate con-

trol system operation in the recir-culated air position may allowhumidity to increase inside thevehicle which may fog the glassand obscure visibility.

• Do not sleep in a vehicle with theair conditioning or heating systemon. It may cause serious harm ordeath due to a drop in the oxygenlevel and/or body temperature.

• Continued use of the climate con-trol system operation in the recir-culated air position can causedrowsiness or sleepiness, and lossof vehicle control. Set the air intakecontrol to the outside (fresh) airposition as much as possible whiledriving.

OBK049069 OBK049070

4 85


D240208ABK

OFF modePress the OFF button to turn off the cli-mate control system. However, you canstill operate the mode and air intake but-tons as long as the ignition switch is inthe ON position.

System operationD230501AUN

Ventilation1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the outside



desired speed.

D230502AEN

Heating1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the outside



desired speed.5. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn

the air conditioning system (ifequipped) on.

• If the windshield fogs up, set the modeto the or push the front defrost but-ton ( ).

Operation Tips• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from

entering the car through the ventilationsystem, temporarily set the air intakecontrol to the recirculated air position.Be sure to return the control to thefresh air position when the irritationhas passed to keep fresh air in thevehicle. This will help keep the driveralert and comfortable.

• Air for the heating/cooling system isdrawn in through the grilles just aheadof the windshield. Care should betaken that these are not blocked byleaves, snow, ice or other obstructions.

• To prevent interior fog on the wind-shield, set the air intake control to thefresh air position and fan speed to thedesired position, turn on the air condi-tioning system, and adjust the temper-ature control to desired temperature.

OBK049071


864

D230503AEN

Air conditioning (if equipped) All HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systemsare filled with environmentally friendly R-134a refrigerant which does not dam-age the ozone layer.1. Start the engine. Push the air condi-

tioning button.2. Set the mode to the position.3. Set the air intake control to the outside

air or recirculated air position.4. Adjust the fan speed control and tem-

perature control to maintain maximumcomfort.

✽✽ NOTICE• When using the air conditioning sys-

tem, monitor the temperature gaugeclosely while driving up hills or inheavy traffic when outside tempera-tures are high. Air conditioning sys-tem operation may cause engine over-heating. Continue to use the blowerfan but turn the air conditioning sys-tem off if the temperature gauge indi-cates engine overheating.

• When opening the windows in humidweather air conditioning may createwater droplets inside the vehicle.Since excessive water droplets maycause damage to electrical equipment,air conditioning should only be runwith the windows closed.

Air conditioning system operation tips • If the vehicle has been parked in direct

sunlight during hot weather, open thewindows for a short time to let the hotair inside the vehicle escape.

• To help reduce moisture inside of thewindows on rainy or humid days,decrease the humidity inside the vehi-cle by operating the air conditioningsystem.

• During air conditioning system opera-tion, you may occasionally notice aslight change in engine speed as theair conditioning compressor cycles.This is a normal system operationcharacteristic.

• Use the air conditioning system everymonth, even if only for a few minutes,to ensure maximum system perform-ance.

4 87


• When using the air conditioning sys-tem, you may notice clear water drip-ping (or even puddling) on the groundunder the passenger side of the vehi-cle. This is a normal system operationcharacteristic.

• Operating the air conditioning systemin the recirculated air position providesmaximum cooling, however, continualoperation in this mode may cause theair inside the vehicle to become stale.

• During cooling operation, you mayoccasionally notice a misty air flowbecause of rapid cooling and humid airintake. This is a normal system opera-tion characteristics.

D230300AEN

Climate control air filter (if equipped)The climate control air filter installedbehind the glove box filters the dust orother pollutants that come into the vehi-cle from the outside through the heatingand air conditioning system. If dust orother pollutants accumulate in the filterover a period of time, the air flow from theair vents may decrease, resulting inmoisture accumulation on the inside ofthe windshield even when the outside(fresh) air position is selected. If this hap-pens, have the climate control air filterreplaced by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

✽✽ NOTICE• Replace the filter according to the

Maintenance Schedule.If the car is being driven in severeconditions such as dusty or roughroads, more frequent air conditionerfilter inspections and changes arerequired.

• When the air flow rate suddenlydecreases, the system should bechecked at an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

1LDA5047

Outside air

Recirculatedair

Climate controlair filter

Blower

Evaporatorcore

Heater core


884

D230400AEN

Checking the amount of air con-ditioner refrigerant and compres-sor lubricantWhen the amount of refrigerant is low,the performance of the air conditioning isreduced. Overfilling also has a negativeimpact on the air conditioning system.Therefore, if abnormal operation isfound, have the system inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

✽✽ NOTICEIt is important when servicing the airconditioning system that the correcttype and amount of oil and refrigerant isused. Otherwise, damage to the com-pressor and abnormal system operationmay occur.

WARNINGThe air conditioning system shouldbe serviced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer. Improper servicemay cause serious injury to theperson performing the service.

4 89


D250000AEN • For maximum defrosting, set the tem-perature control to the full right/hotposition and the fan speed control tothe highest speed.

• If warm air to the floor is desired whiledefrosting or defogging, set the modeto the floor-defrost position.

• Before driving, clear all snow and icefrom the windshield, rear window, out-side rear view mirrors, and all side win-dows.

• Clear all snow and ice from the hoodand air inlet in the cowl grill to improveheater and defroster efficiency and toreduce the probability of fogging up theinside of the windshield.

Manual climate control systemD250101ABK-EU

To defog inside windshield 1. Select any fan speed except “OFF”

position.2. Select desired temperature.3. Select the or position.4. The outside (fresh) air will be selected

automatically.If the outside (fresh) air position is notselected automatically, press the corre-sponding button manually.If the position is selected, lower fanspeed is adjusted to a higher fan speed.

WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING

OBK049107N

WARNING - Windshieldheating

Do not use the or positionduring cooling operation inextremely humid weather. The dif-ference between the temperature ofthe outside air and that of the wind-shield could cause the outer sur-face of the windshield to fog up,causing loss of visibility. In thiscase, set the mode selection knobor button to the position andfan speed control knob or button tothe lower speed.


904

D250102ABK-EU

To defrost outside windshield 1. Set the fan speed to the highest (fully

right) position.2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot

position.3. Select the position.4. The outside (fresh) air will be selected

automatically.If the position is selected, lower fanspeed is adjusted to a higher fan speed.

Automatic climate control systemD250201ABK-EU

To defog inside windshield 1. Set the fan speed to the desired posi-

tion.2. Select desired temperature.3. Press the defrost button ( ).4. The outside (fresh) air position will be

selected automatically.If the outside (fresh) air position is notselected automatically, adjust the corre-sponding button manually.If the position is selected, lower fanspeed is adjusted to a higher fan speed.

D250202ABK-EU

To defrost outside windshield 1. Set the fan speed to the highest posi-

tion.2. Set the temperature to the hot (HI)

position.3. Press the defrost button ( ).4. The outside (fresh) air position will be

selected automatically.If the position is selected, lower fanspeed is adjusted to a higher fan speed.

OBK049072N OBK049073NOBK049108N

4 91


D250300AUN-EU

Defogging logicTo reduce the probability of fogging upthe inside of the windshield, the air intakeis controlled automatically according tocertain conditions such as or position. To cancel or return the defog-ging logic, do the following.

D250301ABK

Manual climate control system1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-

tion.2. Select the defrost position pressing

defrost button ( ).3. Push the air intake control button at

least 5 times within 3 seconds.The indicator light in the air intake controlbutton will blink 3 times with 0.5 secondof interval. It indicates that the defogginglogic is canceled or returned to the pro-grammed status.

If the battery has been discharged or dis-connected, it resets to the defog logicstatus.

D250302AUN

Automatic climate control system1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-

tion.2. Select the defrost position pressing

defrost button ( ).3. While holding the air conditioning but-

ton (A/C) pressed, press the air intakecontrol button at least 5 times within 3seconds.

The A/C display blinks 3 times with 0.5second of interval. It indicates that thedefogging logic is canceled or returned tothe programmed status.

If the battery has been discharged or dis-connected, it resets to the defog logicstatus.

OBK049109N OBK049074N


924

D270000AUN

D270100AEN

Center console storage These compartments can be used tostore small items required by the driveror front passenger.To open the center console storage, pullup the lever.

D270200ABK

Glove boxTo open the glove box, push the button(1) and the glove box will automaticallyopen (2). Close the glove box after use.

STORAGE COMPARTMENTS

WARNING - Flammablematerials

Do not store cigarette lighters,propane cylinders, or other flamma-ble/explosive materials in the vehi-cle. These items may catch fireand/or explode if the vehicle isexposed to hot temperatures forextended periods.

CAUTION• To avoid possible theft, do not

leave valuables in the storagecompartments.

• Always keep the storage com-partment covers closed whiledriving. Do not attempt to placeso many items in the storagecompartment that the storagecompartment cover cannot closesecurely. OBK049076OBK049075

WARNING To reduce the risk of injury in anaccident or sudden stop, alwayskeep the glove box door closedwhile driving.

4 93


D270300AUN

Sunglass holder To open the sunglass holder, press thecover and the holder will slowly open.Place your sunglasses in the compart-ment door with the lenses facing out.Push to close.

OBK049077N

WARNING• Do not keep objects except sun-

glasses inside the sunglass hold-er. Such objects can be thrownfrom the holder in the event of asudden stop or an accident, pos-sibly injuring the passengers inthe vehicle.

• Do not open the sunglass holderwhile the vehicle is moving. Therear view mirror of the vehiclecan be blocked by an open sun-glass holder.


944

D280100ABH

Cigarette lighter (if equipped)For the cigarette lighter to work, the igni-tion switch must be in the ACC positionor the ON position.To open the cover, push the cover for-ward. (if equipped)To use the cigarette lighter, push it all theway into its socket. When the elementhas heated, the lighter will pop out to the“ready” position.If it is necessary to replace the cigarettelighter, use only a genuine HYUNDAIreplacement or its approved equivalent.

D280200ABK

Ashtray (if equipped)

To open the cover, pull up the cover. Toclean the ashtray, remove the cover byturning it clockwise.

INTERIOR FEATURES

CAUTIONOnly a genuine HYUNDAI lightershould be used in the cigarettelighter socket. The use of plug-inaccessories (shavers, hand-heldvacuums, and coffee pots, etc.) maydamage the socket or cause electri-cal failure.

WARNING• Do not hold the lighter in after it

is already heated because it willoverheat.

• If the lighter does not pop outwithin 30 seconds, remove it toprevent overheating.

OBK049078

WARNING - Ashtray use• Do not use the vehicle’s ashtrays

as waste receptacles.• Putting lit cigarettes or matches

in an ashtray with other com-bustible materials may cause afire.

OBK049110

4 95


D280300ABK-EU

Cup holder

Cups or small beverage cans may beplaced in the cup holders.

D280400ABK

SunvisorUse the sunvisor to shield direct lightthrough the front or side windows.To use a sunvisor, pull it downward.To use a sunvisor for a side window, pullit downward, unsnap it from the bracket(1) and swing it to the side (2).To use the vanity mirror, pull down thevisor and slide the mirror cover (3).

OBK049079 OBH048118

WARNING - Hot liquids• Do not place uncovered cups of

hot liquid in the cup holder whilethe vehicle is in motion. If the hotliquid spills, you could be burned.Such a burn to the driver couldlead to loss of control of the vehi-cle.

• To reduce the risk of personalinjury in the event of sudden stopor collision, do not place uncov-ered or unsecured bottles, glass-es, cans, etc., in the cup holderwhile the vehicle is in motion.

WARNING• Close the vanity mirror cover

securely and return the sunvisorto its original position after use.

• For your safety, don't obstructyour field of vision when usingthe sunvisor.


964

D280500AEN

Power outletThe power outlet is designed to providepower for mobile telephones or otherdevices designed to operate with vehicleelectrical systems. The devices shoulddraw less than 10 amps with the enginerunning.

D280600AEN

Digital clockWhenever the battery terminals or relat-ed fuses are disconnected, you mustreset the time.

OBK049080 OBK049111N

CAUTION• Use the power outlet only when

the engine is running and removethe accessory plug after use.Using the accessory plug for pro-longed periods of time with theengine off could cause the bat-tery to discharge.

• Only use 12V electric accessorieswhich are less than 10A in elec-tric capacity.

• Adjust the air-conditioner orheater to the lowest operatinglevel when using the power outlet.

• Close the cover when not in use.• Some electronic devices can

cause electronic interferencewhen plugged into a vehicle’spower outlet. These devices maycause excessive audio static andmalfunctions in other electronicsystems or devices used in yourvehicle.

WARNINGDo not adjust the clock while driv-ing. You may lose your steeringcontrol and cause an accident thatresults in severe personal injury ordeath.

WARNINGDo not put a finger or a foreign ele-ment (pin, etc.) into a power outletand do not touch with a wet hand.You may get an electric shock.

4 97


D280601AUN

Setup the clock1. Turn on the audio and press the

[SETUP] button.2. Select the [CLOCK] mode by pressing

the [∧ TURN FILE ∨] or [∧ SEEK ∨]button, and press the [ENTER] button.

3. When you select the [CLOCK SET]mode in the [CLOCK] mode, you canset the clock. Press the [∧ TURN FILE∨] or [∧ SEEK ∨] button, and press the[ENTER] button.

4. When you select the [TIME FORMAT]mode in the [CLOCK] mode, you canchange the 12 hour format to the 24hour format. Press the [∧ TURN FILE∨] or [∧ SEEK ∨] button, and press the[ENTER] button.

D281200ABH

Outside thermometerThe current outside temperature is dis-played in 1°C (1°F) increments. The tem-perature range is between -30°C ~ 60°C(-30°F~140°F).

Temperature conversionIf the battery has been discharged or dis-connected, the temperature mode dis-play will reset to Centigrade.This is a normal condition.You can switchthe temperature mode betweenCentigrade to Fahrenheit as follows;1. Turn on the audio and press the

[SETUP] button.2. Select the [TEMP] mode by pressing

the [∧ TURN FILE ∨] or [∧ SEEK ∨]button, and pressing the [ENTER] but-ton.

3. Select the [CELSIUS] or [FAHREN-HEIT] mode by pressing the [∧ TURNFILE ∨] or [∧ SEEK ∨] button, andpressing the [ENTER] button.

The outside temperature on the displaymay not change immediately like a gen-eral thermometer to prevent the driverfrom being inattentive.

OBK049112N


984

D281000AEN

Luggage net (holder) (if equipped)To keep items from shifting in the cargoarea, you can use the 4 holders locatedin the cargo area to attach the luggagenet.If necessary, contact your authorizedHYUNDAI dealer to obtain a luggage net.

D281400ABK

Aux, USB and iPod port(if equipped)If your vehicle has an aux and/orUSB(universal serial bus) port or iPodport, you can:- use an aux cable to connect audio

devices to the aux port or - connect a USB to the USB port oruse a Hyundai iPod cable to connect

your iPod.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen using a portable audio deviceconnected to the power outlet, noise mayoccur during playback. If this happens,use the power source of the portableaudio device.

OBK049132

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the goods orthe vehicle, care should be takenwhen carrying fragile or bulkyobjects in the luggage compart-ment.

WARNINGAvoid eye injury. DO NOT over-stretch the luggage net, ALWAYSkeep your face and body out of theluggage net’s recoil path. DO NOTuse when the strap has visiblesigns of wear or damage.

OBK049092

4 99


AUDIO SYSTEM

D300102ABH

Glass antenna (if equipped)When the radio power switch is turned onwhile the ignition switch is in either the“ON” or “ACC” position, your car willreceive both AM and FM broadcast sig-nals through the antenna in the rear win-dow glass.

D300200AEN

Steering wheel audio control The steering wheel audio control buttonis installed to promote safe driving.

OBK049090

CAUTION• Do not clean the inside of the rear

window glass with a cleaner oruse a scraper to remove foreigndeposits as this may cause dam-age to the antenna elements.

• Avoid adding metallic coating(such as Ni, Cd, and so on).Thesecan disturb receiving broadcastsignals.

OBK049091

CAUTIONDo not operate audio remote con-trol buttons simultaneously.


1004

D300204AEN

VOLUME (VOL +/-) (1)• Press the up button (+) to increase vol-

ume.• Press the down button (-) to decrease

volume.

D300203ABK

SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2)If the SEEK/PRESET button is pressedfor 0.8 second or more, it will work as fol-lows in each mode.

RADIO modeIt will function as the AUTO SEEK selectbutton. It will SEEK until you release thebutton.

CDP modeIt will function as the FF/REW button.

If the SEEK/PRESET button is pressedfor less than 0.8 second, it will work asfollows in each mode.

RADIO modeIt will function as the PRESET STATIONselect buttons.

CDP modeIt will function as the TRACK UP/DOWNbutton.

Detailed information for audio controlbuttons is included in the following pagesin this section.

MODE (3)Press the MODE button to selectAM/FM/XM radio or CD/Aux

4 101


D300800AEN-EU

How car audio worksAM and FM radio signals are broadcastfrom transmitter towers located aroundyour city. They are intercepted by theradio antenna on your car. This signal isthen received by the radio and sent toyour car speakers.When a strong radio signal has reachedyour vehicle, the precise engineering ofyour audio system ensures the best pos-sible quality reproduction. However, insome cases the signal coming to yourvehicle may not be strong and clear. Thiscan be due to factors such as the dis-tance from the radio station, closeness ofother strong radio stations or the pres-ence of buildings, bridges or other largeobstructions in the area.

AM broadcasts can be received atgreater distances than FM broadcasts.This is because AM radio waves aretransmitted at low frequencies. Theselong, low frequency radio waves can fol-low the curvature of the earth rather thantravelling straight out into the atmos-phere. In addition, they curve aroundobstructions so that they can provide bet-ter signal coverage.

FM broadcasts are transmitted at highfrequencies and do not bend to follow theearth's surface. Because of this, FMbroadcasts generally begin to fade atshort distances from the station. Also,FM signals are easily affected by build-ings, mountains, or other obstructions.These can result in certain listening con-ditions which might lead you to believe aproblem exists with your radio. The fol-lowing conditions are normal and do notindicate radio trouble:

¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢

JBM002 JBM003

AM(MW, LW) reception FM radio station

¢ ¢ ¢

JBM001

FM reception


1024

• Fading - As your car moves away fromthe radio station, the signal will weakenand sound will begin to fade. When thisoccurs, we suggest that you selectanother stronger station.

• Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals orlarge obstructions between the trans-mitter and your radio can disturb thesignal causing static or fluttering nois-es to occur. Reducing the treble levelmay lessen this effect until the distur-bance clears.

• Station Swapping - As a FM signalweakens, another more powerful sig-nal near the same frequency maybegin to play. This is because yourradio is designed to lock onto the clear-est signal. If this occurs, select anoth-er station with a stronger signal.

• Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio signalsbeing received from several directionscan cause distortion or fluttering. Thiscan be caused by a direct and reflect-ed signal from the same station, or bysignals from two stations with closefrequencies. If this occurs, selectanother station until the condition haspassed.

Using a cellular phone or a two-wayradio When a cellular phone is used inside thevehicle, noise may be produced from theaudio equipment. This does not meanthat something is wrong with the audioequipment. In such a case, use the cellu-lar phone at a place as far as possiblefrom the audio equipment.

JBM005

¢ ¢ ¢

JBM004

CAUTIONWhen using a communication sys-tem such a cellular phone or a radioset inside the vehicle, a separateexternal antenna must be fitted.When a cellular phone or a radio setis used with an internal antennaalone, it may interfere with the vehi-cle's electrical system and adverse-ly affect safe operation of the vehi-cle.

WARNINGDon't use a cellular phone whenyou are driving. You should stop ata safe place to use a cellular phone.

4 103


Care of discs• If the temperature inside the car is too

high, open the car windows for ventila-tion before using your car audio.

• It is illegal to copy and use MP3/WMAfiles without permission. Use CDs thatare created only by lawful means.

• Do not apply volatile agents such asbenzene and thinner, normal cleanersand magnetic sprays made for ana-logue discs onto CDs.

• To prevent the disc surface from get-ting damaged, hold and carry CDs bythe edges or the edges of the centerhole only.

• Clean the disc surface with a piece ofsoft cloth before playback (wipe it fromthe center to the outside edge).

• Do not damage the disc surface orattach pieces of sticky tape or paperonto it.

• Make sure nothing other than CDs areinserted into the CD player (Do notinsert more than one CD at a time).

• Keep CDs in their cases after use toprotect them from scratches or dirt.

• Depending on the type of CD-R/CD-RW CDs, certain CDs may not operatenormally depending upon manufactur-ing companies or processes andrecording methods. In such circum-stances, if you still continue to usethose CDs, they may cause the mal-function of your car audio system.

✽✽ NOTICE - Playing anIncompatible CopyProtected Audio CD

Some copy protected CDs, which do notcomply with the international audio CDstandards (Red Book), may not play onyour car audio. Please note that if youtry to play copy protected CDs and theCD player does not perform correctly,the CDs maybe defective, not the CDplayer.


1044

1. FM/AM Selection Button

2. XM Selection Button

3. SEEK UP/DOWN Button

4. CD/AUX Selection Button

5. SCAN Button

6. Display

7. Preset Channel Button

8. DISP Selection Button

9. TUNE FILE UP/DOWN Button

10. SETUP Button

11. POWER on/off Button & Volume Control

Knob

RADIO, SET UP, VOLUME CONTROL

PA710BKLX

4 105


1. FM/AM Selection ButtonTurn to FM or AM mode, and toggles inthe order of FM1 ➟ FM2 ➟ AM ➟ FM1...when the button is pressed each time.

2. XM Selection ButtonWhen this button is pressed, the modeturns to XM satellite Radio.

3. SEEK UP/DOWN ButtonWhen the [SEEK / ] button ispressed, it increases / decreases theband frequency to automatically selectchannel. Stops at the original frequency ifno channel is found.

4. CD/AUX Selection ButtonIf there is a CD in the CDP DECK it turnsto CD mode, and if a device is connectedto AUX then it toggles.CD ➟ AUX ➟ CD... when the button ispressed each time. (It will not turn to AUXif the auxiliary device is not connected.)

5. SCAN ButtonIf this button is pressed, the frequencieswill become increased and receive thecorresponding broadcasts. This functionwill play the frequencies for 5 seconds(XM MODE: 10 seconds) each and findother broadcasts as the frequencyincreases. Press the button again whendesiring to continue listening to the cur-rently playing broadcast.

6. DisplayDisplay currently time, mode, frequencySCAN status and preset channel.

7. Preset Channel ButtonPress [1] ~ [6] buttons less than 0.8 sec-ond to play the channel saved in eachbutton. Press [1] ~[6] button for 0.8 sec-ond or longer to save current station tothe respective button with a beep.

8. DISP Selection ButtonTurns on/off the displayed data and lighton LCD.

9. TUNE FILE UP/DOWN ButtonWhen the [TUNE / ] button ispressed, it increases / decreases theband frequency from current frequency.

10. SETUP ButtonPress the button to change the CLOCK,TONE, POSITION, AVC, TEMP, SCROLLand BLUETOOTH option modes.

11. POWER on/off Button & VolumeControl Knob

Turn on/off the set When the IGNITIONSWITCH is on ACC or ON. If the buttonis turned to the right, it increases the vol-ume and left, decreases the volume.


1064

1. RANDOM Play Button

2. REPEAT Button

3. CD Loading Slot

4. CD Eject Button

5. TRACK UP/DOWN Button



8. SCAN Play Button

9. Display

10. CD Indicator

11. CAT FOLDER UP/DOWN Button


13. INFO Button

CD

PA710BKLX

4 107


1. RANDOM Play ButtonTurns on/off the randomization of theplay list of files in the currently playedDISC. To cancel the mode, press the but-ton once again.If loaded CD has a file folder, RANDOMPLAY button operates below.• Press button for less than 0.8 second to

play randomized files in folder.• Press button for 0.8 second or longer to

play randomized all files in CD.

2. REPEAT Button• Repeating an MP3 DISC or WMA DISC files

Repeats current song when the buttonis pressed for less than 0.8 second.Repeats all songs in current folder whenthe button is pressed for 0.8 second orlonger.

• Repeating an audio DISC file Repeats current song when the buttonis pressed for less than 0.8 second.Repeats the entire DISC when the but-ton is pressed for 0.8 second or longer.

3. CD Loading SlotPlease face printed side upward andgently press in. When the ignition switchis on ACC or ON and power is off, poweris automatically turned on if the CD isloaded. This CDP supports only 12 cmCD. If VCD, Data CD are loaded,"Reading Error" message will appearand CD will be ejected.

4. CD Eject ButtonPress [ ] button to eject the CD duringCD playback. This button is enabledwhen ignition switch is off.

5. TRACK UP/DOWN Button• Press [TRACK ] button to play the

next song.• Press [TRACK ] button to play from

the beginning of current song and pressagain to play the previous song.

6. SEEK UP/DOWN Button• Press [SEEK ] button to initiate high

speed sound search of current song.• Press [SEEK ] button to initiate

reverse direction high speed soundsearch of current song.


8. SCAN Play ButtonPlays first 10 seconds of each song inthe DISC. Press the button once again tocancel the mode.

9. DisplayDisplays the current time, mode, playtrack number, play time, RDM, RPT andSCAN status.

10. CD IndicatorWhen car ignition switch is ACC or ONand if the CD is loaded, this indicator islighted. If the CD is ejected the light isturned off.


1084

11. CAT FOLDER UP/DOWN ButtonWhen the loaded CD has file folders,[FOLDER / ] buttons will operate inthe manner described below.• Press [CAT FOLDER ] button to

move to the child folder of the currentfolder and display the first song in thefolder. Press [ENTER] button to move tothe folder displayed. It will play the firstsong in the folder.

• Press [CAT FOLDER ] button to moveto the parent folder and display the firstsong in the folder. Press [ENTER] buttonto move to the folder displayed.

12. TUNE FILE UP/DOWN ButtonWhen the loaded CD contains MP3 orWMA files, [TUNE FILE / ] buttonwill operate in the manner describedbelow.• Press [TUNE FILE ] button to select

the next song and press [ENTER] but-ton to play.

• Press [TUNE FILE ] button to selectthe previous song and press [ENTER]button to play.

13. INFO ButtonDisplays the information of the current CDTRACK in the order of DISC TITLE ➟

DISC ARTIST ➟ TRACK TITLE ➟ TRACKARTIST ➟ TOTAL TRACK ➟ PLAYSCREEN ➟ DISC TITLE ➟... (not dis-played if the information is not available onthe DISC.)

4 109



2. REPEAT Button




6. SCAN Play Button

7. Display



10. INFO Button

USING USB

PA710BKLX


1104

1. RANDOM Play ButtonPress the button for less than 0.8 secondto start or stop the random playback ofthe songs in the current folder.Press the button for more than 0.8 sec-ond to randomly play the entire songs inthe USB device. Press the button againto cancel the mode.

2. REPEAT ButtonRepeats current song when the button ispressed for less than 0.8 second.Repeats all songs in current folder whenthe button is pressed for 0.8 second orlonger.

3. TRACK UP/DOWN Button • Press the [TRACK ] button to play

from the beginning of the song currentlyplayed. Press again to move and playthe previous track.

• Press the [TRACK ] button to moveto the next track.

4. SEEK UP/DOWN Button• Press the [SEEK ] button to play the

song in reverse direction in fast speed.• Press the [SEEK ] button to play the

song in forward direction in fast speed.

5. CD/AUX Selection ButtonIf USB is connected, it switches to theUSB mode from the CD mode to play thesong files stored in the USB. If there is noCD or no USB device is connected, thenthe message "No Media" will be dis-played and return to the previous mode.

6. SCAN Play ButtonPlays each song in the USB device for 10seconds each. Press the button again tocancel scanning.


8. CAT FOLDER UP/DOWN Button• Press [CAT FOLDER ] button to


• Press [CAT FOLDER ] button to moveto the parent folder and display the firstsong in the folder. Press [ENTER] buttonto move to the folder displayed.

9. TUNE FILE UP/DOWN Button • Press [TUNE FILE ] button to select



10. INFO ButtonDisplays the information of the file cur-rently played in the order of FILE NAME➟ TITLE ➟ ARTIST ➟ ALBUM ➟ FOLD-ER ➟ TOTAL FILE ➟ NORMAL DISPLAY➟ FILE NAME ➟... (Displays no informa-tion if the file has no song information.)

4 111


CAUTION IN USING USB DEVICE

• To use an external USB device,make sure the device is notmounted when starting up thevehicle and mount the deviceafter starting up.

• If you start the vehicle when theUSB device is mounted, it maydamage the USB device. (USB isnot ESA)

• If the vehicle is started up orturned off while the external USBdevice is connected, the externalUSB device may not work.

• It may not play inauthentic MP3 orWMA files.1) It can only play MP3 files with

the compression rate between8Kbps~320Kbps.

2) It can only play WMA musicfiles with the compression ratebetween 8Kbps~320Kbps.

• Take cautions for static electricitywhen mounting or dismountingthe external USB device.

• An encoded MP3 player is notrecognizable.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Depending on the condition of

the external USB device, the con-nected external USB device canbe unrecognizable.

• When the formatted byte/sectorsetting of External USB devices isnot either 512BYTE or 2048BYTE,then the device will not be recog-nized.

• Use only a USB device formattedto FAT 12/16/32.

• USB devices without USB I/Fauthentication may not be recog-nizable.

• Make sure the USB connectionterminal does not come in contactwith a human body or any object.

• If you repeat mounting or dis-mounting USB device in a shortperiod of time, it may break thedevice.

• You might hear a strange noisewhen mounting or dismounting aUSB device.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If you dismount the external USB

device during playback in USBmode, the external USB device canbe damaged or malfunction.Therefore, mount the external USBdevice when the engine is turnedoff or in another mode.

• Depending on the type and capac-ity of the external USB device orthe type of the files stored in thedevice, there is a difference in thetime taken for recognition of thedevice, but this is not an indicatorof trouble and you only have towait.

• Do not use the USB device for otherpurposes than playing music files.

• Use of USB accessories such asrecharger or heater using USB I/Fmay lower performance or causetrouble.

• If you use devices such as a USBhub you purchased separately,the vehicle’s audio system maynot recognize the USB device.Connect the USB device directlyto the multimedia terminal of thevehicle.

(Continued)


1124

(Continued)• If USB device is divided by logical

drives, only the music files on thehighest-priority drive are recog-nized by the car audio.

• Devices, such as MP3 players,cellular phones, or digital cam-eras not recognized by standardUSB I/F may not be recognized.

• USB devices other than standard-ized goods (METAL COVER TYPEUSB) can be unrecognizable.

• USB flash memory reader (suchas CF, SD, microSD, etc.) or exter-nal-HDD type devices may beunrecognized.

• Music files protected by DRM(DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGEMENT)are not recognizable.

• The data in the USB memory maybe lost while using this AUDIO. Itis recommeded to back up impor-tant data on a personal storagedevice.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Please avoid using USB memory

products which can be used askey chains or cellular phoneaccessories as they could causedamage to the USB jack. Pleasemake certain only to use plug typeconnector products as shownbelow.

4 113



2. REPEAT Button




6. SCAN Play Button

7. Display



10. INFO Button

RUNNING iPod®

iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.

PA710BKLX


1144

1. RANDOM Play ButtonPress the button for less than 0.8 secondto to activate or deactivate the randomplayback of the songs within the currentcategory. Press the button for longer than0.8 second to randomly play all songs inthe entire album of the iPod. Press thebutton once again to cancel the mode.

2. REPEAT ButtonPress the button to repeat the song cur-rently played.

3. TRACK UP/DOWN Button • Press the [TRACK ] button to play

from the beginning of the song currentlyplayed. Press again to move and playprevious track.

• Press the [TRACK ] button to moveto the next track.

4. SEEK UP/DOWN Button• Press the [SEEK ] button to play the

song in reverse direction in fast speed.• Press the [SEEK ] button to play the

song in forward direction in fast speed.

5. CD/AUX Selection ButtonIf iPod is connected, it switches to the iPodmode from the previous mode to play thesong files stored in the iPod.If there is no iPod connected, then it dis-plays the message "No Media" and returnsto the previous mode.

6. SCAN Play ButtonPlays each song in the iPod device for 10seconds each. Press the button onceagain to cancel scanning.


8. CAT FOLDER UP/DOWN Button• Press [CAT FOLDER / ] button to

move the category and display the firstsong in the category. Press [ENTER] but-ton to move to the category displayed. Itwill play the first song in the folder.(PLAYLISTS ➟ ARTISTS ➟ ALBUMS ➟GENRES ➟ SONGS ➟ COMPOSERS➟ PLAYLISTS ➟...)

9. TUNE FILE UP/DOWN Button • Press the [TUNE FILE ] button to

select the next song and press [ENTER]button to play.

• Press the [TUNE FILE ] button toselect the previous song and press[ENTER] button to play.

10. INFO ButtonDisplays the information of the file cur-rently played in the order of TITLE ➟

ARTIST ➟ ALBUM ➟ NORMAL DISPLAY➟ TITLE ➟... (Displays no information ifthe file has no song information.)

4 115


✽✽ NOTICE FOR USING iPodDEVICE

• Some iPod models might not sup-port the communication protocoland the files will not be played.(iPod models supported: Mini, 4G,Photo, Nano, 5G)

• The order of search or playback ofsongs in the iPod can be differentfrom the order searched in theaudio system.

• If the iPod crashes due to its ownmalfunction, reset the iPod. (Reset:Refer to iPod manual)

• An iPod may not operate normallyon low battery.

CAUTION IN USING iPod DEVICE

• You need the power cable exclu-sive for an iPod in order to oper-ate an iPod with the buttons onthe audio system. The PC cableprovided by Apple may cause amalfunction and do not use it forvehicle use.

• When connecting the device withan iPod cable, push in the jackfully not to interfere with commu-nication.

• When adjusting the sound effectsof an iPod and the audio system,the sound effects of both deviceswill overlap and might reduce ordistort the quality of the sound.

• Deactivate (turn off) the equalizerfunction of an iPod when adjust-ing the audio system’s volume,and turn off the equalizer of theaudio system when using theequalizer of an iPod.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When the iPod cable is connected,

the system can be switched to theAUX mode even without the iPoddevice and can cause noise.Disconnect the iPod cable whenyou are not using the iPod device.

• When the iPod is not used for theaudio system, the iPod cable hasto be separate from iPod devices.Original display of iPod may not bedisplayed.


1164



3. SCAN Button

4. Display



7. SETUP Button


Knob

XM SATELLITE RADIO

PA710BKLX

4 117


1. XM Selection ButtonTurns to XM Satellite Radio mode andtoggles in the order of XM1 ➟ XM2 ➟

XM3 ➟ XM1... when the button is pressedeach time.

2. SEEK UP/DOWN Button• Press the [SEEK ] button to continu-

ously move to the previous channel.• Press the [SEEK ] button to continu-

ously move to the next channel.

3. SCAN ButtonPress the button to hear a brief sample ofall of the channels. To cancel SCANmode, press the button again.

4. DisplayDisplays the current time, mode, stationname and category.

5. Preset Channel ButtonPress [1] ~ [6] buttons less than 0.8 sec-ond to play the channel saved in eachbutton. Press [1] ~ [6] button for 0.8 sec-ond or longer to save current channel tothe respective button with a beep.


search the previous category.• Press [CAT FOLDER ] button to

search the next category.To listen to the displayed category, pressthe [ENTER] button. To search the chan-nels within the displayed category, pressthe [SEEK UP/DOWN] button. (The CAT-EGORY icon will be turned on while inCategory mode.)

7. SETUP ButtonPress this button to change the CLOCK,TONE, POSITION, AVC, TEMP, SCROLLAND BLUETOOTH.


Turn on/off the set when the IGNITIONSWITCH is on ACC or ON. If the buttonis turned to the right, it increases the vol-ume and decreases the volume whenturned to the left.


1184

BLUETOOTH PHONE OPERATION ■ General Feature• This system supports Bluetooth, a wire-

less system that allows you to make orreceive calls without taking your handsfrom the steering wheel and withoutusing cables to connect the phone andsystem.

• The phone must be paired to the systembefore using the hands-free feature.Only one linked cellular phone can beused with the system at a time. TheSystem is available in English, USSpanish, or Canadian French languages.

✽✽ NOTICESome Bluetooth devices do not offer aperfect compatibility with this system.

■ Voice Recognition Activation• The voice recognition engine contained

in the Bluetooth System can be activat-ed in the following conditions:- Button Activation

The voice recognition system will beactive when the button is pressedand after the sound of a Beep.

- Active ListeningThe voice recognition system will beactive for a period of time when theVoice Recognition system has askedfor a customer response.

• The system can recognize single digitsfrom zero to nine while number greaterthan ten will not be recognized.

• If the command is not recognized, thesystem will announce "Pardon" or Noinput voice signal from microphone. (Noresponse)

• The system shall cancel voice recogni-tion mode in following cases : Whenpressing the button and sayingcancel following the beep. When notmaking a call and pressing the but-ton. When voice recognition has failed 3consecutive times.

• Bluetooth Volume

• Operation Button

CAUTIONIf the vehicle is moving do not use acellular phone or connect theBluetooth phone.

4 119


• At any time if you say "help", the systemwill announce what commands areavailable.

■ Menu tree

■ Phone Setup• Pairing phoneTo use the hands-free system, you needto register your phone in the system. Up to5 phones can be registered in the system.

1. Press the button.2. Say "Set Up".3. Say "Pair Phone".4. Say "Yes".5. Say the name of the contact.6. Say "Yes".7. The Pairing procedure of the cellular

phone varies according to each cellu-lar phone.

✽✽ NOTICEThe system may not function in the fol-lowing cases: If 5 phones have already been registered. If the system cannot communicate withthe phone.

• To connect phoneThe registered phones can be selected.When the system connects to Bluetooth,the phone previously used is automati-cally selected. Select a different phone ifnecessary. Only the selected phone canbe used with the hands-free system.

1. Press the button.2. Say "Set Up".3. Say "Select Phone".4. Say the name of the contact or the

number of the contact.5. Say "Yes".

✽✽ NOTICEThe system may not function in the fol-lowing cases: If the phone is not found. If the system does not recognize thevoice command.

• Deleting phoneThe registered phones can be deleted.

1. Press the button.2. Say "Set Up".3. Say "Delete Phone".4. Say the name of the contact, the num-

ber of the contact or "Delete all phone".5. Say "Yes".

Pair phone

Select phone

Change priority

Delete phone

Bluetooth off

Setup

Add entryPhonebook

Change

Delete name

By Phone

By voice

Call By name

By number


1204

• Changing PriorityThe connection priority for registeredphones can be changed.

1. Press the button.2. Say "Set Up".3. Say "Change Priority".4. Say the name of the contact or the


• Turning Bluetooth on / offBluetooth function can be switched ON/OFF. initial status : Bluetooth ON

1. Press the button.2. Say "Set Up".3. Say "Bluetooth off".4. Say "Yes".

• Turning Bluetooth on1. Press the send or button.2. Say "yes".3. The Bluetooth will be turned on.

■ Phone Book• Adding EntryPhone numbers and voice tags can beregistered. Entries registered in the phonecan also be transferred.

• Adding Entry by Voice1. Press the button.2. Say "phonebook".3. Say "add entry".4. Say "by voice".5. Say the name of the contact.6. Say "yes".7. Say the phone number.8. Say "store".9. Say "Home", "Office", "Mobile", "Other"

or "default".10. Say "Yes" to store an additional loca-

tion for this contact.

• Adding Entry by phone1. Press the button.2. Say "phonebook".3. Say "add entry".4. Say "by phone".5. Say "yes".6. Transfer procedures may vary depend-

ing on the cellular phone.

✽✽ NOTICEThe system can recognize single digitsfrom zero to nine. Numbers that are tenor greater are not recognized.To speed up input, it is a good idea togroup all digits into a continuous string. However, you can enter each digit indi-vidually or group digits together in pre-ferred string lengths.The display corresponding to each oper-ation appears on the screen as follows:

Input operation1. say: "Nine, nine, five"

Display: "995"2. say: "Seven, three, four"

Display: "995734"

• Changing NameThe registered names can be changed.

1. Press the button.2. Say "phonebook".3. Say "Change name".4. Say the name of the phonebook [voice

tag].5. Say "yes".6. Say the name of the phonebook to be

changed.

4 121


• Deleting nameThe registered names can be deleted.

1. Press the button.2. Say "phonebook".3. Say "Delete name".4. Say the name of the contact.5. Say "yes".

■ Making a phone call• Calling by NameThe system dials the numbers corre-sponding to the spoken names regis-tered in the system.

1. Press the button.2. Say "Call".3. Say "name".4. Say "<John>".6. Say "<at home>".7. Say "yes".

✽✽ TipA shortcut to each of the following func-tions is available.1. Say "Call name".2. Say "Call <john>".3. Say "Call <john at home>".

• Dialing by NumberThe system will make a phone call bydialing the spoken numbers.The system can recognize single digitsfrom zero to nine.

1. Press the button.2. Say "Call".3. Say "Number".4. Say "<digit number>".5. Say "<added digit number>".6. Say "Dial".

✽✽ TipA shortcut to each of the following func-tions is available.1. Say "Dial number".2. Say "Dial <digit>".


1224

■ Receiving a phone callWhen receiving a phone call, a ring toneis audible and the system changes intotelephone mode.When receiving a phone call, the phonenumber and the message "Incoming" willbe displayed.

• Do either one of the following:Press the send switch to take the call.Press the end switch to refuse the call.

• To adjust the ring volume, push "+" or "-" on the steering volume controls.Volume adjustment cannot be madeusing the audio system.

• To transfer a call to the phone:The received call can be transferredfrom the hands-free system to the cellu-lar phone that is connected to Bluetooth.For details, please refer to you user'smanual for the cellular phone or go to theKey matrix in this manual (next page).

■ Talking on the phoneWhen talking on the phone, the displaywill differ depending on whether or notthe vehicle is in motion.Number and "active call" is displayed.When the call is finished, press the endswitch.

✽✽ NOTICEIn the following situations, your voicemay not reach the other party:1. Talk alternately with the other party

on the phone. If you talk at the sametime, the voice may not reach eachother parties. (This is not a malfunc-tion.) (It is not a malfunction.)

2. Keep the volume of receiving voice toa low level. Otherwise, high volumesmay result in an echo. When you talkon the phone, speak clearly towardsthe microphone.

3. When driving on a rough road.4. When driving at high speeds.5. When the window is open.6. When the air conditioning vents are

facing the microphone.7. When the sound of the air condition-

ing fan is loud.

4 123


■ Key matrix

No.

Class

Paired H/PEmpty

Disconnected

1

SHORT

LONG

SHORT

SHORT

LONG[10sec]

LONG[10sec]

Normal mode BT SETUP menuIncoming Call Outgoing Call Active Call 2nd Call

Not Paired Not Connecting - - Accept Call

Connected

-2nd call

1st Call:waiting2nd Call:active

2nd Call2nd Call:waiting1st Call:active

KEY

- - - - - - Transfer call:secret call

End CallVR

MODE CancelVR

MODE CancelVR

MODE CancelVR

MODE CancelReject Call End Call End Call

-

Active

Changelanguage

-

Active

SpeakerAdaptation

(Only English)

Changelanguage

Active

Changelanguage

Active

-Speaker

Adaptation(Only English)

Changelanguage

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- -

2

3


1244

1. FM/AM Selection Button


3. SEEK TRACK UP/DOWN Button


5. SCAN Button

6. Display


8. DISP Selection Button


10. SETUP Button


Knob

RADIO, SET UP, VOLUME CONTROL

PA760BKLX

4 125


1. FM/AM Selection ButtonTurn to FM or AM mode, and toggles inthe order of FM1 ➟ FM2 ➟ AM ➟ FM1...when the button is pressed each time.


3. SEEK TRACK UP/DOWN ButtonWhen the [SEEK TRACK / ] buttonis pressed, it increases / decreases theband frequency to automatically selectchannel. Stops at the original frequency ifno channel is found.

4. CD/AUX Selection ButtonIf there is a CD in the CDP DECK it turnsto CD mode, and if a device is connectedto AUX then it toggles.CD ➟ AUX ➟ CD... when the button ispressed each time. (It will not turn to AUXif the auxiliary device is not connected.)

5. SCAN ButtonIf this button is pressed, the frequencieswill become increased and receive thecorresponding broadcasts. This functionwill play the frequencies for 5 seconds(XM MODE: 10 seconds) each and findother broadcasts as the frequencyincreases. Press the button again whendesiring to continue listening to the cur-rently playing broadcast.

6. DisplayDisplay currently time, mode, frequencySCAN status and preset channel.

7. Preset Channel ButtonPress [1] ~ [6] buttons less than 0.8 sec-ond to play the channel saved in eachbutton. Press [1] ~[6] button for 0.8 sec-ond or longer to save current station tothe respective button with a beep.

8. DISP Selection ButtonTurns on/off the displayed data and lighton LCD.

9. TUNE FILE UP/DOWN ButtonWhen the [TUNE / ] button ispressed, it increases / decreases theband frequency from current frequency.

10. SETUP ButtonPress the button to change the CLOCK,TONE, POSITION, AVC, TEMP, SCROLLand BLUETOOTH option modes.


Turn on/off the set When the IGNITIONSWITCH is on ACC or ON. If the buttonis turned to the right, it increases the vol-ume and left, decreases the volume.


1264


2. REPEAT Button

3. CD Loading Slot

4. CD Eject Button


6. DISC UP/DOWN Button


8. SCAN Play Button

9. Display

10. LOAD Button



13. INFO Button

CD

PA760BKLX

4 127


1. RANDOM Play ButtonTurns on/off the randomization of theplay list of files in the currently playedDISC. To cancel the mode, press the but-ton once again.If loaded CD has a file folder, RANDOMPLAY button operates below.• Press button for less than 0.8 second to

play randomized files in folder.• Press button for 0.8 second or longer to

play randomized all files in CD.

2. REPEAT Button• Repeating an MP3 DISC or WMA DISC

files Repeats the current song when thebutton is pressed for less than 0.8 sec-ond. Repeats all songs in current folderwhen the button is pressed for 0.8 sec-ond or longer.

• Repeating an audio DISC file Repeats current song when the buttonis pressed for less than 0.8 second.Repeats the entire DISC when the but-ton is pressed for 0.8 second or longer.

3. CD Loading SlotPlease face printed side upward andgently press in. When the ignition switchis on ACC or ON and power is off, poweris automatically turned on if the CD isloaded. This CDP supports only 12 cmCD. If VCD, Data CD are loaded,"Reading Error" message will appearand CD will be ejected.

4. CD Eject Button• Press [ ] button for less than 0.8 sec-

ond to eject the CD during CD playback.• Press [ ] button for 0.8 second or

longer to eject all the CD in deck.• This button is enabled when the ignition

switch is off.

5. SEEK TRACK UP/DOWN Button• Press [SEEK TRACK ] button for less

than 0.8 second to play from the begin-ning of the song currently played andpress again with 1 second to play theprevious song.

• Press [SEEK TRACK ] button for 0.8second or longer to initiate reverse direc-tion high speed sound search of currentsong.

• Press [SEEK TRACK ] button for lessthan 0.8 second to play the next song.

• Press [SEEK TRACK ] button for 0.8second or longer to initiate high speedsound search of current song.

6. DISC UP/DOWN Button• Press [DISC button to change disc

to the previous disc.• Press [DISC ] button to change disc

to the next disc.


8. SCAN Play ButtonPlays first 10 seconds of each song inthe DISC. To cancel the mode, press thebutton once again.



1284

10. LOAD ButtonPress [LOAD] button to load CDs intoavailable CDC slots (from 1 ~ 6).Press [LOAD] button for 2 seconds orlonger to load into all available decks. Thelast CD will play. Idle status for 10 sec-onds will terminate the loading process.

11. CAT FOLDER UP/DOWN ButtonWhen the loaded CD has file folders,[FOLDER / ] button will operate inthe manner described below.• Press [CAT FOLDER ] button to

move child folder of the current folderand display the first song in the folder.Press [ENTER] button to move to thefolder displayed. It will play the firstsong in the folder.

• Press [CAT FOLDER ] button tomove parent folder and display the firstsong in the folder. Press [ENTER] but-ton to move to the folder displayed.

12. TUNE FILE UP/DOWN ButtonWhen the loaded CD contains MP3 orWMA files, [TUNE FILE / ] buttonwill operate in the manner describedbelow.• Press [TUNE FILE ] button to select



13. INFO ButtonDisplays the information of the current CDTRACK in the order of DISC TITLE ➟

DISC ARTIST ➟ TRACK TITLE ➟ TRACKARTIST ➟ TOTAL TRACK ➟ PLAYSCREEN ➟ DISC TITLE ➟... (not dis-played if the information is not available onthe DISC.)

4 129



2. REPEAT Button



5. SCAN Play Button

6. Display



9. INFO Button

USING USB

PA760BKLX


1304

1. RANDOM Play ButtonPress the button for less than 0.8 secondto start or stop the random playback ofthe songs in the current folder.Press the button for more than 0.8 sec-ond to randomly play the entire songs inthe USB device. Press the button againto cancel the mode.

2. REPEAT ButtonRepeats current song when the button ispressed for less than 0.8 second.Repeats all songs in current folder whenthe button is pressed for 0.8 second orlonger.

3. SEEK TRACK UP/DOWN Button • Press the [SEEK TRACK ] button for

less than 0.8 second to play from thebeginning of the song currently played.press the button for less than 0.8 sec-ond and press it again within 1 secondto move and play the previous track.press the button for 0.8 second or longerto rewind songs reverse direction in fastspeed.

• Press the [SEEK TRACK ] button forless than 0.8 second to move to the nexttrack. press the button for 0.8 second orlonger to fast forward the song in for-ward direction in fast speed.

4. CD/AUX Selection ButtonIf USB is connected, it switches to theUSB mode from the CD mode to play thesong files stored in the USB. If there is noCD or no USB device is connected, thenthe message "No Media" will be dis-played and return to the previous mode.

5. SCAN Play ButtonPlays 10 seconds of each song in theUSB device. Press the button again tocancel scanning.




• Press [CAT FOLDER ] button tomove to the parent folder and displaythe first song in the folder. Press[ENTER] button to move to the folderdisplayed.

8. TUNE FILE UP/DOWN Button • Press [TUNE FILE ] button to select



9. INFO ButtonDisplays the information of the file cur-rently played in the order of FILE NAME➟ TITLE ➟ ARTIST ➟ ALBUM ➟ FOLD-ER ➟ TOTAL FILE ➟ NORMAL DISPLAY➟ FILE NAME ➟... (Displays no informa-tion if the file has no song information.)

4 131


CAUTION IN USING USB DEVICE

• To use an external USB device,make sure the device is notmounted when starting up thevehicle and mount the deviceafter starting up.

• If you start the vehicle when theUSB device is mounted, it maydamage the USB device. (USB isnot ESA)

• If the vehicle is started up orturned off while the external USBdevice is connected, the externalUSB device may not work.

• It may not play inauthentic MP3 orWMA files.1) It can only play MP3 files with

the compression rate between8Kbps~320Kbps.

2) It can only play WMA musicfiles with the compression ratebetween 8Kbps~320Kbps.

• Take cautions for static electricitywhen mounting or dismountingthe external USB device.

• An encoded MP3 player is notrecognizable.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Depending on the condition of

the external USB device, the con-nected external USB device canbe unrecognizable.

• When the formatted byte/sectorsetting of External USB devices isnot either 512BYTE or 2048BYTE,then the device will not be recog-nized.

• Use only a USB device formattedto FAT 12/16/32.

• USB devices without USB I/Fauthentication may not be recog-nizable.

• Make sure the USB connectionterminal does not come in contactwith a human body or any object.

• If you repeat mounting or dis-mounting USB device in a shortperiod of time, it may break thedevice.

• You might hear a strange noisewhen mounting or dismounting aUSB device.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If you dismount the external USB

device during playback in USBmode, the external USB device canbe damaged or malfunction.Therefore, mount the external USBdevice when the engine is turnedoff or in another mode.

• Depending on the type and capac-ity of the external USB device orthe type of the files stored in thedevice, there is a difference in thetime taken for recognition of thedevice, but this is not an indicatorof trouble and you only have towait.

• Do not use the USB device for otherpurposes than playing music files.

• Use of USB accessories such asrecharger or heater using USB I/Fmay lower performance or causetrouble.

• If you use devices such as a USBhub you purchased separately,the vehicle’s audio system maynot recognize the USB device.Connect the USB device directlyto the multimedia terminal of thevehicle.

(Continued)


1324

(Continued)• If USB device is divided by logical

drives, only the music files on thehighest-priority drive are recog-nized by the car audio.

• Devices, such as MP3 players,cellular phones, or digital cam-eras not recognized by standardUSB I/F may not be recognized.

• USB devices other than standard-ized goods (METAL COVER TYPEUSB) can be unrecognizable.

• USB flash memory reader (suchas CF, SD, microSD, etc.) or exter-nal-HDD type devices may beunrecognized

• Music files protected by DRM(DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGEMENT)are not recognizable.

• The data in the USB memory maybe lost while using this AUDIO. Itis recommeded to back up impor-tant data on a personal storagedevice.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Please avoid using USB memory

products which can be used askey chains or cellular phoneaccessories as they could causedamage to the USB jack. Pleasemake certain only to use plug typeconnector products as shownbelow.

4 133



2. REPEAT Button



5. SCAN Play Button

6. Display



9. INFO Button

RUNNING iPod

PA760BKLX

iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc.


1344

1. RANDOM Play ButtonPress the button for less than 0.8 secondto to activate or deactivate the randomplayback of the songs within the currentcategory. Press the button for longer than0.8 second to randomly play all songs inthe entire album of the iPod. Press thebutton once again to cancel the mode.

2. REPEAT ButtonPress the button to repeat the song cur-rently played.

3. SEEK TRACK UP/DOWN Button • Press the [SEEK TRACK ] button for

less than 0.8 second to play from thebeginning of the song currently played.Press the button for less than 0.8 sec-ond and press it again within 1 secondto play the previous track. Press the but-ton for 0.8 second or longer to playsongs reverse direction in fast speed.

• Press the [SEEK TRACK ] button forless than 0.8 second to move to the nexttrack. Press the button for 0.8 second orlonger to play the song in forward direc-tion in fast speed.

4. CD/AUX Selection ButtonIf iPod is connected, it switches to theiPod mode from the previous mode toplay the song files stored in the iPod.If there is no iPod connected, then it dis-plays the message "No Media" andreturns to the previous mode.

5. SCAN Play ButtonPlays each song in the iPod device for 10seconds each. Press the button onceagain to cancel scanning.


7. CAT FOLDER UP/DOWN Button• Press [CAT FOLDER / ] button to

move the category and display the firstsong in the category. Press [ENTER]button to move to the category dis-played. It will play the first song in thefolder.(PLAYLISTS ➟ ARTISTS ➟ ALBUMS ➟GENRES ➟ SONGS ➟ COMPOSERS➟ PLAYLISTS ➟...)

8. TUNE FILE UP/DOWN Button • Press the [TUNE FILE ] button to

select the next song and press[ENTER] button to play.

• Press the [TUNE FILE ] button toselect the previous song and press[ENTER] button to play.

9. INFO ButtonDisplays the information of the file cur-rently played in the order of TITLE ➟

ARTIST ➟ ALBUM ➟ NORMAL DISPLAY➟ TITLE ➟...(Displays no information ifthe file has no song information.)

4 135


✽✽ NOTICE FOR USING iPodDEVICE

• Some iPod models might not sup-port the communication protocoland the files will not be played.(iPod models supported: Mini, 4G,Photo, Nano, 5G)

• The order of search or playback ofsongs in the iPod can be differentfrom the order searched in theaudio system.

• If the iPod crashes due to its ownmalfunction, reset the iPod. (Reset:Refer to iPod manual)

• An iPod may not operate normallyon low battery.

CAUTION IN USING iPod DEVICE

• You need the power cable exclu-sive for an iPod in order to oper-ate an iPod with the buttons onthe audio system. The PC cableprovided by Apple may cause amalfunction and do not use it forvehicle use.

• When connecting the device withan iPod cable, push in the jackfully not to interfere with commu-nication.

• When adjusting the sound effectsof an iPod and the audio system,the sound effects of both deviceswill overlap and might reduce ordistort the quality of the sound.

• Deactivate (turn off) the equalizerfunction of an iPod when adjust-ing the audio system’s volume,and turn off the equalizer of theaudio system when using theequalizer of an iPod.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When the iPod cable is connected,

the system can be switched to theAUX mode even without the iPoddevice and can cause noise.Disconnect the iPod cable whenyou are not using the iPod device.

• When the iPod is not used for theaudio system, the iPod cable hasto be separate from iPod devices.Original display of iPod may not bedisplayed.


1364



3. SCAN Button

4. Display



7. SETUP Button


Knob

XM SATELLITE RADIO

PA760BKLX

4 137


1. XM Selection ButtonTurns to XM Satellite Radio mode andtoggles in the order of XM1 ➟ XM2 ➟ XM3➟ XM1... when the button is pressed eachtime.

2. SEEK UP/DOWN Button• Press the [SEEK ] button to continu-

ously move to the previous channel.• Press the [SEEK ] button to continu-

ously move to the next channel.

3. SCAN ButtonPress the button to hear a brief sample ofall of the channels. To cancel SCANmode, press the button again.

4. DisplayDisplays the current time, mode, stationname and category.

5. Preset Channel ButtonPress [1] ~ [6] buttons less than 0.8 sec-ond to play the channel saved in eachbutton. Press [1] ~ [6] button for 0.8 sec-ond or longer to save current channel tothe respective button with a beep.


search the previous category.• Press [CAT FOLDER ] button to

search the next category.To listen to the displayed category, pressthe [ENTER] button. To search the chan-nels within the displayed category, pressthe [SEEK / ] button. (The CATE-GORY icon will be turned on while inCategory mode.)

7. SETUP ButtonPress this button to change the CLOCK,TONE, POSITION, AVC, TEMP, SCROLLAND BLUETOOTH.


Turn on/off the set when the IGNITIONSWITCH is on ACC or ON. If the buttonis turned to the right, it increases the vol-ume and decreases the volume whenturned to the left.


1384

BLUETOOTH PHONE OPERATION ■ General Feature• This system supports Bluetooth, a wire-

less system that allows you to make orreceive calls without taking your handsfrom the steering wheel and withoutusing cables to connect the phone andsystem.

• The phone must be paired to the systembefore using the hands-free feature.Only one linked cellular phone can beused with the system at a time. TheSystem is available in English, USSpanish, or Canadian French languages.

✽✽ NOTICESome Bluetooth devices do not offer aperfect compatibility with this system.

■ Voice Recognition Activation• The voice recognition engine contained

in the Bluetooth System can be activat-ed in the following conditions:- Button Activation

The voice recognition system will beactive when the button is pressedand after the sound of a Beep.

- Active ListeningThe voice recognition system will beactive for a period of time when theVoice Recognition system has askedfor a customer response.

• The system can recognize single digitsfrom zero to nine while number greaterthan ten will not be recognized.

• If the command is not recognized, thesystem will announce "Pardon" or Noinput voice signal from microphone. (Noresponse)

• The system shall cancel voice recogni-tion mode in following cases : Whenpressing the button and sayingcancel following the beep. When notmaking a call and pressing the but-ton. When voice recognition has failed 3consecutive times.

• Bluetooth Volume

• Operation Button

CAUTIONIf the vehicle is moving do not use acellular phone or connect theBluetooth phone.

4 139


• At any time if you say "help", the systemwill announce what commands areavailable.

■ Menu tree

■ Phone Setup• Pairing phoneTo use the hands-free system, you needto register your phone in the system. Up to5 phones can be registered in the system.

1. Press the button.2. Say "Set Up".3. Say "Pair Phone".4. Say "Yes".5. Say the name of the contact.6. Say "Yes".7. The Pairing procedure of the cellular

phone varies according to each cellu-lar phone.

✽✽ NOTICEThe system may not function in the fol-lowing cases: If 5 phones have already been registered. If the system cannot communicate withthe phone.

• To connect phoneThe registered phones can be selected.When the system connects to Bluetooth,the phone previously used is automati-cally selected. Select a different phone ifnecessary. Only the selected phone canbe used with the hands-free system.

1. Press the button.2. Say "Set Up".3. Say "Select Phone".4. Say the name of the contact or the


✽✽ NOTICEThe system may not function in the fol-lowing cases: If the phone is not found. If the system does not recognize thevoice command.

• Deleting phoneThe registered phones can be deleted.

1. Press the button.2. Say "Set Up".3. Say "Delete Phone".4. Say the name of the contact, the num-

ber of the contact or "Delete all phone".5. Say "Yes".

Pair phone

Select phone

Change priority

Delete phone

Bluetooth off

Setup

Add entryPhonebook

Change

Delete name

By Phone

By voice

Call By name

By number


1404

• Changing PriorityThe connection priority for registeredphones can be changed.

1. Press the button.2. Say "Set Up".3. Say "Change Priority".4. Say the name of the contact or the


• Turning Bluetooth on / offBluetooth function can be switched ON/OFF. initial status : Bluetooth ON

1. Press the button.2. Say "Set Up".3. Say "Bluetooth off".4. Say "Yes".

• Turning Bluetooth on1. Press the send or button.2. Say "yes".3. The Bluetooth will be turned on.

■ Phone Book• Adding EntryPhone numbers and voice tags can beregistered. Entries registered in the phonecan also be transferred.

• Adding Entry by Voice1. Press the button.2. Say "phonebook".3. Say "add entry".4. Say "by voice".5. Say the name of the contact.6. Say "yes".7. Say the phone number.8. Say "store".9. Say "Home", "Office", "Mobile", "Other"

or "default".10. Say "Yes" to store an additional loca-

tion for this contact.

• Adding Entry by phone1. Press the button.2. Say "phonebook".3. Say "add entry".4. Say "by phone".5. Say "yes".6. Transfer procedures may vary depend-

ing on the cellular phone.

✽✽ NOTICEThe system can recognize single digitsfrom zero to nine. Numbers that are tenor greater are not recognized.To speed up input, it is a good idea togroup all digits into a continuous string. However, you can enter each digit indi-vidually or group digits together in pre-ferred string lengths.The display corresponding to each oper-ation appears on the screen as follows:

Input operation1. say: "Nine, nine, five"

Display: "995"2. say: "Seven, three, four"

Display: "995734"

• Changing NameThe registered names can be changed.

1. Press the button.2. Say "phonebook".3. Say "Change name".4. Say the name of the phonebook [voice

tag].5. Say "yes".6. Say the name of the phonebook to be

changed.

4 141


• Deleting nameThe registered names can be deleted.

1. Press the button.2. Say "phonebook".3. Say "Delete name".4. Say the name of the contact.5. Say "yes".

■ Making a phone call• Calling by NameThe system dials the numbers corre-sponding to the spoken names regis-tered in the system.

1. Press the button.2. Say "Call".3. Say "name".4. Say "<John>".6. Say "<at home>".7. Say "yes".

✽✽ TipA shortcut to each of the following func-tions is available.1. Say "Call name".2. Say "Call <john>".3. Say "Call <john at home>".

• Dialing by NumberThe system will make a phone call bydialing the spoken numbers.The system can recognize single digitsfrom zero to nine.

1. Press the button.2. Say "Call".3. Say "Number".4. Say "<digit number>".5. Say "<added digit number>".6. Say "Dial".

✽✽ TipA shortcut to each of the following func-tions is available.1. Say "Dial number".2. Say "Dial <digit>".


1424

■ Receiving a phone callWhen receiving a phone call, a ring toneis audible and the system changes intotelephone mode.When receiving a phone call, the phonenumber and the message "Incoming" willbe displayed.

• Do either one of the following:Press the send switch to take the call.Press the end switch to refuse the call.

• To adjust the ring volume, push "+" or "-" on the steering volume controls.Volume adjustment cannot be madeusing the audio system.

• To transfer a call to the phone:The received call can be transferredfrom the hands-free system to the cellu-lar phone that is connected to Bluetooth.For details, please refer to you user'smanual for the cellular phone or go to theKey matrix in this manual (next page).

■ Talking on the phoneWhen talking on the phone, the displaywill differ depending on whether or notthe vehicle is in motion.Number and "active call" is displayed.When the call is finished, press the endswitch.

✽✽ NOTICEIn the following situations, your voicemay not reach the other party:1. Talk alternately with the other party

on the phone. If you talk at the sametime, the voice may not reach eachother parties. (This is not a malfunc-tion.) (It is not a malfunction.)

2. Keep the volume of receiving voice toa low level. Otherwise, high volumesmay result in an echo. When you talkon the phone, speak clearly towardsthe microphone.

3. When driving on a rough road.4. When driving at high speeds.5. When the window is open.6. When the air conditioning vents are

facing the microphone.7. When the sound of the air condition-

ing fan is loud.

4 143


■ Key matrix

No.

Class

Paired H/PEmpty

Disconnected

1

SHORT

LONG

SHORT

SHORT

LONG[10sec]

LONG[10sec]

Normal mode BT SETUP menuIncoming Call Outgoing Call Active Call 2nd Call

Not Paired Not Connecting - - Accept Call

Connected

-2nd call

1st Call:waiting2nd Call:active

2nd Call2nd Call:waiting1st Call:active

KEY

- - - - - - Transfer call:secret call

End CallVR

MODE CancelVR

MODE CancelVR

MODE CancelVR

MODE CancelReject Call End Call End Call

-

Active

Changelanguage

-

Active

SpeakerAdaptation

(Only English)

Changelanguage

Active

Changelanguage

Active

-Speaker

Adaptation(Only English)

Changelanguage

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- -

2

3

5

Before driving / 5-3Key / 5-4Engine Start/Stop button / 5-7Manual transmission / 5-12Automatic transmission / 5-16Brake system / 5-22Cruise control system / 5-32Economical operation / 5-36Special driving conditions / 5-38Winter driving / 5-42Vehicle load limit / 5-46

Vehicle weight / 5-51Trailer towing / 5-52



25

E010000ABK

WARNING - ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous. If, at any time, you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle, open the win-dows immediately.

• Do not inhale exhaust fumes.Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxia-tion.

• Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If you heara change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the car, have theexhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Never run the engine in yourgarage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the car out.

• Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car.If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the car, be sure to do so only in an open areawith the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawn into the interior.

If you must drive with the trunk lid open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary:1. Close all windows.2. Open side vents.3. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at " " or " " and the fan at one of the higher speeds.

To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the windshield arekept clear of snow, ice, leaves or other obstructions.

5 3


E020100AUN

Before entering vehicle• Be sure that all windows, outside mir-

ror(s), and outside lights are clean.• Check the condition of the tires.• Check under the vehicle for any sign of

leaks.• Be sure there are no obstacles behind

you if you intend to back up.

E020200AUN

Necessary inspections Fluid levels, such as engine oil, enginecoolant, brake fluid, and washer fluidshould be checked on a regular basis,with the exact interval depending on thefluid. Further details are provided in sec-tion 7, “Maintenance”.

E020300AUN

Before starting • Close and lock all doors.• Position the seat so that all controls are

easily reached.• Adjust the inside and outside rearview

mirrors.• Be sure that all lights work.• Check all gauges.• Check the operation of warning lights

when the ignition switch is turned tothe ON position.

• Release the parking brake and makesure the brake warning light goes out.

For safe operation, be sure you are famil-iar with your vehicle and its equipment.

BEFORE DRIVING

WARNINGAll passengers must be properlybelted whenever the vehicle is mov-ing. Refer to “Seat belts” in section3 for more information on theirproper use.

WARNINGAlways check the surroundingareas near your vehicle for people,especially children, before putting acar into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).

PROPOSITION 65 WARN-ING

Engine exhaust and a wide varietyof automobile components andparts, including components foundin the interior furnishings in a vehi-cle, contain or emit chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer and birth defects andreproductive harm. In addition, cer-tain fluids contained in vehiclesand certain products of componentwear contain or emit chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer and birth defects orother reproductive harm.


45

E030100AEN

Illuminated ignition switch Whenever a front door is opened, theignition switch will be illuminated for yourconvenience, provided the ignition switchis not in the ON position. The light will gooff immediately when the ignition switchis turned on or go off after about 30 sec-onds when the door is closed.

Ignition switch positionE030201AUN

LOCKThe steering wheel locks to protectagainst theft. The ignition key can beremoved only in the LOCK position.When turning the ignition switch to theLOCK position, push the key inward atthe ACC position and turn the key towardthe LOCK position.

OBK059001N OUN036002

WARNINGWhen you intend to park or stop thevehicle with the engine on, be care-ful not to depress the acceleratorpedal for a long period of time. Itmay overheat the engine or exhaustsystem and cause fire.

WARNING - Driving underthe influence of alcohol ordrugs

Drinking and driving is dangerous.Drunk driving is the number onecontributor to the highway deathtoll each year. Even a small amountof alcohol will affect your reflexes,perceptions and judgment. Drivingwhile under the influence of drugsis as dangerous or more dangerousthan driving drunk.You are much more likely to have aserious accident if you drink ortake drugs and drive.If you are drinking or taking drugs,don’t drive. Do not ride with a driv-er who has been drinking or takingdrugs. Choose a designated driveror call a cab.

KEY

5 5


E030202ABH

ACC (Accessory)The steering wheel is unlocked and elec-trical accessories are operative.

✽✽ NOTICEIf difficulty is experienced turning theignition switch to the ACC position, turnthe key while turning the steering wheelright and left to release the tension.

E030203ABH

ONThe warning lights can be checkedbefore the engine is started. This is thenormal running position after the engineis started.Do not leave the ignition switch ON if theengine is not running to prevent the bat-tery from discharging.

E030204ABK

STARTTurn the ignition switch to the STARTposition to start the engine. The enginewill crank until you release the key; thenit returns to the ON position. The brakewarning lamp can be checked in thisposition.

WARNING - Ignitionswitch

• Never turn the ignition switch toLOCK or ACC while the vehicle ismoving. This would result in lossof directional control and brakingfunction, which could cause anaccident.

• The anti-theft steering column lockis not a substitute for the parkingbrake. Before leaving the driver’sseat, always make sure the shiftlever is engaged in 1st gear for themanual transmission or P (Park)for the automatic transmission, setthe parking brake fully and shutthe engine off. Unexpected andsudden vehicle movement mayoccur if these precautions are nottaken.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Never reach for the ignition switch,

or any other controls through thesteering wheel while the vehicle isin motion. The presence of yourhand or arm in this area couldcause a loss of vehicle control, anaccident and serious bodily injuryor death.

• Do not place any movable objectsaround the driver’s seat as theymay move while driving, interferewith the driver and lead to an acci-dent.


65

Starting the engineE040000AUN

E040100ABK

1. Make sure the parking brake isapplied.

2. Manual Transmission - Depress theclutch pedal fully and shift the trans-mission into Neutral. Depress thebrake and clutch pedal fully.Automatic Transmission - Place thetransmission shift lever in P (Park).Depress the brake pedal fully.You can also start the engine whenthe shift lever is in the N (Neutral)position.

3. Turn the ignition switch to START andhold it there until the engine starts (amaximum of 10 seconds), thenrelease the key.

4. In extremely cold weather (below -18°C / 0°F) or after the vehicle hasnot been operated for several days, letthe engine warm up without depress-ing the accelerator.

Whether the engine is cold or warm, itshould be started without depressingthe accelerator.

WARNINGAlways wear appropriate shoeswhen operating your vehicle.Unsuitable shoes (high heels, skiboots,etc.) may interfere with yourability to use the brake, acceleratorand the clutch pedal (if equipped).

CAUTIONIf the engine stalls while you are inmotion, do not attempt to move theshift lever to the P (Park) position. Iftraffic and road conditions permit,you may put the shift lever in the N(Neutral) position while the vehicleis still moving and turn the ignitionswitch to the START position in anattempt to restart the engine.

CAUTIONDo not engage the starter for morethan 10 seconds. If the engine stallsor fails to start, wait 5 to 10 secondsbefore re-engaging the starter.Improper use of the starter maydamage it.

5 7


E030100AHM

Illuminated engine start/stop but-ton (if equipped)Whenever the front door is opened, theengine start/stop button will illuminate foryour convenience. The light will go offimmediately when the engine start/stopbutton is turned on or go off after about30 seconds when the door is closed.

Engine start/stop button positionE030701ABK

OFF• with manual transmissionTo turn off the engine, stop the vehiclethen press the engine start/stop buttonwith the engine start/stop button ON.

• with automatic transmissionTo turn off the engine, press the enginestart/stop button with the enginestart/stop button ON and the shift lever inP(Park). When you press the enginestart/stop button without the shift lever inP(Park), the engine start/stop buttondoes not turn to the OFF position, butturns to the ACC position.

Also, the steering wheel locks when theengine start/stop button is in the OFFposition to protect against theft.It locks when the door is opened, whenyou pull out the smart key from the smartkey holder, or when you lock the doorsusing the transmitter(or the smart key).

✽✽ NOTICE• If difficulty is experienced turning the

engine start/stop button to the ACCposition, turn the steering wheel rightand left to release the tension whilepressing the engine start/stop button.

• When you turn off the engine, thevehicle should be stopped.

ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNINGIn an emergency situation while thevehicle is moving, you can off theengine and turn the enginestart/stop button to the ACC posi-tion by pressing the enginestart/stop button for more than 3seconds or 3 times successively. Ifthe vehicle is moving, you canrestart the engine without pressingthe brake pedal by pressing theengine start/stop button with theshift lever in N(Neutral).

OBK059001


85

E030202ABK

ACC(Accessory)• with manual transmissionPress the engine start/stop button whenthe button is in the OFF position withoutdepressing the clutch pedal.

• with automatic transmissionPress the engine start/stop button whenthe button is in the OFF position withoutdepressing the brake pedal.

The steering wheel is unlocked and elec-trical accessories are operative.If you leave the engine start/stop buttonin the ACC position for more than 1 hour,the engine is off automatically to preventthe battery from discharging.

E030203ABK

ON• with manual transmissionPress the engine start/stop button whenthe button is in the ACC position withoutdepressing the clutch pedal.

• with automatic transmissionPress the engine start/stop button whenthe button is in the ACC position withoutdepressing the brake pedal.

The warning lights can be checkedbefore the engine is started. Do not leavethe button in the ON position if the engineis not running to prevent the battery fromdischarging.

E030704ABK

START• with manual transmissionTo start the engine, depress the clutchpedal and brake pedal, then press theengine start/stop button with the shiftlever in the N(Neutral) position.

• with automatic transmissionTo start the engine, depress the brakepedal and press the engine start/stopbutton with the shift lever in the P(Park)or the N (Neutral) position.

✽✽ NOTICE• If you press the engine start/stop but-

ton without depressing the clutchpedal on manual transmission vehi-cles or without depressing the brakepedal on automatic transmission vehi-cles, the engine will not start and theengine start/stop button changes asfollows:OFF →→ ACC →→ ON →→ OFF

• If you leave the engine start/stop but-ton in the ACC or the ON position fora long time, the battery may be dis-charged.

5 9


E030205ABH Starting the engineE040000ABH

WARNING• Never press the ENGINE

START/STOP button while thevehicle is in motion. This wouldresult in loss of directional con-trol and braking function, whichcould cause an accident.

• The anti-theft steering columnlock is not a substitute for theparking brake. Before leaving thedriver’s seat, always make surethe shift lever is engaged in 1stgear for the manual transmissionor P (Park) for the automatictransmission, set the parkingbrake fully and shut the engineoff. Unexpected and sudden vehi-cle movement may occur if theseprecautions are not taken.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Never reach for the engine

start/stop button, or any othercontrols through the steeringwheel while the vehicle is inmotion. The presence of yourhand or arm in this area couldcause a loss of vehicle control,an accident and serious bodilyinjury or death.

• Do not place any movable objectsaround the driver’s seat as theymay move while driving, interferewith the driver and lead to anaccident.

WARNINGAlways wear appropriate shoeswhen operating your vehicle.Unsuitable shoes (high heels, skiboots, etc.) may interfere with yourability to use the brake, acceleratorand clutch pedal (if equipped).


105

E040100ABK

1. Carry the smart key or leave it insidethe vehicle.

2. Make sure the parking brake is firmlyapplied.

3. Manual Transmission - Depress theclutch pedal fully and shift the trans-mission into Neutral. Depress thebrake and clutch pedal fully.Automatic Transmission - Place thetransmission shift lever in P (Park).Depress the brake pedal fully.You can also start the engine whenthe shift lever is in the N (Neutral)position.

4. Press the engine start/stop button.5. In extremely cold weather (below -

18°C / 0°F) or after the vehicle has notbeen operated for several days, let theengine warm up without depressingthe accelerator.Whether the engine is cold or warm, itshould be started without depressingthe accelerator.

• Even if the smart key is in the vehicle,if it is far away from you, the enginemay not start.

• When the engine start/stop button is inthe ACC or ON position, if any door isopen, the system checks for the smartkey. If the smart key is not in the vehi-cle, and if all doors are closed, thechime will sound for about 5 seconds.Keep the smart key in the vehicle,when using the ACC position or if thevehicle engine is on.

WARNINGThe engine will start by pressingthe engine start/stop button, onlywhen the smart key is in the vehi-cle. Never allow children or any per-son who is unfamiliar with the vehi-cle to touch the engine start/stopbutton or related parts.

CAUTIONIf the engine stalls while you are inmotion, do not attempt to move theshift lever to the P (Park) position. Iftraffic and road conditions permit,you may put the shift lever in theN(Neutral) position while the vehi-cle is still moving and press theengine start/stop button in anattempt to restart the engine.

5 11


✽✽ NOTICE• If the battery is weak or the smart key

does not work correctly, you can startthe engine by inserting the smart keyinto the smart key holder. Push thecover to open the cover. To eject thesmart key from the smart key holder,press the smart key inward past thedetent and then pull the key outward.When you don’t use the smart keyholder, close the cover.

• When the stop lamp fuse is blown onautomatic transmission vehicles, youcan't start the engine normally.Replace the fuse with a new one. Ifyou are not able to replace the fuse,you can start the engine by pressingthe engine start/stop button for 10 sec-onds with the engine start/stop buttonin the ACC.

CAUTION• Do not press the engine

start/stop button for more than 5seconds except when the stoplamp fuse is blown.

• When you eject the smart keyfrom the smart key holder, pressthe smart key inward and pull itout. If you pull out the smart keyforcibly without pushing thesmart key, the smart key holdermay be damaged and will notoperate normally.

OBK059002


125

E050100ABK

Manual transmission operationThe manual transmission has 6 forwardgears.This shift pattern is imprinted on the shiftknob. The transmission is fully synchro-nized in all forward gears so shifting toeither a higher or a lower gear is easilyaccomplished.Press the clutch pedal down fully whileshifting, then release it slowly.The gearshift lever must be returned tothe neutral position before shifting into R(Reverse).

Make sure the vehicle is completelystopped before shifting into R (Reverse).Never operate the engine with thetachometer (rpm) in the red zone.

MANUAL TRANSMISSION (IF EQUIPPED)

OBK059005

CAUTION• When downshifting from fifth

gear to fourth gear, cautionshould be taken not to inadver-tently press the gear shift leversideways in such a manner thatsecond gear is engaged. Such adrastic downshift may cause theengine speed to increase to thepoint that the tachometer willenter the red-zone. Such over-revving of the engine may possi-bly cause engine damage.

• Do not downshift more than 2gears or downshift the gear whenthe engine is running at highspeed (5,000 RPM or higher).Such a downshifting may damagethe engine.

• When shifting into 5th or 6th gear,press the shift lever to the right.Otherwise, the engine could bedamaged by accidentally engag-ing 3rd or 4th gear.

5 13


• During cold weather, shifting may bedifficult until the transmission lubricanthas warmed up. This is normal and notharmful to the transmission.

• If you've come to a complete stop andit's hard to shift into 1st or R(Reverse),put the shift lever in N(Neutral) positionand release the clutch. Press theclutch pedal back down, and then shiftinto 1st or R(Reverse) gear position.

E050101AUN

Using the clutchThe clutch should be pressed all the wayto the floor before shifting, then releasedslowly.The clutch pedal should always befully released while driving. Do not restyour foot on the clutch pedal while driv-ing. This can cause unnecessary wear.Do not partially engage the clutch to holdthe car on an incline. This causes unnec-essary wear. Use the foot brake or park-ing brake to hold the car on an incline. Donot operate the clutch pedal rapidly andrepeatedly.

CAUTION• To avoid premature clutch wear

and damage, do not drive withyour foot resting on the clutchpedal. Also, don’t use the clutchto hold the vehicle stopped on anuphill grade, while waiting for atraffic light, etc.

• Do not use the shift lever as ahandrest during driving, as thiscan result in premature wear ofthe transmission shift forks.

WARNING• Before leaving the driver’s seat,

always set the parking brake fullyand shut the engine off. Thenmake sure the transmission isshifted into 1st gear when thevehicle is parked on a level oruphill grade, and shifted into R(Reverse) on a downhill grade.Unexpected and sudden vehiclemovement can occur if these pre-cautions are not followed in theorder identified.

• If your vehicle has a manualtransmission not equipped with aignition lock switch, it may moveand cause a serious accidentwhen starting the engine withoutdepressing the clutch pedal whilethe parking brake is released andthe shift lever not in the N (neu-tral) position.


145

Shifting to R (Reverse)This manual transmission is designedwith a detent to differentiate 1st and R(Reverse) gear. To shift into reverse, youmust shift past 1st gear and the detent inorder to get into the R (Reverse) geargate.• R(Reverse) is located to the left side of

the 1st gear.• After the vehicle is stoped, push the

shift lever to the left side of the 1st gearpast the detent then push the shift leverupward. The warning chime operatesonce.

E050102AUN

DownshiftingWhen you must slow down in heavy traf-fic or while driving up steep hills, down-shift before the engine starts to labor.Downshifting reduces the chance ofstalling and gives better accelerationwhen you again need to increase yourspeed. When the vehicle is travelingdown steep hills, downshifting helpsmaintain safe speed and prolongs brakelife.

CAUTION• If you try to shift to the 1st gear

too quickly, it is possible to shiftto R (Reverse) instead of 1st gear.

• Before driving, check that thewarning chime operates once,when you press the brake pedaland shift to R (Reverse). If thewarning chime does not operatewhen you shift to R (Reverse),contact an authorized HYUNDAIdealer as soon as possible.

• Before driving you should learnhow to shift to R (Reverse), to 1stgear or 2nd gear.

• Shift to R only when the vehicle isstationary. When the shift lever ispressed to the left, a slight resist-ance has to be overcome.

OBK059013

5 15


E050200AUN

Good driving practices• Never take the car out of gear and

coast down a hill. This is extremelyhazardous. Always leave the car ingear.

• Don't "ride" the brakes. This can causethem to overheat and malfunction.Instead, when you are driving down along hill, slow down and shift to a lowergear. When you do this, engine brakingwill help slow the car.

• Slow down before shifting to a lowergear. This will help avoid over-revvingthe engine, which can cause damage.

• Slow down when you encounter crosswinds. This gives you much better con-trol of your car.

• Be sure the car is completely stoppedbefore you attempt to shift into reverse.The transmission can be damaged ifyou do not. To shift into reverse,depress the clutch, move the shift leverto neutral, wait 3 seconds, then shift tothe reverse position.

• Exercise extreme caution when drivingon slippery surfaces. Be especiallycareful when braking, accelerating orshifting gears. On a slippery surface,an abrupt change in vehicle speed cancause the drive wheels to lose tractionand the vehicle to go out of control.

WARNING• Always buckle-up! In a collision,

an unbelted occupant is signifi-cantly more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed than a properlybelted occupant.

• Avoid high speeds when corner-ing or turning.

• Do not make quick steeringwheel movements, such as sharplane changes or fast, sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatlyincreased if you lose control ofyour vehicle at highway speeds.

• Loss of control often occurs iftwo or more wheels drop off theroadway and the driver over-steers to reenter the roadway.

• In the event your vehicle leavesthe roadway, do not steer sharply.Instead, slow down before pullingback into the travel lanes.

• Never exceed posted speed lim-its.


165

E060000AEN

E060100ABH

Automatic transmission operationThe automatic transmission has 5 (or 6)forward speeds and one reverse speed.The individual speeds are selected auto-matically, depending on the position ofthe shift lever.

✽✽ NOTICEThe first few shifts on a new vehicle, ifthe battery has been disconnected, maybe somewhat abrupt. This is a normalcondition, and the shifting sequence willadjust after shifts are cycled a few timesby the TCM (Transmission ControlModule) or PCM (Powertrain ControlModule).

For smooth operation, depress the brakepedal when shifting from N (Neutral) to aforward or reverse gear.

E060101ABK

Transmission rangesThe indicator in the instrument clusterdisplays the shift lever position when theignition switch is in the ON position.

P (Park)Always come to a complete stop beforeshifting into P (Park). This position locksthe transmission and prevents the drivewheels from rotating.

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

OBK059006

Depress the brake pedal when shifting.The selector lever can be shifted freely.

+ (UP)- (DOWN)

WARNING - Automatictransmission

• Always check the surroundingareas near your vehicle for peo-ple, especially children, beforeshifting a car into D (Drive) or R(Reverse).

• Before leaving the driver’s seat,always make sure the shift leveris in the P (Park) position; thenset the parking brake fully andshut the engine off. Unexpectedand sudden vehicle movementcan occur if these precautionsare not followed in the order iden-tified.

CAUTION• To avoid damage to your trans-

mission, do not accelerate theengine in R (Reverse) or any for-ward gear position with thebrakes on.

• When stopped on an incline, donot hold the vehicle stationarywith engine power. Use the serv-ice brake or the parking brake.

• Do not shift from N (Neutral) or P(Park) into D (Drive), or R(Reverse) when the engine isabove idle speed.

5 17


R (Reverse)Use this position to drive the vehiclebackward.

N (Neutral)The wheels and transmission are notengaged. The vehicle will roll freely evenon the slightest incline unless the parkingbrake or service brakes are applied.

D (Drive)This is the normal forward driving posi-tion. The transmission will automaticallyshift through a 5 (or 6)-gear sequence,providing the best fuel economy andpower.

For extra power when passing anothervehicle or climbing grades, depress theaccelerator fully, at which time the trans-mission will automatically downshift tothe next lower gear.

✽✽ NOTICEAlways come to a complete stop beforeshifting into D (Drive).

WARNING• Shifting into P (Park) while the

vehicle is in motion will cause thedrive wheels to lock which willcause you to lose control of thevehicle.

• Do not use the P (Park) positionin place of the parking brake.Always make sure the shift leveris latched in the P (Park) positionand set the parking brake fully.

• Never leave a child unattended ina vehicle.

• Before leaving the driver’s seat,always make sure the shift leveris in the P (Park) position. Set theparking brake fully, shut theengine off and take the key withyou. Unexpected and suddenvehicle movement can occur ifyou do not follow these precau-tions in the order specified.

CAUTIONThe transmission may be damagedif you shift into P (Park) while thevehicle is in motion.

CAUTIONAlways come to a complete stopbefore shifting into or out of R(Reverse); you may damage thetransmission if you shift into Rwhile the vehicle is in motion,except as explained in “Rocking thevehicle” in this section.


185

Sports modeWhether the vehicle is stationary or inmotion, sports mode is selected by push-ing the shift lever from the D (Drive) posi-tion into the manual gate. To return to D(Drive) range operation, push the shiftlever back into the main gate.

In sport mode, it is possible to shift thegear by using either the shift lever or thesteering wheel shift paddles (dynamicshift).

Using the shift leverUp (+) : Push the lever forward once to

shift up one gear (1).Down (-) : Pull the lever backwards once

to shift down one gear (2).

Using the steering wheel shift paddles Up(+) : Pull the right-hand shift paddle

once to shift up one gear (3).Down(-) : Pull the left-hand shift paddle

once to shift down one gear(4).

✽✽ NOTICEWhen the shift lever is in the P, N or Rposition, you can't shift the gear byusing the steering wheel shift paddles. In sports mode, if you pull the left andright hand shift paddles at the sametime, you can't shift the gear.

OBK059007

+ (UP)

- (DOWN)

Sports mode

OBK059007N

+ (UP)

- (DOWN)

Sports mode

OBK059036N

5 19


✽✽ NOTICE• In sports mode, the driver must exe-

cute upshifts in accordance with roadconditions, taking care to keep theengine speed below the red zone.

• In sports mode, only the 5 (or 6) for-ward gears can be selected. To reverseor park the vehicle, move the shiftlever to the R (Reverse) or P (Park)position as required.

• In sports mode, downshifts are madeautomatically when the vehicle slowsdown. When the vehicle stops, 1st gearis automatically selected.

• In sports mode, when the engine rpmapproaches the red zone, the trans-mission will automatically upshift tothe next higher gear.

• To maintain the required levels ofvehicle performance and safety, thesystem may not execute certaingearshifts when the shift lever is oper-ated.

• When driving on a slippery road,push the shift lever forward into the+(up) position or pull the right-handshift paddle. This causes the transmis-sion to shift into the 2nd gear which isbetter for smooth driving on a slip-pery road. Push the shift lever to the -(down) side or pull the left-hand shiftpaddle to shift back to the 1st gear.

E060102ABH

Shift lock system (if equipped)For your safety, the automatic transmis-sion has a shift lock system which pre-vents shifting the transmission from P(Park) or N (Neutral) into R (Reverse)unless the brake pedal is depressed.To shift the transmission from P (Park) orN (Neutral) into R (Reverse):1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.2. Start the engine or turn the ignition

switch to the ON position.3. Move the shift lever.If the brake pedal is repeatedlydepressed and released with the shiftlever in the P (Park) position, a chatteringnoise near the shift lever may be heard.This is a normal condition.

Shift-lock overrideIf the shift lever cannot be moved fromthe P (Park) or N (Neutral) position into R(Reverse) position with the brake pedaldepressed, continue depressing thebrake, then do the following:1. Carefully remove the cap covering the

shift-lock override access hole.2. Insert a screwdriver (or key) into the

access hole and press down on thescrewdriver (or key).

3. Move the shift lever.4. Have your vehicle inspected by an

authorized HYUNDAI dealer immedi-ately.

WARNINGAlways fully depress the brakepedal before and while shifting outof the P (Park) position into anoth-er position to avoid inadvertentmotion of the vehicle which couldinjure persons in or around the car.

OBK059008N


205

E060103AUN

Ignition key interlock system (if equipped)The ignition key cannot be removedunless the shift lever is in the P (Park)position. If the ignition switch is in anyother position, the key cannot beremoved.

E060200ABH

Good driving practices• Never move the shift lever from P

(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other posi-tion with the accelerator pedaldepressed.

• Never move the shift lever into P (Park)when the vehicle is in motion.

• Be sure the car is completely stoppedbefore you attempt to shift into R(Reverse) or D (Drive).

• Never take the car out of gear andcoast down a hill. This may beextremely hazardous. Always leave thecar in gear when moving.

• Do not "ride" the brakes. This cancause them to overheat and malfunc-tion. Instead, when you are drivingdown a long hill, slow down and shift toa lower gear. When you do this, enginebraking will help slow the car.

• Slow down before shifting to a lowergear. Otherwise, the lower gear maynot be engaged.

• Always use the parking brake. Do notdepend on placing the transmission inP (Park) to keep the car from moving.

• Exercise extreme caution when drivingon a slippery surface. Be especiallycareful when braking, accelerating orshifting gears. On a slippery surface,an abrupt change in vehicle speed cancause the drive wheels to lose tractionand the vehicle to go out of control.

• Optimum vehicle performance andeconomy is obtained by smoothlydepressing and releasing the accelera-tor pedal.

5 21


E060203ABK

Moving up a steep grade from a stand-ing startTo move up a steep grade from a stand-ing start, press the brake pedal, shift theshift lever to D (Drive) and release theparking brake. Depress the acceleratorgradually while releasing the brakepedal. When accelerating from a stop ona steep hill, the vehicle may have a ten-dency to roll backwards.When accelerating from a stop on asteep hill, the vehicle may have a ten-dency to roll backwards. Shifting theshift lever into 2 (Second Gear) willhelp prevent the vehicle from rollingbackwards.

WARNING• Always buckle-up! In a collision,

an unbelted occupant is signifi-cantly more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed than a properlybelted occupant.

• Avoid high speeds when corner-ing or turning.

• Do not make quick steeringwheel movements, such as sharplane changes or fast, sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatlyincreased if you lose control ofyour vehicle at highway speeds.

• Loss of control often occurs iftwo or more wheels drop off theroadway and the driver over-steers to reenter the roadway.

• In the event your vehicle leavesthe roadway, do not steer sharply.Instead, slow down before pullingback into the travel lanes.

• Never exceed posted speed lim-its.

WARNINGIf your vehicle becomes stuck insnow, mud, sand, etc., then youmay attempt to rock the vehicle freeby moving it forward and backward.Do not attempt this procedure ifpeople or objects are anywherenear the vehicle. During the rockingoperation the vehicle may suddenlymove forward of backward as itbecomes unstuck, causing injuryor damage to nearby people orobjects.


225

E070100AUN

Power brakes Your vehicle has power-assisted brakesthat adjust automatically through normalusage.In the event that the power-assistedbrakes lose power because of a stalledengine or some other reason, you canstill stop your vehicle by applying greaterforce to the brake pedal than you nor-mally would. The stopping distance, how-ever, will be longer.When the engine is not running, thereserve brake power is partially depletedeach time the brake pedal is applied. Donot pump the brake pedal when thepower assist has been interrupted.Pump the brake pedal only when neces-sary to maintain steering control on slip-pery surfaces.

E070101AUN

In the event of brake failure If service brakes fail to operate while thevehicle is in motion, you can make anemergency stop with the parking brake.The stopping distance, however, will bemuch greater than normal.

BRAKE SYSTEM

WARNING - Brakes• Do not drive with your foot rest-

ing on the brake pedal. This willcreate abnormal high brake tem-peratures, excessive brake liningand pad wear, and increasedstopping distances.

• When descending a long or steephill, shift to a lower gear andavoid continuous application ofthe brakes. Continuous brakeapplication will cause the brakesto overheat and could result in atemporary loss of braking per-formance.

• Wet brakes may impair the vehi-cle’s ability to safely slow down;the vehicle may also pull to oneside when the brakes are applied.Applying the brakes lightly willindicate whether they have beenaffected in this way. Always testyour brakes in this fashion afterdriving through deep water. Todry the brakes, apply them lightlywhile maintaining a safe forwardspeed until brake performancereturns to normal.

WARNING - Parking brakeApplying the parking brake whilethe vehicle is moving at normalspeeds can cause a sudden loss ofcontrol of the vehicle. If you mustuse the parking brake to stop thevehicle, use great caution in apply-ing the brake.

5 23


E070102AUN

Disc brakes wear indicator Your vehicle has disc brakes.When your brake pads are worn and newpads are required, you will hear a high-pitched warning sound from your frontbrakes or rear brakes. You may hear thissound come and go or it may occurwhenever you depress the brake pedal.Please remember that some driving con-ditions or climates may cause a brakesqueal when you first apply (or lightlyapply) the brakes. This is normal anddoes not indicate a problem with yourbrakes.

Parking brake E070201ABK

Applying the parking brakeTo engage the parking brake, first applythe foot brake and then without pressingthe release button in, pull the parkingbrake lever up as far as possible. In addi-tion it is recommended that when parkingthe vehicle on a gradient, the shift levershould be positioned in the appropriatelow gear on manual transmission vehi-cles or in the P (Park) position on auto-matic transmission vehicles.

WARNING - Brake wearThis brake wear warning soundmeans your vehicle needs service.If you ignore this audible warning,you will eventually lose brakingperformance, which could lead to aserious accident.

CAUTION• To avoid costly brake repairs, do

not continue to drive with wornbrake pads.

• Always replace brake pads ascomplete front or rear axle sets.

CAUTIONDriving with the parking brakeapplied will cause excessive brakepad and brake rotor wear.

OBK059009


245

E070202AFD

Releasing the parking brakeTo release the parking brake, first applythe foot brake and pull up the parkingbrake lever slightly. Secondly depress therelease button (1) and lower the parkingbrake lever (2) while holding the button.

Check the brake warning light by turningthe ignition switch ON (do not start theengine). This light will be illuminated whenthe parking brake is applied with the igni-tion switch in the START or ON position.Before driving, be sure the parking brakeis fully released and the brake warninglight is off.If the brake warning light remains on afterthe parking brake is released while engineis running, there may be a malfunction inthe brake system. Immediate attention isnecessary.If at all possible, cease driving the vehi-cle immediately. If that is not possible,use extreme caution while operating thevehicle and only continue to drive thevehicle until you can reach a safe loca-tion or repair shop.

WARNING• To prevent unintentional move-

ment when stopped and leavingthe vehicle, do not use thegearshift lever in place of theparking brake. Set the parkingbrake AND make sure thegearshift lever is securely posi-tioned in 1st (First) gear or R(Reverse) for manual transmis-sion equipped vehicles and in P(Park) for automatic transmissionequipped vehicles.

• Never allow anyone who is unfa-miliar with the vehicle to touchthe parking brake. If the parkingbrake is released unintentionally,serious injury may occur.

• All vehicles should always havethe parking brake fully engagedwhen parking to avoid inadver-tent movement of the car whichcan injure occupants or pedestri-ans.

OBK059010 W-75

5 25


E070300AEN-EU

Anti-lock brake system (ABS)The ABS continuously senses the speedof the wheels. If the wheels are going tolock, the ABS system repeatedly modu-lates the hydraulic brake pressure to thewheels.When you apply your brakes under con-ditions which may lock the wheels, youmay hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from thebrakes, or feel a corresponding sensationin the brake pedal. This is normal and itmeans your ABS is active.In order to obtain the maximum benefitfrom your ABS in an emergency situa-tion, do not attempt to modulate yourbrake pressure and do not try to pumpyour brakes. Press your brake pedal ashard as possible or as hard as the situa-tion warrants and allow the ABS to con-trol the force being delivered to thebrakes.

WARNINGABS (or ESC) will not prevent acci-dents due to improper or danger-ous driving maneuvers. Eventhough vehicle control is improvedduring emergency braking, alwaysmaintain a safe distance betweenyou and objects ahead. Vehiclespeeds should always be reducedduring extreme road conditions.The braking distance for carsequipped with an anti-lock brakingsystem (or Electronic StabilityControl system) may be longer thanfor those without it in the followingroad conditions.During these conditions the vehicleshould be driven at reducedspeeds:• Rough, gravel or snow-covered

roads.• With tire chains installed.

(Continued)

(Continued)• On roads where the road surface

is pitted or has different surfaceheight.

The safety features of an ABS (orESC) equipped vehicle should notbe tested by high speed driving orcornering. This could endanger thesafety of yourself or others.


265

✽✽ NOTICEA click sound may be heard in theengine compartment when the vehiclebegins to move after the engine is start-ed. These conditions are normal andindicate that the anti-lock brake systemis functioning properly.

• Even with the anti-lock brake system,your vehicle still requires sufficientstopping distance. Always maintain asafe distance from the vehicle in frontof you.

• Always slow down when cornering.The anti-lock brake system cannot pre-vent accidents resulting from exces-sive speeds.

• On loose or uneven road surfaces,operation of the anti-lock brake systemmay result in a longer stopping dis-tance than for vehicles equipped with aconventional brake system.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen you jump start your vehiclebecause of a drained battery, the enginemay not run as smoothly and the ABSwarning light may turn on at the sametime. This happens because of the lowbattery voltage. It does not mean yourABS is malfunctioning.• Do not pump your brakes!• Have the battery recharged before

driving the vehicle.

W-78

CAUTION• If the ABS warning light is on and

stays on, you may have a problemwith the ABS. In this case, howev-er, your regular brakes will worknormally.

• The ABS warning light will stay onfor approximately 3 seconds afterthe ignition switch is ON. Duringthat time, the ABS will go throughself-diagnosis and the light will gooff if everything is normal. If thelight stays on, you may have aproblem with your ABS. Contactan authorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible.

CAUTION• When you drive on a road having

poor traction, such as an icy road,and operate your brakes continu-ously, the ABS will be active con-tinuously and the ABS warninglight may illuminate. Pull your carover to a safe place and stop theengine.

• Restart the engine. If the ABSwarning light is off, then yourABS system is normal.Otherwise, you may have a prob-lem with the ABS. Contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible.

5 27


E070500AUN-EU

Electronic stability control (ESC)The Electronic Stability control (ESC)system is designed to stabilize the vehicleduring cornering maneuvers. ESC checkswhere you are steering and where thevehicle is actually going. ESC applies thebrakes at individual wheels andintervenes in the engine managementsystem to stabilize the vehicle.

The Electronic Stability Control (ESC)system is an electronic system designedto help the driver maintain vehicle controlunder adverse conditions. It is not asubstitute for safe driving practices.Factors including speed, road conditionsand driver steering input can all affectwhether ESC will be effective inpreventing a loss of control. It is still yourresponsibility to drive and corner atreasonable speeds and to leave asufficient margin of safety.When you apply your brakes under con-ditions which may lock the wheels, youmay hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from thebrakes, or feel a corresponding sensationin the brake pedal. This is normal and itmeans your ESC is active.

✽✽ NOTICEA click sound may be heard in theengine compartment when the vehiclebegins to move after the engine is start-ed. These conditions are normal andindicate that the Electronic StabilityControl System is functioning properly.

WARNINGNever drive too fast for the roadconditions or too quickly when cor-nering. Electronic stability control(ESC) will not prevent accidents.Excessive speed in turns, abruptmaneuvers and hydroplaning onwet surfaces can still result in seri-ous accidents. Only a safe andattentive driver can prevent acci-dents by avoiding maneuvers thatcause the vehicle to lose traction.Even with ESC installed, always fol-low all the normal precautions fordriving - including driving at safespeeds for the conditions.

OBK059011


285

E070501AUN-EE

ESC operationESC ON condition

• When the ignition is turnedON, ESC and ESC OFF indi-cator lights illuminate forapproximately 3 seconds,then ESC is turned on.

• Press the ESC OFF buttonfor at least half a second

after turning the ignition ON toturn ESC off. (ESC OFF indi-cator will illuminate). Toturn the ESC on, press theESC OFF button (ESCOFF indicator light will gooff).

• When starting the engine,you may hear a slight tickingsound. This is the ESC per-forming an automatic systemself-check and does not indi-cate a problem.

When operatingWhen the ESC is in operation,ESC indicator light blinks.• When the Electronic Stability

Control is operating properly,you can feel a slight pulsationin the vehicle. This is only theeffect of brake control andindicates nothing unusual.

• When moving out of the mudor slippery road, pressing theaccelerator pedal may notcause the engine rpm (revo-lutions per minute) toincrease.

E070502ABH

ESC operation offESC OFF state• To cancel ESC operation,

press the ESC OFF button for more than 0.5 second.(ESC OFF indicator light illuminates).

• If the engine stops when ESCis off, ESC remains off. Uponrestarting the engine, theESC will automatically turnon again.

D150323ABK-EE

ESC indicator (ElectronicStability Control)

The ESC indicator will illuminatewhen the ignition switch is turned ON,but should go off after approximately 3seconds.When the ESC is on, it monitorsthe driving conditions and under normaldriving conditions, the ESC indicator will remain off. When a slippery or lowtraction condition is encountered, theESC will operate, and the ESC indicator

will blink to indicate the ESC is oper-ating.

-

5 29


D150324AEN-EE

ESC OFF indicator

The ESC OFF indicator will illuminatewhen the ignition switch is turned ON,but should go off after approximately 3seconds. To switch to ESC OFF mode,press the ESC OFF button . The ESCOFF indicator will illuminate indicatingthe ESC is deactivated.If this indicator stays on when ESC OFFis not selected, the ESC may have a mal-function. Take your car to an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer and have the systemchecked.With the ESC system in the stand byposition, if you use the parking brake tostop the vehicle due abnormal brakeoperation, the ESC system may bestopped and ESC OFF indicator mayilluminate for about 5 minutes.

E070504ABH-EE

ESC OFF usageWhen driving• ESC should be turned on for daily driv-

ing whenever possible. If ESC is turnedoff, it may be difficult to make a turn ordrive up a hill.

• To turn ESC off while driving, press theESC OFF button while driving on aflat road surface.

Never press the ESC OFF button while ESC is operating (ESC indicatorlight blinks).If ESC is turned off while ESC is operat-ing, it may be very dangerous because ofunexpected vehicle slip.

✽✽ NOTICE• When operating the vehicle on a

dynamometer, ensure that the ESC isturned off (ESC OFF light illumi-nated). If the ESC is left on, it mayprevent the vehicle speed fromincreasing, and result in false diagno-sis.

• Turning the ESC off does not affectABS or brake system operation.

CAUTIONDriving with varying tire or wheelsizes may cause the ESC system tomalfunction. When replacing tires,make sure they are the same size asyour original tires.

WARNINGThe Electronic Stability Control sys-tem is only a driving aid; use pre-cautions for safe driving by slowingdown on curved, snowy, or icyroads. Drive slowly and don’tattempt to accelerate whenever theESC indicator light is blinking, orwhen the road surface is slippery.

CAUTIONDo not use the parking brake tostop the vehicle, except in an emer-gency situation.


305

E070600BFD

Good braking practices• After parking the vehicle, check to be

sure the parking brake is not engagedand that the parking brake indicatorlight is out before driving away.

• Driving through water may get thebrakes wet. They can also get wetwhen the car is washed. Wet brakescan be dangerous! Your car will notstop as quickly if the brakes are wet.Wet brakes may cause the car to pullto one side.To dry the brakes, apply the brakeslightly until the braking action returns tonormal, taking care to keep the carunder control at all times. If the brakingaction does not return to normal, stopas soon as it is safe to do so and callan authorized HYUNDAI dealer forassistance.

WARNINGNever press the ESC OFF button while ESC is operating.If the ESC is turned off while ESC isoperating, the vehicle may go out ofcontrol.To turn ESC off while driving, pressthe ESC OFF button while driv-ing on a flat road surface.

WARNING• Whenever leaving vehicle or

parking, always set the parkingbrake as far as possible and fullyengage the vehicle's transmis-sion into the park position.Vehicles not fully engaged in parkwith the parking brake set are atrisk for moving inadvertently andinjuring yourself or others.

• All vehicles should always havethe parking brake fully engagedwhen parking to avoid inadver-tent movement of the car whichcan injure occupants or pedestri-ans.

5 31


• Don't coast down hills with the car outof gear. This is extremely hazardous.Keep the car in gear at all times, usethe brakes to slow down, then shift to alower gear so that engine braking willhelp you maintain a safe speed.

• Don't "ride" the brake pedal. Restingyour foot on the brake pedal while driv-ing can be dangerous because it canresult in the brakes overheating andlosing their effectiveness. It alsoincreases the wear of the brake com-ponents.

• If a tire goes flat while you are driving,apply the brakes gently and keep thecar pointed straight ahead while youslow down. When you are movingslowly enough for it to be safe to do so,pull off the road and stop in a safeplace.

• If your car is equipped with an auto-matic transmission, don't let your carcreep forward. To avoid creeping for-ward, keep your foot firmly on thebrake pedal when the car is stopped.

• Use caution when parking on a hill.Firmly engage the parking brake andplace the shift lever in P. If your car isfacing downhill, turn the front wheelsinto the curb to help keep the car fromrolling. If your car is facing uphill, turnthe front wheels away from the curb tohelp keep the car from rolling. If thereis no curb or if it is required by otherconditions to keep the car from rolling,block the wheels.

• Under some conditions your parkingbrake can freeze in the engaged posi-tion. This is most likely to happen whenthere is an accumulation of snow or icearound or near the rear brakes or if thebrakes are wet. If there is a risk that theparking brake may freeze, apply it onlytemporarily while you put the shift leverin P (automatic transmission) and blockthe rear wheels so the car cannot roll.Then release the parking brake.

• Do not hold the vehicle on the upgradewith the accelerator pedal. This cancause the transmission to overheat.Always use the brake pedal or parkingbrake.


325

E090000ABH

The cruise control system allows you toprogram the vehicle to maintain a con-stant speed without pressing the acceler-ator pedal.This system is designed to functionabove approximately 25 mph (40 km/h).

✽✽ NOTICEDuring normal cruise control operation,when the SET switch is activated orreactivated after applying the brakes,the cruise control will energize afterapproximately 3 seconds. This delay isnormal.

CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING• If the cruise control is left on,

(CRUISE indicator light in theinstrument cluster illuminated)the cruise control can beswitched on accidentally. Keepthe cruise control system off(CRUISE indicator light OFF)when the cruise control is not inuse, to avoid inadvertently set-ting a speed.

• Use the cruise control systemonly when traveling on openhighways in good weather.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Do not use the cruise control

when it may not be safe to keepthe car at a constant speed, forinstance, driving in heavy orvarying traffic, or on slippery(rainy, icy or snow-covered) orwinding roads or over 6% up-hillor down-hill roads.

• Pay particular attention to thedriving conditions wheneverusing the cruise control system.

• Be careful when driving downhillusing the cruise control system,which may increase the vehiclespeed.

5 33


E090100ABK

To set cruise control speed:1. Push the cruise ON-OFF button on the

steering wheel to turn the system on.The CRUISE indicator light in theinstrument cluster will illuminate.

2. Accelerate to the desired speed, whichmust be more than 25 mph (40 km/h)and less than 113 mph (180 km/h).

3. Move the lever (1) down (to SET-), andrelease it at the desired speed. TheSET indicator light in the instrumentcluster will illuminate. Release theaccelerator pedal. The desired speedwill automatically be maintained.

On a steep grade, the vehicle may slowdown or speed up slightly while goinguphill or downhill.

E090200ABK

To increase cruise control setspeed:Follow either of these procedures:• Move the lever (1) up (to RES+) and

hold it. Your vehicle will accelerate.Release the lever at the desired speed.

• Move the lever (1) up (to RES+) andrelease it immediately. The cruisingspeed will increase by approximately1.0 mph (1.6 km/h) each time youmove the lever up (to RES+) in thismanner.

OBK059031N OBK059030NOBK059029N

1 1


345

E090300ABK

To decrease the cruising speed:Follow either of these procedures:• Move the lever (1) down (to SET-) and

hold it. Your vehicle will gradually slowdown. Release the lever at the speedyou want to maintain.

• Move the lever (1) down (to SET-) andrelease it immediately. The cruisingspeed will decrease by approximately1.0 mph (1.6 km/h) each time youmove the lever down (to SET-) in thismanner.

E090400ABK

To temporarily accelerate with thecruise control on:If you want to speed up temporarily whenthe cruise control is on, depress theaccelerator pedal. Increased speed willnot interfere with cruise control operationor change the set speed.To return to the set speed, take your footoff the accelerator.If you move the lever down (to SET-) atincreased speed, the cruising speed willbe set again.

E090500ABK

To cancel cruise control, do oneof the following:• Press the brake pedal.• Shift the shift lever into N (Neutral) with

an automatic transmission.• Press the CANCEL switch located on

the steering wheel.• Decrease the vehicle speed lower than

the memory speed by 9 mph (15km/h).

• Decrease the vehicle speed to lessthan approximately 20 mph (32 km/h).

OBK059032NOBK059031N

1

5 35


• Operate the parking brake. Do notoperate the parking brake while drivingexcept in an emergency situation.

Each of these actions will cancel cruisecontrol operation (the SET indicator lightin the instrument cluster will go off), but itwill not turn the system off. If you wish toresume cruise control operation, movethe lever up (to RES+). You will return toyour previously preset speed.

E090600ABH

To resume cruising speed atmore than approximately 25 mph(40 km/h):If any method other than the cruiseON/OFF switch was used to cancel cruis-ing speed and the system is still activat-ed, the most recent set speed will auto-matically resume when you move thelever (1) up (to RES+).It will not resume, however, if the vehiclespeed has dropped below approximately25 mph (40 km/h).

E090700ABK

To turn cruise control off, do oneof the following:• Push the cruise ON/OFF button (the

CRUISE indicator light in the instru-ment cluster will go off).

• Stop the vehicle, and turn the engineoff.

Both of these actions cancel cruise con-trol operation. If you want to resumecruise control operation, repeat the stepsprovided in “To set cruise control speed”on the previous page.OBK059030N

1


365

E100000AUN

Your vehicle's fuel economy dependsmainly on your style of driving, where youdrive and when you drive.Each of these factors affects how manymiles (kilometers) you can get from a gal-lon (liter) of fuel. To operate your vehicleas economically as possible, use the fol-lowing driving suggestions to help savemoney in both fuel and repairs:• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a moder-

ate rate. Don't make "jack-rabbit" startsor full-throttle shifts and maintain asteady cruising speed. Don't racebetween stoplights. Try to adjust yourspeed to that of the other traffic so youdon't have to change speeds unneces-sarily. Avoid heavy traffic wheneverpossible. Always maintain a safe dis-tance from other vehicles so you canavoid unnecessary braking. This alsoreduces brake wear.

• Drive at a moderate speed. The fasteryou drive, the more fuel your car uses.Driving at a moderate speed, especial-ly on the highway, is one of the mosteffective ways to reduce fuel consump-tion.

• Don't "ride" the brake or clutch pedal.This can increase fuel consumptionand also increase wear on these com-ponents. In addition, driving with yourfoot resting on the brake pedal maycause the brakes to overheat, whichreduces their effectiveness and maylead to more serious consequences.

• Take care of your tires. Keep theminflated to the recommended pressure.Incorrect inflation, either too much ortoo little, results in unnecessary tirewear. Check the tire pressures at leastonce a month.

• Be sure that the wheels are alignedcorrectly. Improper alignment canresult from hitting curbs or driving toofast over irregular surfaces. Poor align-ment causes faster tire wear and mayalso result in other problems as well asgreater fuel consumption.

• Keep your car in good condition. Forbetter fuel economy and reducedmaintenance costs, maintain your carin accordance with the maintenanceschedule in section 7. If you drive yourcar in severe conditions, more frequentmaintenance is required (see section 7for details).

• Keep your car clean. For maximumservice, your vehicle should be keptclean and free of corrosive materials. Itis especially important that mud, dirt,ice, etc. not be allowed to accumulateon the underside of the car. This extraweight can result in increased fuel con-sumption and also contribute to corro-sion.

• Travel lightly. Don't carry unnecessaryweight in your car. Weight reduces fueleconomy.

• Don't let the engine idle longer thannecessary. If you are waiting (and notin traffic), turn off your engine andrestart only when you're ready to go.

ECONOMICAL OPERATION

5 37


• Remember, your vehicle does notrequire extended warm-up. After theengine has started, allow the engine torun for 10 to 20 seconds prior to plac-ing the vehicle in gear. In very coldweather, however, give your engine aslightly longer warm-up period.

• Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine.Lugging is driving too slowly in too higha gear resulting in the engine bucking.If this happens, shift to a lower gear.Over-revving is racing the enginebeyond its safe limit. This can be avoid-ed by shifting at the recommendedspeeds.

• Use your air conditioning sparingly.The air conditioning system is operat-ed by engine power so your fuel econ-omy is reduced when you use it.

• Open windows at high speeds canreduce fuel economy.

• Fuel economy is less in crosswindsand headwinds. To help offset some ofthis loss, slow down when driving inthese conditions.

Keeping a vehicle in good operating con-dition is important both for economy andsafety. Therefore, have an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer perform scheduledinspections and maintenance.

WARNING - Engine off dur-ing motion

Never turn the engine off to coastdown hills or anytime the vehicle isin motion. The power steering andpower brakes will not functionproperly without the engine run-ning. Instead, keep the engine onand downshift to an appropriategear for engine braking effect. Inaddition, turning off the ignitionwhile driving could engage thesteering wheel lock resulting inloss of vehicle steering whichcould cause serious injury ordeath.


385

E110100ABH

Hazardous driving conditions When hazardous driving conditions areencountered such as water, snow, ice,mud, sand, or similar hazards, followthese suggestions:• Drive cautiously and allow extra dis-

tance for braking.• Avoid sudden movements in braking or

steering.

• When braking with non-ABS brakespump the brake pedal with a light up-and-down motion until the vehicle isstopped.

• If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, usesecond gear. Accelerate slowly toavoid spinning the drive wheels.

• Use sand, rock salt, tire chains, orother non-slip material under the drivewheels to provide traction when stalledin ice, snow, or mud.

E110200ATQ

Rocking the vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to freeit from snow, sand, or mud, first turn thesteering wheel right and left to clear thearea around your drive wheels.Then, shiftback and forth between R (Reverse) andany forward gear in vehicles equippedwith an automatic transmission. Do notrace the engine, and spin the wheels aslittle as possible. If you are still stuck aftera few tries, have the vehicle pulled out bya tow vehicle to avoid engine overheatingand possible damage to the transmission

SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS

OBK059019

WARNING - ABSDo not pump the brake pedal on avehicle equipped with ABS.

WARNING - DownshiftingDownshifting with an automatictransmission, while driving on slip-pery surfaces can cause an acci-dent. The sudden change in tirespeed could cause the tires to skid.Be careful when downshifting onslippery surfaces.

CAUTIONProlonged rocking may causeengine over-heating, transmissiondamage or failure, and tire damage.

5 39


✽✽ NOTICEThe ESC system should be turned OFFprior to rocking the vehicle. E110300AUN

Smooth corneringAvoid braking or gear changing in cor-ners, especially when roads are wet.Ideally, corners should always be takenunder gentle acceleration. If you followthese suggestions, tire wear will be heldto a minimum.

E110400ABH

Driving at night Because night driving presents morehazards than driving in the daylight, hereare some important tips to remember:• Slow down and keep more distance

between you and other vehicles, as itmay be more difficult to see at night,especially in areas where there maynot be any street lights.

WARNING - Spinning tiresDo not spin the wheels, especiallyat speeds more than 56 km/h (35mph). Spinning the wheels at highspeeds when the vehicle is station-ary could cause a tire to overheatwhich could result in tire damagethat may injure bystanders.

OBK059021

WARNINGIf your vehicle becomes stuck insnow, mud, sand, etc., then youmay attempt to rock the vehicle freeby moving it forward and backward.Do not attempt this procedure ifpeople or objects are anywherenear the vehicle. During the rockingoperation the vehicle may suddenlymove forward of backward as itbecomes unstuck, causing injuryor damage to nearby people orobjects.

OBK059020N


405

• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glarefrom other driver's headlights.

• Keep your headlights clean and prop-erly aimed on vehicles not equippedwith the automatic headlight aimingfeature. Dirty or improperly aimedheadlights will make it much more diffi-cult to see at night. Headlight operationshield using windshield wipers ismandatory in some states.

• Avoid staring directly at the headlightsof oncoming vehicles. You could betemporarily blinded, and it will takeseveral seconds for your eyes to read-just to the darkness.

E110500AUN

Driving in the rain Rain and wet roads can make drivingdangerous, especially if you’re not pre-pared for the slick pavement. Here are afew things to consider when driving in therain:• A heavy rainfall will make it harder to

see and will increase the distanceneeded to stop your vehicle, so slowdown.

• Keep your windshield wiping equip-ment in good shape. Replace yourwindshield wiper blades when theyshow signs of streaking or missingareas on the windshield.

• If your tires are not in good condition,making a quick stop on wet pavementcan cause a skid and possibly lead toan accident. Be sure your tires are ingood shape.

• Turn on your headlights to make it eas-ier for others to see you.

• Driving too fast through large puddlescan affect your brakes. If you must gothrough puddles, try to drive throughthem slowly.

• If you believe you may have gottenyour brakes wet, apply them lightlywhile driving until normal braking oper-ation returns.

E110600AUN

Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areasunless you are sure the water is no high-er than the bottom of the wheel hub.Drive through any water slowly. Allowadequate stopping distance becausebrake performance may be affected.After driving through water, dry thebrakes by gently applying them severaltimes while the vehicle is moving slowly.

OBK059022N

5 41


E110700ABH

Highway drivingTiresAdjust the tire inflation pressures tospecification. Low tire inflation pressureswill result in overheating and possiblefailure of the tires.Avoid using worn or damaged tires whichmay result in reduced traction or tire fail-ure.

✽✽ NOTICENever exceed the maximum tire inflationpressure shown on the tires.

Fuel, engine coolant and engine oilHigh speed travel consumes more fuelthan urban motoring. Do not forget tocheck both engine coolant and engineoil.

Drive beltA loose or damaged drive belt may resultin overheating of the engine.

WARNING• Underinflated or overinflated

tires can cause poor handling,loss of vehicle control, and sud-den tire failure leading to acci-dents, injuries, and even death.Always check tires for properinflation before driving. For prop-er tire pressures, refer to “Tiresand wheels” in section 8.

• Driving on tires with no or insuffi-cient tread is dangerous. Worn-out tires can result in loss ofvehicle control, collisions, injury,and even death. Worn-out tiresshould be replaced as soon aspossible and should never beused for driving. Always checkthe tire tread before driving yourcar. For further information andtread limits, refer to “Tires andwheels” in section 7.

OBK029001


425

E120000ABH

More severe weather conditions of winterresult in greater wear and other prob-lems. To minimize winter driving prob-lems, you should follow these sugges-tions:

E120100ABK

Snowy or icy conditionsTo drive your vehicle in deep snow, it maybe necessary to use snow tires or toinstall tire chains on your tires. If snowtires are needed, it is necessary to selecttires equivalent in size and type of theoriginal equipment tires. Failure to do somay adversely affect the safety and han-dling of your car. Furthermore, speeding,rapid acceleration, sudden brake appli-cations, and sharp turns are potentiallyvery hazardous practices.

During deceleration, use engine brakingto the fullest extent. Sudden brake appli-cations on snowy or icy roads may causeskids to occur. You need to keep suffi-cient distance between the vehicle inoperation in front and your vehicle. Also,apply the brake gently. It should be notedthat installing tire chains will provide agreater driving force, but will not preventside skids.

✽✽ NOTICETire chains are not legal in all states.Check state laws before fitting tirechains.

E120101AUN

Snow tires If you mount snow tires on your vehicle,make sure they are radial tires of thesame size and load range as the originaltires. Mount snow tires on all four wheelsto balance your vehicle’s handling in allweather conditions. Keep in mind that thetraction provided by snow tires on dryroads may not be as high as your vehi-cle's original equipment tires. You shoulddrive cautiously even when the roads areclear. Check with the tire dealer for max-imum speed recommendations.

Do not install studded tires without firstchecking local, state and municipal regu-lations for possible restrictions againsttheir use.

WINTER DRIVING

WARNING - Snow tire sizeSnow tires should be equivalent insize and type to the vehicle's stan-dard tires. Otherwise, the safetyand handling of your vehicle maybe adversely affected.

OBK059025

5 43


E120102ABH

Tire chains Since the sidewalls of radial tires arethinner, they can be damaged by mount-ing some types of tire chains on them.Therefore, the use of snow tires is rec-ommended instead of tire chains. Do notmount tire chains on vehicles equippedwith aluminum wheels; tire chains maycause damage to the wheels. If tirechains must be used, use wire-typechains with a thickness of less than 0.47in (12 mm). Damage to your vehiclecaused by improper tire chain use is notcovered by your vehicle manufacturerswarranty.Install tire chains only on the rear tires.

Chain installation When installing chains, follow the manu-facturer's instructions and mount them astightly as you can. Drive slowly withchains installed. If you hear the chainscontacting the body or chassis, stop andtighten them. If they still make contact,slow down until it stops. Remove thechains as soon as you begin driving oncleared roads.

CAUTION• Make sure the tire chains are the

correct size and type for yourtires. Incorrect tire chains cancause damage to the vehicle bodyand suspension and may not becovered by your vehicle manufac-turer warranty. Also, the tire chainconnecting hooks may be dam-aged from contacting vehiclecomponents causing the tirechains to come loose from thetire. Make sure the tire chains areSAE class “S” certified.

• Always check chain installationfor proper mounting after drivingapproximately 0.3 to 0.6 miles (0.5to 1 km) to ensure safe mounting.Retighten or remount the chainsif they are loose.

WARNING - Mounting chains

When mounting tire chains, parkthe vehicle on level ground awayfrom traffic. Turn on the vehicleHazard Warning flashers and placea triangular emergency warningdevice behind the vehicle if avail-able. Always place the vehicle in P(Park), apply the parking brake andturn off the engine before installingtire chains.

1JBA4068


445

E120200AUN

Use high quality ethylene glycolcoolantYour vehicle is delivered with high qualityethylene glycol coolant in the coolingsystem. It is the only type of coolant thatshould be used because it helps preventcorrosion in the cooling system, lubri-cates the water pump and preventsfreezing. Be sure to replace or replenishyour coolant in accordance with themaintenance schedule in section 7.Before winter, have your coolant tested toassure that its freezing point is sufficientfor the temperatures anticipated duringthe winter.

E120300AEN

Check battery and cablesWinter puts additional burdens on thebattery system. Visually inspect the bat-tery and cables as described in section7. The level of charge in your battery canbe checked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer or a service station.

E120400ABH

Change to "winter weight" oil ifnecessaryIn some climates it is recommended thata lower viscosity "winter weight" oil beused during cold weather. See section 8for recommendations. If you aren't surewhat weight oil you should use, consultan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

E120500AUN

Check spark plugs and ignitionsystemInspect your spark plugs as described insection 7 and replace them if necessary.Also check all ignition wiring and compo-nents to be sure they are not cracked,worn or damaged in any way.

WARNING - Tire chains• The use of chains may adversely

affect vehicle handling.• Do not exceed 20 mph (30 km/h)

or the chain manufacturer’s rec-ommended speed limit, whichev-er is lower.

• Drive carefully and avoid bumps,holes, sharp turns, and otherroad hazards, which may causethe vehicle to bounce.

• Avoid sharp turns or locked-wheel braking.

CAUTION• Chains that are the wrong size or

improperly installed can damageyour vehicle's brake lines, sus-pension, body and wheels.

• Stop driving and retighten thechains any time you hear themhitting the vehicle.

5 45


E120600AUN

To keep locks from freezingTo keep the locks from freezing, squirt anapproved de-icer fluid or glycerine intothe key opening. If a lock is covered withice, squirt it with an approved de-icingfluid to remove the ice. If the lock isfrozen internally, you may be able to thawit out by using a heated key. Handle theheated key with care to avoid injury.

E120700AEN

Use approved window washeranti-freeze in systemTo keep the water in the window washersystem from freezing, add an approvedwindow washer anti-freeze solution inaccordance with instructions on the con-tainer. Window washer anti-freeze isavailable from an authorized HYUNDAIdealer and most auto parts outlets. Donot use engine coolant or other types ofanti-freeze as these may damage thepaint finish.

E120800ABH

Don't let your parking brakefreezeUnder some conditions your parkingbrake can freeze in the engaged position.This is most likely to happen when thereis an accumulation of snow or ice aroundor near the rear brakes or if the brakesare wet. If there is a risk the parkingbrake may freeze, apply it only temporar-ily while you put the gear shift lever in Pand block the rear wheels so the car can-not roll. Then release the parking brake.

E120900AUN

Don't let ice and snow accumu-late underneathUnder some conditions, snow and icecan build up under the fenders and inter-fere with the steering. When driving insevere winter conditions where this mayhappen, you should periodically checkunderneath the car to be sure the move-ment of the front wheels and the steeringcomponents is not obstructed.

E121000AUN

Carry emergency equipmentDepending on the severity of the weath-er where you drive your car, you shouldcarry appropriate emergency equipment.Some of the items you may want to carryinclude tire chains, tow straps or chains,flashlight, emergency flares, sand, ashovel, jumper cables, a window scraper,gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, a blanket,etc.


465

E150100AUN

Tire and loading information labelThe label located on the driver's doorsill gives the original tire size, coldtire pressures recommended for yourvehicle, the number of people thatcan be in your vehicle and vehiclecapacity weight.

E150101ABK

Vehicle capacity weight:710 lbs. (322 kg)

Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi-mum combined weight of occupantsand cargo.

E150102ABK

Seating capacity:Total : 4 persons

(Front seat : 2 persons, Rear seat : 2 persons)

Seating capacity is the maximumnumber of occupants including adriver, your vehicle may carry.However, the seating capacity maybe reduced based upon the weight ofall of the occupants, and the weightof the cargo being carried.Do not overload the vehicle as thereis a limit to the total weight, or loadlimit including occupants and cargo,the vehicle can carry.

VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT

OBK069101N

OBK069102N

OBK069103N

OBK069100N

5 47


E150104ABH

Cargo capacity:The cargo capacity of your vehiclewill increase or decrease dependingon the weight and the number ofoccupants.

E150105ABK

Steps for determining correct loadlimit1. Locate the statement "The com-

bined weight of occupants andcargo should never exceed XXXkg or XXX lbs.'' on your vehicle'splacard.

2. Determine the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers that willbe riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers fromXXX kg or XXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equals theavailable amount of cargo and lug-gage load capacity. For example, ifthe "XXX" amount equals 710 lbs.(322 kg), and there will be four 150lbs. (68 kg) passengers in yourvehicle, the amount of availablecargo and luggage load capacityis 110 lbs. (50 kg).(710-600 (4 x 150) = 110 lbs. or322-272 (4 x 68) = 50 kg)

5. Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loadedon the vehicle. That weight maynot safely exceed the availablecargo and luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.


485

OBK059034N

Item Description Total

AVehicle Capacity 710 lbs

Weight (322 kg)Subtract Occupant

B Weight 688 lbs

172 lbs (78 kg) × 4(312 kg)

CAvailable Cargo and 22 lbs

Luggage weight (10 kg)

Example 3

Refer to your vehicle’s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle's capacity weightand seating positions. The combined weight of the driver, passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle'scapacity weight.

C190F01JM




B Weight 300 lbs

150 lbs (68 kg) × 2(136 kg)



Example 1

A B C

OBK059035N




B Weight 600 lbs

150 lbs (68 kg) × 4(272 kg)



Example 2

5 49


E150200ABH

Certification labelThe certification label is located onthe driver's door sill at the center pil-lar.This label shows the maximumallowable weight of the fully loadedvehicle. This is called the GVWR(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). TheGVWR includes the weight of thevehicle, all occupants, fuel andcargo.This label also tells you the maxi-mum weight that can be supportedby the front and rear axles, calledGross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).

To find out the actual loads on yourfront and rear axles, you need to goto a weigh station and weigh yourvehicle.Your dealer can help you withthis. Be sure to spread out your loadequally on both sides of the center-line.

The label will help you decide howmuch cargo and installed equipmentyour vehicle can carry.

If you carry items inside your vehicle- like suitcases, tools, packages, oranything else - they are moving asfast as the vehicle. If you have to stopor turn quickly, or if there is a crash,the items will keep going and cancause an injury if they strike the driv-er or a passenger.

OEN056020

WARNING - Over loading• Never exceed the GVWR for

your vehicle, the GAWR foreither the front or rear axleand vehicle capacity weight.Exceeding these ratings cancause an accident or vehicledamage.You can calculate theweight of your load by weigh-ing the items (or people)before putting them in thevehicle. Be careful not to over-load your vehicle.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Do not load your vehicle any

heavier than the GVWR, eitherthe maximum front or rearGAWR and vehicle capacityweight. If you do, parts,including tires on your vehiclecan break, and it can changethe way your vehicle handlesand braking ability. This couldcause you to lose control andcrash. Also, overloading canshorten the life of your vehi-cle.


505

WARNING• Overloading your vehicle can

cause heat buildup in yourvehicle's tires and possibletire failure that could lead to acrash.

• Overloading your vehicle cancause increased stopping dis-tances that could lead to acrash.

• A crash resulting from poorhandling, vehicle damage, tirefailure, or increased stoppingdistances could result in seri-ous injury or death.

WARNING - Loose cargoItems you carry inside yourvehicle can strike and injureoccupants in a sudden stop orturn, or in a crash.• Put items in the cargo area of

your vehicle. Try to spread theweight evenly.

• Never stack items, like suit-cases, inside the vehicleabove the tops of the seats.

• Do not leave an unsecuredchild restraint in your vehicle.

• When you carry somethinginside the vehicle, secure it.

CAUTION• Overloading your vehicle may

cause damage. Repairs wouldnot be covered by your warran-ty. Do not overload your vehicle.

• Using heavier suspension com-ponents to get added durabilitymight not change your weightratings. Ask your dealer to helpyou load your vehicle the rightway.

5 51


E160000ABH

This section will guide you in the properloading of your vehicle, to keep yourloaded vehicle weight within its designrating capability. Properly loading yourvehicle will provide maximum return ofthe vehicle design performance. Beforeloading your vehicle, familiarize yourselfwith the following terms for determiningyour vehicle's weight ratings, from thevehicle's specifications and the certifica-tion label:

E160100AUN

Base curb weight This is the weight of the vehicle includinga full tank of fuel and all standard equip-ment. It does not include passengers,cargo, or optional equipment.

E160200AUN

Vehicle curb weightThis is the weight of your new vehiclewhen you picked it up from your dealerplus any aftermarket equipment.

E160300AUN

Cargo weightThis figure includes all weight added tothe Base Curb Weight, including cargoand optional equipment.

E160400AUN

GAW (Gross axle weight)This is the total weight placed on eachaxle (front and rear) - including vehiclecurb weight and all payload.

E160500AUN

GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)This is the maximum allowable weightthat can be carried by a single axle (frontor rear). These numbers are shown onthe certification label.The total load on each axle must neverexceed its GAWR.

E160600AUN

GVW (Gross vehicle weight)This is the Base Curb Weight plus actualCargo Weight plus passengers.

E160700AUN

GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating)This is the maximum allowable weight ofthe fully loaded vehicle (including alloptions, equipment, passengers andcargo). The GVWR is shown on the cer-tification label located on the driver’s (orfront passenger’s) door sill.

E160800AUN

Overloading

VEHICLE WEIGHT

WARNING - Vehicle weightThe gross axle weight rating(GAWR) and the gross vehicleweight rating (GVWR) for your vehi-cle are on the certification labelattached to the driver's door.Exceeding these ratings can causean accident or vehicle damage. Youcan calculate the weight of yourload by weighing the items (andpeople) before putting them in thevehicle. Be careful not to overloadyour vehicle.


525

E140000ABH

We do not recommend using thisvehicle for trailer towing.

TRAILER TOWING

6

Road warning / 6-2In case of an emergency while driving / 6-2If the engine will not start / 6-3Emergency starting / 6-4If the engine overheats / 6-6Tire pressure monitoring system / 6-7If you have a flat tire / 6-12Towing / 6-20



26

ROAD WARNING

F010100AUN

Hazard warning flasher The hazard warning flasher serves as awarning to other drivers to exerciseextreme caution when approaching,overtaking, or passing your vehicle.

It should be used whenever emergencyrepairs are being made or when the vehi-cle is stopped near the edge of a road-way.Depress the flasher switch with the igni-tion switch in any position. The flasherswitch is located in the center consoleswitch panel. All turn signal lights willflash simultaneously.

• The hazard warning flasher operateswhether your vehicle is running or not.

• The turn signals do not work when thehazard flasher is on.

• Care must be taken when using thehazard warning flasher while the vehi-cle is being towed.

F020100ABK

If the engine stalls at a crossroador crossing• If the engine stalls at a crossroad or

crossing, set the shift lever in the N(Neutral) position and then push thevehicle to a safe place.

• If your vehicle has a manual transmis-sion not equipped with an ignition lockswitch, the vehicle can move forwardby shifting to the 2 (second) or 3 (third)gear and then turning the starter with-out depressing the clutch pedal.

F020200ABK

If you have a flat tire while drivingIf a tire goes flat while you are driving:1.Take your foot off the accelerator pedal

and let the car slow down while drivingstraight ahead. Do not apply the brakesimmediately or attempt to pull off theroad as this may cause a loss of con-trol. When the car has slowed to sucha speed that it is safe to do so, brakecarefully and pull off the road. Drive offthe road as far as possible and park onfirm, level ground. If you are on a divid-ed highway, do not park in the medianarea between the two traffic lanes.

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCYWHILE DRIVING

OBK049044N

6 3


2.When the car is stopped, turn on youremergency hazard flashers, set theparking brake and put the transmissionin P (automatic transmission) orreverse (manual transmission).

3.Have all passengers get out of the car.Be sure they all get out on the side ofthe car that is away from traffic.

4.When changing a flat tire, follow theinstruction provided later in this sec-tion.

F020300AEN

If engine stalls while driving1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping

a straight line. Move cautiously off theroad to a safe place.

2. Turn on your emergency flashers.3. Try to start the engine again. If your

vehicle will not start, contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer or seekother qualified assistance.

F030100ABK

If engine doesn't turn over orturns over slowly1. If your vehicle has an automatic trans-

mission, be sure the gear selectorlever is in N(Neutral) or P(Park) andthe emergency brake is set.

2. Check the battery connections to besure they are clean and tight.

3. Turn on the interior light. If the lightdims or goes out when you operate thestarter, the battery is discharged.

4. Check the starter connections to besure they are securely tightened.

5. Do not push or pull the vehicle to startit. See instructions for "Jump starting".

F030200ABH

If the engine turns over normallybut does not start1. Check fuel level.2. With the ignition switch in the LOCK

position, check all connectors at theignition coils and spark plugs.Reconnect any that may be discon-nected or loose.

3. If the engine still does not start, call anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer or seekother qualified assistance.

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START

WARNINGIf the engine will not start, do notpush or pull the car to start it. Thiscould result in a collision or causeother damage.


46

EMERGENCY STARTING

F040000AUN

Connect cables in numerical order anddisconnect in reverse order.

F040100AEN

Jump starting Jump starting can be dangerous if doneincorrectly. Therefore, to avoid harm toyourself or damage to your vehicle orbattery, follow the jump starting proce-dures. If in doubt, we strongly recom-mend that you have a competent techni-cian or towing service jump start yourvehicle.

CAUTIONUse only a 12-volt jumper system.You can damage a 12-volt startingmotor, ignition system, and otherelectrical parts beyond repair byuse of a 24-volt power supply (eithertwo 12-volt batteries in series or a24-volt motor generator set).

WARNING - Battery• Keep all flames or sparks away

from the battery. The battery pro-duces hydrogen gas which mayexplode if exposed to flame orsparks.If these instructions are not fol-lowed exactly, serious personalinjury and damage to the vehiclemay occur! If you are not surehow to follow this procedure,seek qualified assistance.Automobile batteries contain sul-furic acid. This is poisonous andhighly corrosive. When jumpstarting, wear protective glassesand be careful not to get acid onyourself, your clothing or on thecar.

• Do not attempt to jump start thevehicle if the discharged batteryis frozen or if the electrolyte levelis low; the battery may rupture orexplode.

WARNING - BatteryNever attempt to check the elec-trolyte level of the battery as thismay cause the battery to rupture orexplode causing serious injury.

OBK069023

6 5


F040101ABK

Jump starting procedure 1. Make sure the booster battery is 12-

volt and that its negative terminal isgrounded.

2. If the booster battery is in anothervehicle, do not allow the vehicles totouch.

3. Turn off all unnecessary electricalloads.

4. Connect the jumper cables in the exactsequence shown in the illustration.First connect one end of a jumpercable to the positive terminal of thedischarged battery (1), then connectthe other end to the positive terminalon the booster battery (2).Proceed to connect one end of theother jumper cable to the negative ter-minal of the booster battery (3), thenthe other end to a solid, stationary,metallic point (for example, the enginelifting bracket) away from the battery(4). Do not connect it to or near anypart that moves when the engine iscranked.Do not allow the jumper cables to con-tact anything except the correct batteryterminals or the correct ground. Do notlean over the battery when makingconnections.

5. Start the engine of the vehicle with thebooster battery and let it run at 2,000rpm, then start the engine of the vehi-cle with the discharged battery.

If the cause of your battery discharging isnot apparent, you should have your vehi-cle checked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

F040200ABK

Push-starting Your manual transmission-equippedvehicle should not be push-startedbecause it might damage the emissioncontrol system.Vehicles equipped with automatic trans-mission cannot be push-started.Follow the directions in this section forjump-starting.

WARNINGNever tow a vehicle to start itbecause the sudden surge forwardwhen the engine starts could causea collision with the tow vehicle.

CAUTION - Battery cablesDo not connect the jumper cablefrom the negative terminal of thebooster battery to the negative ter-minal of the discharged battery.This can cause the discharged bat-tery to overheat and crack, releas-ing battery acid.


66

IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATSF050000ABK

If your temperature gauge indicates over-heating, you experience a loss of power,or hear loud pinging or knocking, theengine is probably too hot. If this hap-pens, you should:

1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as itis safe to do so.

2. Place the shift lever in P (automatictransmission) or neutral (manual trans-mission) and set the parking brake. Ifthe air conditioning is on, turn it off.

3. If engine coolant is running out underthe car or steam is coming out fromthe hood, stop the engine. Do not openthe hood until the coolant has flowstopped. If there is no visible loss ofengine coolant and no steam, leavethe engine running and check to besure the engine cooling fan is operat-ing. If the fan is not running, turn theengine off.

4. Check to see if the water pump drivebelt is missing. If it is not missing,check to see that it is tight. If the drivebelt seems to be satisfactory, check forcoolant leaking from the radiator,hoses or under the car. (If the air con-ditioning had been in use, it is normalfor cold water to be draining from itwhen you stop).

5. If the water pump drive belt is brokenor engine coolant is leaking out, stopthe engine immediately and call thenearest authorized HYUNDAI dealerfor assistance.

6. If you cannot find the cause of theoverheating, wait until the engine tem-perature has returned to normal. Then,if coolant has been lost, carefully addcoolant to the reservoir to bring thefluid level in the reservoir up to thehalfway mark.

7.Proceed with caution, keeping alert forfurther signs of overheating. If over-heating happens again, call an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.WARNING

While the engine is running, keephair, hands and clothing away frommoving parts such as the fan anddrive belts to prevent injury.

WARNINGDo not remove the radiator capwhen the engine is hot. This canallow coolant to be blown out of theopening and cause serious burns.

CAUTIONSerious loss of coolant indicatesthere is a leak in the cooling systemand this should be checked as soonas possible by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

6 7


TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)

(1) TPMS malfunction indicator(2) Low tire pressure indicatorF060000BEN

Each tire, including the spare (if pro-vided), should be checked monthlywhen cold and inflated to the inflationpressure recommended by the vehi-cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac-ard or tire inflation pressure label. (Ifyour vehicle has tires of a differentsize than the size indicated on thevehicle placard or tire inflation pres-sure label, you should determine theproper tire inflation pressure forthose tires.)

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with a tirepressure monitoring system (TPMS)that illuminates a low tire pressuretelltale when one or more of yourtires is significantly under-inflated.Accordingly, when the low tire pres-sure indicator illuminates, you shouldstop and check your tires as soon aspossible, and inflate them to theproper pressure. Driving on a signifi-cantly under-inflated tire causes thetire to overheat and can lead to tirefailure. Under-inflation also reducesfuel efficiency and tire tread life, andmay affect the vehicle’s handling andstopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tire mainte-nance, and it is the driver’s responsi-bility to maintain correct tire pres-sure, even if under-inflation has notreached the level to trigger illumina-tion of the TPMS low tire pressureindicator.

Your vehicle has also been equippedwith a TPMS malfunction indicator toindicate when the system is notoperating properly. The TPMS mal-function indicator is provided by aseparate indicator, which displaysthe symbol "TPMS" when illuminat-ed. When the malfunction indicatoris illuminated, the system may not beable to detect or signal low tire pres-sure as intended. TPMS malfunc-tions may occur for a variety of rea-sons, including the installation ofreplacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunctionindicator after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement or alter-nate tires and wheels allow theTPMS to continue to function proper-ly.

OBK059033N


86

✽✽ NOTICEIf the TPMS and Low Tire Pressureindicators do not illuminate for 3seconds when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position or engineis running, or if they remain illumi-nated after coming on for approxi-mately 3 seconds, take your car toyour nearest authorized HYUNDAIdealer and have the system checked.

F060100BEN

Low tire pressure indi-cator

When the tire pressure monitoringsystem warning indicators are illumi-nated, one or more of your tires issignificantly under-inflated.Immediately reduce your speed,avoid hard cornering and anticipateincreased stopping distances. Youshould stop and check your tires assoon as possible. Inflate the tires tothe proper pressure as indicated onthe vehicle’s placard or tire inflationpressure label located on the driver’sside center pillar outer panel. If youcannot reach a service station or ifthe tire cannot hold the newly addedair, replace the low pressure tire withthe compact spare tire.After installing the compact sparetire, the TPMS malfunction indicatormay turn on and the Low TirePressure indicator may turn on afterrestarting and about 20 minutes ofcontinuous driving before you havethe low-pressure tire repaired andreinstalled on the vehicle.

✽✽ NOTICEThe compact spare tire is notequipped with a tire pressure sensor.

6 9


F060200BEN

TPMS (Tire PressureMonitoring System)malfunction indicator

The TPMS malfunction indicatorcomes on and stays on when there isa problem with the Tire PressureMonitoring System. If the system isable to correctly detect an under-inflation warning at the same time assystem failure then it will illuminateboth the TPMS malfunction and thelow tire pressure indicator. For exam-ple if the Front Left sensor fails, theTPMS malfunction indicator illumi-nates, but if the Front Right, RearLeft, or Rear Right tire is under-inflat-ed, the low tire pressure indicatormay illuminate together with theTPMS malfunction indicator.Have the system checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer as soonas possible to determine the causeof the problem.

WARNING - Low pressuredamage

Significantly low tire pressuremakes the vehicle unstable andcan contribute to loss of vehiclecontrol and increased brakingdistances.Continued driving on low pres-sure tires can cause the tires tooverheat and fail.

CAUTIONIn winter or cold weather, thelow tire pressure indicator maybe illuminated if the tire pres-sure was adjusted to the recom-mended tire inflation pressurein warm weather. It does notmean your TPMS is malfunction-ing because the decreased tem-perature leads to a proportionallowering of tire pressure.When you drive your vehiclefrom a warm area to a cold areaor from a cold area to a warmarea, or the outside temperatureis greatly higher or lower, youshould check the tire inflationpressure and adjust the tires tothe recommended tire inflationpressure.Always check your tire inflationpressures when the tires arecold, before you have driven onthem.

TPMS


106

F060300ABK

Changing a tire with TPMSIf you have a flat tire, the Low TirePressure indicator will turn on. Havethe flat tire repaired by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possi-ble or replace the flat tire with thecompact spare tire.

Each wheel is equipped with a tirepressure sensor mounted inside thetire behind the valve stem. You mustuse TPMS specific wheels. It is rec-ommended that you always haveyour tires serviced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.Even if you replace the low pressuretire with the compact spare tire, theLow Tire Pressure indicator willremain on until the low pressure tireis repaired and placed on the vehi-cle.

After you replace the low pressuretire with the compact spare tire, theTPMS malfunction indicator may beilluminated after a few minutesbecause the compact spare tire doesnot have a sensor.Once the low pressure tire is re-inflated to the recommended pres-sure and installed on the vehicle, theTPMS malfunction indicator and thelow tire pressure indicator will extin-guish within a few minutes.If the indicators are not extinguishedafter a few minutes, please visit anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.You may not be able identify a lowtire by simply looking at it. Alwaysuse a good quality tire pressuregauge to measure the tire's inflationpressure. Please note that a tire thatis hot (from being driven) will have ahigher pressure measurement than atire that is cold (from sitting station-ary for at least 3 hours and drivenless than 1 mile (1.6 km) during that3 hour period).

CAUTION• The TPMS malfunction indica-

tor may be illuminated if thevehicle is moving around elec-tric power supply cables orradios transmitter such as atpolice stations, governmentand public offices, broadcast-ing stations, military installa-tions, airports, or transmittingtowers, etc. This can interferewith normal operation of theTire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS).

• The TPMS malfunction indica-tor may be illuminated if tirechains or some electronicdevices, such as notebookcomputers, accessory GPSdevices, etc, are used in thevehicle.This can interfere withnormal operation of the TirePressure Monitoring System(TPMS).

CAUTIONNEVER use a puncture-repair-ing agent to repair and/or inflatea low pressure tire. The tiresealant can damage the tirepressure sensor. If used, youwill have to replace the tire pres-sure sensor.

6 11


Allow the tire to cool before measur-ing the inflation pressure. Always besure the tire is cold before inflating tothe recommended pressure.A cold tire means the vehicle hasbeen sitting for 3 hours and driven forless than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3hour period.

This device complies with Part 15of the FCC rules.Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:1. This device may not cause harm-

ful interference, and 2. This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including inter-ference that may cause undesiredoperation.CAUTION

Do not use any tire sealant ifyour vehicle is equipped with aTire Pressure MonitoringSystem. The liquid sealant candamage the tire pressure sen-sors. WARNING - Protecting

TPMSTampering with, modifying, ordisabling the Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS)components may interfere withthe system's ability to warn thedriver of low tire pressure con-ditions and/or TPMS malfunc-tions. Tampering with, modify-ing, or disabling the TirePressure Monitoring System(TPMS) components may voidthe warranty for that portion ofthe vehicle.

WARNING - TPMS• The TPMS cannot alert you to

severe and sudden tire dam-age caused by external fac-tors such as nails or roaddebris.

• If you feel any vehicle instabil-ity, immediately take your footoff the accelerator, apply thebrakes gradually and withlight force, and slowly move toa safe position off the road. WARNING

Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliancecould void the user's authorityto operate the equipment.


126

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE

F070100ABH

Jack and toolsThe jack, jack handle, and wheel lugnut wrench are stored in the luggagecompartment. Pull up the luggagebox cover to reach this equipment.

(1) Jack handle(2) Jack(3) Wheel lug nut wrench

F070101AUN

Jacking instructions The jack is provided for emergencytire changing only.To prevent the jack from “rattling”while the vehicle is in motion, store itproperly.Follow jacking instructions to reducethe possibility of personal injury.

WARNING - Changing tires• Never attempt vehicle repairs

in the traffic lanes of a publicroad or highway.

• Always move the vehicle com-pletely off the road and ontothe shoulder before trying tochange a tire. The jack shouldbe used on level firm ground.If you cannot find a firm, levelplace off the road, call a tow-ing service company forassistance.

(Continued)

OBK069001A

6 13


F070200ABH

Removing and storing the sparetire Turn the tire hold-down wing boltcounterclockwise.Store the tire in the reverse order ofremoval.To prevent the spare tire and toolsfrom “rattling” while the vehicle is inmotion, store them properly.

F070300ABK

Changing tires 1. Park on a level surface and apply

the parking brake firmly.2. Shift the shift lever into

R(Reverse) with manual transmis-sion or P(Park) with automatictransmission.

3. Activate the hazard warning flash-er.

OBK069002

(Continued)• Be sure to use the correct

front and rear jacking posi-tions on the vehicle; neveruse the bumpers or any otherpart of the vehicle for jacksupport.

• The vehicle can easily roll offthe jack causing seriousinjury or death. No personshould place any portion oftheir body under a vehicle thatis supported only by a jack;use vehicle support stands.

• Do not start or run the enginewhile the vehicle is on thejack.

• Do not allow anyone to remainin the vehicle while it is on thejack.

• Make sure any children pres-ent are in a secure place awayfrom the road and from thevehicle to be raised with thejack.

OBK069004N


146

4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,jack, jack handle, and spare tirefrom the vehicle.

5. Block both the front and rear of thewheel that is diagonally oppositethe jack position.

6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun-terclockwise one turn each, but donot remove any nut until the tirehas been raised off the ground.

OBK069014 OBK069003

WARNING - Changing a tire• To prevent vehicle movement

while changing a tire, alwaysset the parking brake fully,and always block the wheeldiagonally opposite the wheelbeing changed.

• We recommend that thewheels of the vehicle beblocked, and that no personremain in the vehicle that isbeing jacked.

6 15


7. Place the jack at the front or rearjacking position closest to the tireyou are changing. Place the jackat the designated locations underthe frame. The jacking positionsare plates welded to the framewith two tabs and a raised dot toindex with the jack.

8. Insert the jack handle into the jackand turn it clockwise, raising thevehicle until the tire just clears theground. This measurement isapproximately 30 mm (1.2 in).Before removing the wheel lugnuts, make sure the vehicle is sta-ble and that there is no chance formovement or slippage.

9. Loosen the wheel nuts andremove them with your fingers.Slide the wheel off the studs andlay it flat so it cannot roll away. Toput the wheel on the hub, pick upthe spare tire, line up the holeswith the studs and slide the wheelonto them. If this is difficult, tip thewheel slightly and get the top holein the wheel lined up with the topstud. Then jiggle the wheel backand forth until the wheel can beslid over the other studs.

WARNING - Jack locationTo reduce the possibility ofinjury, be sure to use only thejack provided with the vehicleand in the correct jack position;never use any other part of thevehicle for jack support.

OBK069022OBK069015


166

10. To reinstall the wheel, hold it onthe studs, put the wheel nuts onthe studs and tighten them fingertight.The nuts should be installedwith their tapered small diameterends directed inward. Jiggle thetire to be sure it is completelyseated, then tighten the nuts asmuch as possible with your fin-gers again.

11. Insert the jack handle into thejack and turn it counterclockwiseto lower the vehicle to theground.

Then position the wrench as shownin the drawing and tighten the wheelnuts. Be sure the socket is seatedcompletely over the nut. Do not standon the wrench handle or use anextension pipe over the wrench han-dle. Go around the wheel tighteningevery other nut until they are all tight.Then double-check each nut fortightness. After changing wheels,have an authorized HYUNDAI dealertighten the wheel nuts to their propertorque as soon as possible.

Wheel nut tightening torque:Steel wheel & aluminum alloy wheel:65~79 lb·ft (9~11 kg·m)

WARNINGWheels may have sharp edges.Handle them carefully to avoidpossible severe injury. Beforeputting the wheel into place, besure that there is nothing on thehub or wheel (such as mud, tar,gravel, etc.) that interferes withthe wheel from fitting solidlyagainst the hub.If there is, remove it. If there isnot good contact on the mount-ing surface between the wheeland hub, the wheel nuts couldcome loose and cause the lossof a wheel. Loss of a wheel mayresult in loss of control of thevehicle. This may cause seriousinjury or death.

OBK069016

6 17


If you have a tire gauge, remove thevalve cap and check the air pressure.If the pressure is lower than recom-mended, drive slowly to the nearestservice station and inflate to the cor-rect pressure. If it is too high, adjustit until it is correct. Always reinstallthe valve cap after checking oradjusting tire pressure. If the cap isnot replaced, air may leak from thetire. If you lose a valve cap, buyanother and install it as soon as pos-sible.After you have changed wheels,always secure the flat tire in its placeand return the jack and tools to theirproper storage locations.

To prevent the jack, jack handle,wheel lug nut wrench and spare tirefrom rattling while the vehicle is inmotion, store them properly.

CAUTIONYour vehicle has metric threadson the wheel studs and nuts.Make certain during wheelremoval that the same nuts thatwere removed are reinstalled -or, if replaced, that nuts withmetric threads and the samechamfer configuration are used.Installation of a non-metricthread nut on a metric stud orvice-versa will not secure thewheel to the hub properly andwill damage the stud so that itmust be replaced.Note that most lug nuts do nothave metric threads. Be sure touse extreme care in checkingfor thread style before installingaftermarket lug nuts or wheels.If in doubt, consult an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING - Wheel studsIf the studs are damaged, theymay lose their ability to retainthe wheel.This could lead to theloss of the wheel and a collisionresulting in serious injuries.

WARNING - Inadequatespare tire pressure

Check the inflation pressures assoon as possible after installingthe spare tire. Adjust it to thespecified pressure, if necessary.Refer to “Tires and wheels” sec-tion 8.


186

F070301ABK

Important - use of compact spare tire(if equipped)Your vehicle is equipped with a com-pact spare tire. This compact sparetire takes up less space than a regu-lar-size tire. This tire is smaller than aconventional tire and is designed fortemporary use only.

The compact spare should be inflat-ed to 60 psi (420 kPa).

✽✽ NOTICECheck the inflation pressure afterinstalling the spare tire. Adjust it tothe specified pressure, as necessary.

When using a compact spare tire,observe the following precautions:• Under no circumstances should

you exceed 50 mph (80 km/h); ahigher speed could damage thetire.

• Ensure that you drive slowlyenough for the road conditions toavoid all hazards. Any road hazard,such as a pothole or debris, couldseriously damage the compactspare.

• Any continuous road use of this tirecould result in tire failure, loss ofvehicle control, and possible per-sonal injury.

• Do not exceed the vehicle’s maxi-mum load rating or the load-carry-ing capacity shown on the sidewallof the compact spare tire.

• Avoid driving over obstacles. Thecompact spare tire diameter issmaller than the diameter of a con-ventional tire and reduces theground clearance approximately 1inch (25 mm), which could result indamage to the vehicle.

CAUTION• You should drive carefully

when the compact spare tireis in use. The compact sparetire should be replaced by theproper conventional tire andrim at the first opportunity.

• The operation of this vehicleis not recommended withmore than one compact sparetire in use at the same time.

WARNINGThe compact spare tire is foremergency use only. Do notoperate your vehicle on thiscompact spare at speeds over50 mph (80 km/h). The originaltire should be repaired orreplaced as soon as possible toavoid failure of the spare possi-bly leading to personal injury ordeath.

6 19


• Do not take this vehicle through anautomatic car wash while the com-pact spare tire is installed.

• Do not use tire chains on the com-pact spare tire. Because of thesmaller size, a tire chain will not fitproperly. This could damage thevehicle and result in loss of thechain.

• Do not use the compact spare tireon any other vehicle because thistire has been designed especiallyfor your vehicle.

• The compact spare tire’s tread lifeis shorter than a regular tire.Inspect your compact spare tireregularly and replace worn com-pact spare tires with the same sizeand design, mounted on the samewheel.

• The compact spare tire should notbe used on any other wheels, norshould standard tires, snow tires,wheel covers or trim rings be usedwith the compact spare wheel. Ifsuch use is attempted, damage tothese items or other car compo-nents may occur.

• Do not use more than one compactspare tire at a time.

• Do not tow a trailer while the com-pact spare tire is installed.


206

TOWING

F080100ABH

Towing serviceIf emergency towing is necessary, werecommend having it done by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer or a commercialtow-truck service. Proper lifting and tow-ing procedures are necessary to preventdamage to the vehicle. The use of wheeldollies or flatbed is recommended.

It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with thefront wheels on the ground (without dol-lies) and the rear wheels off the ground.If any of the loaded wheels or suspen-sion components are damaged or thevehicle is being towed with the rearwheels on the ground, use a towing dollyunder the rear wheels.When being towed by a commercial towtruck and wheel dollies are not used, therear of the vehicle should always be lift-ed, not the front.

OBK069017

A

B

Cdolly

OBK069018

OBK069019

CAUTION• Do not tow the vehicle with the

rear wheels on the ground as thismay cause damage to the vehicle.

• Do not tow with sling-type equip-ment. Use wheel lift or flatbedequipment.

6 21


When towing your vehicle in an emer-gency without wheel dollies :1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC posi-

tion.2. Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).3. Release the parking brake.

F080200ABK

Removable towing hook (if equipped)1. Open the trunk, and remove the tow-

ing hook from the tool case.2. Remove the hole cover pressing the

lower part of the cover on the front orrear bumper.

3. Install the towing hook by turning itclockwise into the hole until it is fullysecured.

4. Remove the towing hook and installthe cover after use.

CAUTIONFailure to place the shift lever in N(Neutral) may cause internal dam-age to the transmission.

OBK069010

OBK069011

Front

Rear


226

F080300AFD

Emergency towingIf towing is necessary, we recommendyou to have it done by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer or a commercial towtruck service.

If towing service is not available in anemergency, your vehicle may be tem-porarily towed using a cable or chainsecured to the emergency towing hookunder the front (or rear) of the vehicle.Use extreme caution when towing thevehicle. A driver must be in the vehicle tosteer it and operate the brakes.Towing in this manner may be done onlyon hard-surfaced roads for a short dis-tance and at low speeds. Also, thewheels, axles, power train, steering andbrakes must all be in good condition.• Do not use the tow hooks to pull a vehi-

cle out of mud, sand or other condi-tions from which the vehicle cannot bedriven out under its own power.

• Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than thevehicle doing the towing.

• The drivers of both vehicles shouldcommunicate with each other frequent-ly.

• Before emergency towing, check thatthe hook is not broken or damaged.

• Fasten the towing cable or chainsecurely to the hook.

• Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady andeven force.

• To avoid damaging the hook, do notpull from the side or at a vertical angle.Always pull straight ahead.

OBK069010

OBK069011

Front

Rear

CAUTION• Attach a towing strap to the tow

hook.• Using a portion of the vehicle

other than the tow hooks for tow-ing may damage the body of yourvehicle.

• Use only a cable or chain specifi-cally intended for use in towingvehicles. Securely fasten thecable or chain to the towing hookprovided.

6 23


• Use a towing strap less than 16 feet (5m) long. Attach a white or red cloth(about 12 inches (30 cm) wide) in themiddle of the strap for easy visibility.

• Drive carefully so that the towing strapis not loosened during towing.

F080301ABH

Emergency towing precautions• Place the ignition switch in ACC so the

steering wheel isn’t locked.• Place the transmission shift lever in N

(Neutral).• Release the parking bake.• Press the brake pedal with more force

than normal since you will havereduced brake performance.

• More steering effort will be requiredbecause the power steering systemwill be disabled.

• If you are driving down a long hill, thebrakes may overheat and brake per-formance will be reduced. Stop oftenand let the brakes cool off.

WARNING Use extreme caution when towingthe vehicle.• Avoid sudden starts or erratic

driving maneuvers which wouldplace excessive stress on theemergency towing hook and tow-ing cable or chain. The hook andtowing cable or chain may breakand cause serious injury or dam-age.

• If the disabled vehicle is unableto be moved, do not forcibly con-tinue the towing. Contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer or acommercial tow truck service forassistance.

• Tow the vehicle as straight aheadas possible.

• Keep away from the vehicle dur-ing towing.

OBK069020

CAUTION - Automatic transmission

• If the car is being towed with allfour wheels on the ground, it canbe towed only from the front. Besure that the transmission is inneutral. Do not tow at speedsgreater than 25 mph (40 km/h)and for more than 15 miles (25km). Be sure the steering isunlocked by placing the ignitionswitch in the ACC position. Adriver must be in the towed vehi-cle to operate the steering andbrakes.

• Before towing, check for automat-ic transmission fluid leaks underyour vehicle. If the automatictransaxle fluid is leaking, aflatbed equipment or towing dollymust be used.

7

Engine compartment / 7-2Maintenance services / 7-4Owner maintenance / 7-5Scheduled maintenance service / 7-7Explanation of scheduled maintenance items / 7-13Engine oil / 7-16Engine coolant / 7-17Brake and clutch fluid / 7-20Power steering fluid / 7-21Automatic transmission fluid / 7-22Manual transmission fluid / 7-22Washer fluid / 7-22Parking brake / 7-23Air cleaner / 7-24Climate control air filter / 7-25Wiper blades / 7-27Battery / 7-30

Tires and wheels / 7-33Fuses / 7-47Light bulbs / 7-56Appearance care / 7-61Emission control system / 7-67Califonia perchlorate notice / 7-70

Maintenance

Maintenance

27

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

G010000AEN-EE

■■ 2.0 TCI Engine

1. Negative battery terminal

2. Positive battery terminal

3. Fuse and relay box

4. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

5. Power steering fluid reservoir

6. Air cleaner

7. Radiator cap

8. Engine oil filler cap

9. Engine oil dipstick

10. Brake & clutch fluid reservoir

11. Engine coolant reservoir

OBK019003

7 3

Maintenance

1. Negative battery terminal

2. Positive battery terminal

3. Fuse and relay box

4. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

5. Power steering fluid reservoir

6. Air cleaner

7. Radiator cap

8. Engine oil dipstick

9. Engine oil filler cap

10. Brake & clutch fluid reservoir

11. Engine coolant reservoir

■■ 3.8 Engine

OBK019004

Maintenance

47

MAINTENANCE SERVICESG020000AEN

You should exercise the utmost care toprevent damage to your vehicle andinjury to yourself whenever performingany maintenance or inspection proce-dures.Should you have any doubts concerningthe inspection or servicing of your vehi-cle, we strongly recommend that youhave an authorized HYUNDAI dealerperform this work.An authorized HYUNDAI dealer has fac-tory-trained technicians and genuineHYUNDAI parts to service your vehicleproperly. For expert advice and qualityservice, see an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.Inadequate, incomplete or insufficientservicing may result in operational prob-lems with your vehicle that could lead tovehicle damage, an accident, or person-al injury.

G020100AEN-EU

Owner’s responsibility

✽✽ NOTICEMaintenance Service and RecordRetention are the owner's responsibility.

You should retain documents that showproper maintenance has been performedon your vehicle in accordance with thescheduled maintenance service chartsshown on the following pages. You needthis information to establish your compli-ance with the servicing and maintenancerequirements of your vehicle warranties.Detailed warranty information is providedin your Owner’s Handbook & WarrantyInformation booklet.Repairs and adjustments required as aresult of improper maintenance or a lackof required maintenance are not covered.We recommend you have your vehiclemaintained and repaired by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer. An authorizedHYUNDAI dealer meets HYUNDAI’s highservice quality standards and receivestechnical support from HYUNDAI inorder to provide you with a high level ofservice satisfaction.

G020200AEN-EU

Owner maintenance precautions Improper or incomplete service mayresult in problems. This section givesinstructions only for the maintenanceitems that are easy to perform.As explained earlier in this section, sev-eral procedures can be done only by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer with specialtools.

✽✽ NOTICEImproper owner maintenance duringthe warranty period may affect warran-ty coverage. For details, read the sepa-rate Owner’s Handbook & WarrantyInformation booklet provided with thevehicle. If you're unsure about any serv-icing or maintenance procedure, have itdone by an authorized HYUNDAI deal-er.

7 5

Maintenance

OWNER MAINTENANCE G030000AEN

The following lists are vehicle checks andinspections that should be performed bythe owner or an authorized HYUNDAIdealer at the frequencies indicated tohelp ensure safe, dependable operationof your vehicle.Any adverse conditions should bebrought to the attention of your dealer assoon as possible.These Owner Maintenance Checks aregenerally not covered by warranties andyou may be charged for labor, parts andlubricants used.

Owner maintenance schedule G030101AUN

When you stop for fuel:• Check the engine oil level.• Check the coolant level in coolant

reservoir.• Check the windshield washer fluid

level.• Look for low or under-inflated tires.

WARNING - Maintenancework

• Performing maintenance work ona vehicle can be dangerous. Youcan be seriously injured whileperforming some maintenanceprocedures. If you lack sufficientknowledge and experience or theproper tools and equipment to dothe work, have it done by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Working under the hood with theengine running is dangerous. Itbecomes even more dangerouswhen you wear jewelry or looseclothing. These can becomeentangled in moving parts andresult in injury. Therefore, if youmust run the engine while work-ing under the hood, make certainthat you remove all jewelry (espe-cially rings, bracelets, watches,and necklaces) and all neckties,scarves, and similar loose cloth-ing before getting near theengine or cooling fans.

WARNING Be careful when checking yourengine coolant level when theengine is hot. Scalding hot coolantand steam may blow out underpressure. This could cause burnsor other serious injury.

Maintenance

67

G030102ABH

While operating your vehicle:• Note any changes in the sound of the

exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumesin the vehicle.

• Check for vibrations in the steeringwheel. Notice any increased steeringeffort or looseness in the steeringwheel, or change in its straight-aheadposition.

• Notice if your vehicle constantly turnsslightly or “pulls” to one side when trav-eling on smooth, level road.

• When stopping, listen and check forunusual sounds, pulling to one side,increased brake pedal travel or “hard-to-push” brake pedal.

• If any slipping or changes in the oper-ation of your transmission occurs,check the transmission fluid level.

• Check automatic transmission P (Park)function.

• Check parking brake.• Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle

(water dripping from the air condition-ing system during or after use is nor-mal).

G030103AUN

At least monthly:• Check the coolant level in the engine

coolant reservoir.• Check the operation of all exterior

lights, including the stoplights, turn sig-nals and hazard warning flashers.

• Check the inflation pressures of alltires including the spare.

G030104AHM

At least twice a year (i.e., every Spring and Fall):• Check the radiator, heater and air con-

ditioning hoses for leaks or damage.• Check the windshield washer spray

and wiper operation. Clean the wiperblades with clean cloth dampened withwasher fluid.

• Check the headlight alignment.• Check the muffler, exhaust pipes,

shields and clamps.• Check the lap/shoulder belts for wear

and function.• Check for worn tires and loose wheel

lug nuts.

7 7

Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE G030105AHM

At least once a year:• Clean the body and door drain holes.• Lubricate the door hinges and checks,

and hood hinges.• Lubricate the door and hood locks and

latches.• Lubricate the door rubber weather-

strips.• Check the air conditioning system.• Check the power steering fluid level.• Inspect and lubricate the automatic

transmission linkage and controls.• Clean the battery and terminals.• Check the brake fluid level.

G040000AUN-EU

Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule ifthe vehicle is usually operated wherenone of the following conditions apply. Ifany of the following conditions apply, fol-low Maintenance Under Severe UsageConditions.• Repeated short distance driving.• Driving in dusty conditions or sandy

areas.• Extensive use of brakes.• Driving in areas where salt or other

corrosive materials are being used.• Driving on rough or muddy roads.• Driving in mountainous areas.• Extended periods of idling or low

speed operation.• Driving for a prolonged period in cold

temperatures and/or extremely humidclimates.

• More than 50% driving in heavy citytraffic during hot weather above 90°F(32°C).

If your vehicle is operated under theabove conditions, you should inspect,replace or refill more frequently than thefollowing Normal Maintenance Schedule.After 120 months or 150,000 miles(240,000 km) continue to follow the pre-scribed maintenance intervals.

Maintenance

87

G040100ABH-EU

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULEThe following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep receipts for allvehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is deter-mined by whichever occurs first.R : Replace I : Inspect and, after Inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary.

DESCRIPTION

7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5 120 127.5 135 142.5 150

12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 192 204 216 228 240

6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 96 102 108 114 120

Replace initial 3,000 miles (5,000 km) or 6 months, every 4,800 miles (8,000 km) or 6 months

Replace every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months

I I I I I

I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

I I I I I

I I I R I I I R I I I R I I I R I I I R

Replace every 100,000 miles (160,000 km) or 10 years

EMISSION CONTROL ITEMS

ENGINE OIL AND FILTER

FUEL FILTER

FUEL LINES, FUEL HOSES AND CONNECTIONS

VACUUM HOSE

VAPOR HOSE AND FUEL FILLER CAP

AIR CLEANER FILTER

SPARK PLUGS (IRIDIUM COATED)

No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

MILES X 1000

KILOMETERS X 1000

MONTHS

2.0 TCI

3.8

7 9

Maintenance

DESCRIPTION

7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5 120 127.5 135 142.5 150

12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 192 204 216 228 240

6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 96 102 108 114 120

I I

I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I

EMISSION CONTROL ITEMS

VALVE CLEARANCE *1

FUEL TANK AIR FILTER *2

ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL

No.

8

9

10

MILES X 1000

KILOMETERS X 1000

MONTHS

*1 : Inspect for excessive tappet noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary.*2 : The fuel filter is considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule

depends on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hard start-ing problem etc, replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized HYUNDAIdealer for details.

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)R : Replace I : Inspect and, after Inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary.

Maintenance

107

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)

DESCRIPTION

7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5 120 127.5 135 142.5 150

12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 192 204 216 228 240

6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 96 102 108 114 120

I I I I I I I

At first, replace at 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 60 months

After that, replace every 25,000 miles (40,000 km) or 24 months

I I I I I

I I I I

I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I

I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I

GENERAL ITEMS

DRIVE BELT (AUTO-TENSIONER,

GENERATOR, P/STR'G, A/CON, W/PUMP)

COOLANT

MANUAL TRANSMISSION FLUID

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID *3

BRAKE FLUID

BRAKE HOSES AND LINES

REAR BRAKE DRUMS/LININGS, PARKING

BRAKE

BRAKE PADS, CALIPERS AND ROTORS

EXHAUST PIPE AND MUFFLER

SUSPENSION MOUNTING BOLTS

MILES X 1000

KILOMETERS X 1000

MONTHS

R : Replace I : Inspect and, after Inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary.

No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

*3 : Use only the specified automatic transmission fluid. (Refer to “Recommended lubricants and capacities” in section 8 or thelabel in the engine room.)

7 11

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)R : Replace I : Inspect and, after Inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary.

DESCRIPTION

7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5 120 127.5 135 142.5 150

12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 192 204 216 228 240

6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 96 102 108 114 120

I I I I I I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I

R R R R R R R R R R

I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I

GENERAL ITEMS

STEERING GEAR BOX, LINKAGE & BOOTS

/LOWER ARM BALL JOINT, UPPER ARM BALL

JOINT

POWER STEERING FLUID

POWER STEERING PUMP, BELT AND HOSES

DRIVE SHAFTS AND BOOTS

AIR CONDITIONING REFRIGERANT

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER

(FOR EVAPORATOR AND BLOWER UNIT)

REAR AXLE OIL *4

PROPELLER SHAFT

MILES X 1000

KILOMETERS X 1000

MONTHS

No.

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

*4 : Rear axle oil should be changed anytime the differential has been submerged in water

Maintenance

127

G040200ABK-EU

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS

ENGINE OIL AND FILTER

AIR CLEANER FILTER

SPARK PLUGS

MANUAL TRANSMISSION FLUID

BRAKE/PADS, CALIPERS AND ROTORS

REAR BRAKE DRUMS/LININGS, PARKING BRAKE

STEERING GEAR BOX, LINKAGE & BOOTS/LOWER ARM BALL JOINT, UPPER ARM BALL JOINT

DRIVE SHAFTS AND BOOTS

REAR AXLE OIL

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER (FOR EVAPORATOR AND BLOWER UNIT)

PROPELLER SHAFT

2.0 TCI

3.8

R

R

R

R

R

I

I

I

I

R

R

I

EVERY 3,000 MILES (5,000 KM) OR 3 MONTHS


MORE FREQUENTLY

MORE FREQUENTLY

EVERY 60,000 MILES (96,000 KM)

MORE FREQUENTLY

MORE FREQUENTLY

MORE FREQUENTLY


EVERY 60,000 MILES (96,000 KM)

MORE FREQUENTLY


A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, K

C, E

B, H

C, D, E, G, H, I, J

C, D, G, H

C, D, G, H

C, D, E, F, G, H, I

C, D, E, F, H

C, G, H, I, J

C, E

C, E

MAINTENANCE ITEM MAINTENANCEOPERATION

MAINTENANCEINTERVALS

DRIVINGCONDITION

The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chartbelow for the appropriate maintenance intervals.R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONSA - Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal temper-

ature or less than 10 miles (16 km) in freezing temperatureB - Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distancesC - Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt- spread roadsD - Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather

E - Driving in sandy areasF - Driving in heavy traffic area over 90°F (32°C)G - Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roadH - Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rackI - Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle towingJ - Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h)K - Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions

7 13

Maintenance

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMSG050100AUN

Engine oil and filterThe engine oil and filter should bechanged at the intervals specified in themaintenance schedule. If the car is beingdriven in severe conditions, more fre-quent oil and filter changes are required.

G050200AUN

Drive beltsInspect all drive belts for evidence ofcuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil satu-ration and replace if necessary. Drivebelts should be checked periodically forproper tension and adjusted as neces-sary.

G050300ABH

Fuel filterA clogged filter can limit the speed atwhich the vehicle may be driven, damagethe emission system and cause multipleissues such as hard starting. If an exces-sive amount of foreign matter accumu-lates in the fuel tank, the filter mayrequire replacement more frequently.After installing a new filter, run the enginefor several minutes, and check for leaksat the connections. Fuel filters should beinstalled by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

G050400ABH

Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-nectionsCheck the fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-nections for leakage and damage. Havean authorized HYUNDAI dealer replaceany damaged or leaking parts immedi-ately.

Maintenance

147

G050600AUN

Vapor hose and fuel filler capThe vapor hose and fuel filler cap shouldbe inspected at those intervals specifiedin the maintenance schedule. Make surethat a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap iscorrectly replaced.

G050700AUN

Vacuum crankcase ventilationhoses (if equipped)Inspect the surface of hoses for evidenceof heat and/or mechanical damage. Hardand brittle rubber, cracking, tears, cuts,abrasions, and excessive swelling indi-cate deterioration. Particular attentionshould be paid to examine those hosesurfaces nearest to high heat sources,such as the exhaust manifold.Inspect the hose routing to assure thatthe hoses do not come in contact withany heat source, sharp edges or movingcomponent which might cause heat dam-age or mechanical wear. Inspect all hoseconnections, such as clamps and cou-plings, to make sure they are secure, andthat no leaks are present. Hoses shouldbe replaced immediately if there is anyevidence of deterioration or damage.

G050800AEN

Air cleaner filterA Genuine HYUNDAI air cleaner filter isrecommended when the filter isreplaced.

G050900AUN

Spark plugsMake sure to install new spark plugs ofthe correct heat range.

G051000AEN

Valve clearanceInspect excessive valve noise and/orengine vibration and adjust if necessary.An authorized HYUNDAI dealer shouldperform the operation.

G051100AUN

Cooling systemCheck cooling system components, suchas radiator, coolant reservoir, hoses andconnections for leakage and damage.Replace any damaged parts.

G051200AUN

CoolantThe coolant should be changed at theintervals specified in the maintenanceschedule.

G051300ABK

Manual transmission fluid(if equipped)Inspect the manual transmission fluidaccording to the maintenance schedule.

G051400ABK

Automatic transmission fluid (if equipped)Inspect the automatic transmission fluidaccording to the maintenance schedule.

G051500AUN

Brake hoses and linesVisually check for proper installation,chafing, cracks, deterioration and anyleakage. Replace any deteriorated ordamaged parts immediately.

7 15

Maintenance

G051600AUN

Brake fluidCheck brake fluid level in the brake fluidreservoir. The level should be between“MIN” and “MAX” marks on the side ofthe reservoir. Use only hydraulic brakefluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4specification.

G051700AUN

Parking brakeInspect the parking brake system includ-ing the parking brake pedal and cables.

G051900AUN

Brake discs, pads, calipers androtorsCheck the pads for excessive wear, discsfor run out and wear, and calipers for fluidleakage.

G052100AUN

Suspension mounting boltsCheck the suspension connections forlooseness or damage. Retighten to thespecified torque.

G052200AUN

Steering gear box, linkage &boots/lower arm ball jointWith the vehicle stopped and engine off,check for excessive free-play in thesteering wheel.Check the linkage for bends or damage.Check the dust boots and ball joints fordeterioration, cracks, or damage.Replace any damaged parts.

G052300AEN

Power steering pump, belt andhosesCheck the power steering pump andhoses for leakage and damage. Replaceany damaged or leaking parts immedi-ately. Inspect the power steering belt (ordrive belt) for evidence of cuts, cracks,excessive wear, oiliness and proper ten-sion. Replace or adjust it if necessary.

G052400AUN

Drive shafts and bootsCheck the drive shafts, boots and clampsfor cracks, deterioration, or damage.Replace any damaged parts and, if nec-essary, repack the grease.

G052500AUN

Air conditioning refrigerant (if equipped)Check the air conditioning lines and con-nections for leakage and damage.

Maintenance

167

ENGINE OIL

G060100AEN

Checking the engine oil level 1. Be sure the vehicle is on level ground.2. Start the engine and allow it to reach

normal operating temperature.

3. Turn the engine off and wait for a fewminutes (about 5 minutes) for the oil toreturn to the oil pan.

4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, andre-insert it fully.

5. Pull the dipstick out again and checkthe level. The level should be betweenF and L.

If it is near or at L, add enough oil to bringthe level to F. Do not overfill.

Use a funnel to help prevent oil frombeing spilled on engine components.

Use only the specified engine oil. (Referto “Recommended lubricants and capaci-ties” in section 8.)

WARNING - Radiator hoseBe very careful not to touch theradiator hose when checking oradding the engine oil as it may behot enough to burn you.OBK079002

OBK079035

CAUTIONDo not overfill with engine oil.Engine damage may result.

2.0L

3.8LOBK079003

OBK079036

2.0L

3.8L

7 17

Maintenance

G060200AEN-EU

Changing the engine oil and filterHave engine oil and filter changed by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer according tothe Maintenance Schedule at the begin-ning of this section.

G070000AUN

The high-pressure cooling system has areservoir filled with year-round antifreezecoolant. The reservoir is filled at the fac-tory.Check the antifreeze protection andcoolant level at least once a year, at thebeginning of the winter season, andbefore traveling to a colder climate.

G070100AEN

Checking the coolant level

PROPOSITION 65 WARNINGEngine oil contains chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer, birth defects andreproductive harm. Used engine oilmay cause irritation or cancer ofthe skin if left in contact with theskin for prolonged periods of time.Always protect your skin by wash-ing your hands thoroughly withsoap and warm water as soon aspossible after handling used oil.

ENGINE COOLANT

WARNING - Removingradiator cap

• Never attempt to remove the radi-ator cap while the engine is oper-ating or hot. Doing so might leadto cooling system and enginedamage and could result in seri-ous personal injury from escap-ing hot coolant or steam.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Turn the engine off and wait until

it cools down. Use extreme carewhen removing the radiator cap.Wrap a thick towel around it, andturn it counterclockwise slowly tothe first stop. Step back while thepressure is released from thecooling system. When you aresure all the pressure has beenreleased, press down on the cap,using a thick towel, and continueturning counterclockwise toremove it.

• Even if the engine is not operat-ing, do not remove the radiatorcap or the drain plug while theengine and radiator are hot. Hotcoolant and steam may still blowout under pressure, causing seri-ous injury.

Maintenance

187

Check the condition and connections ofall cooling system hoses and heaterhoses. Replace any swollen or deterio-rated hoses.The coolant level should be filledbetween F and L marks on the side of thecoolant reservoir when the engine iscool.

If the coolant level is low, add enoughspecified coolant to provide protectionagainst freezing and corrosion. Bring thelevel to F, but do not overfill. If frequentadditions are required, see an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer for a cooling systeminspection.

G070101AUN

Recommended engine coolant• Use only soft (de-mineralized) water in

the coolant mixture.• The engine in your vehicle has alu-

minum engine parts and must be pro-tected by an ethylene-glycol-basedcoolant to prevent corrosion and freez-ing.

• DO NOT USE alcohol or methanolcoolant or mix them with the specifiedcoolant.

• Do not use a solution that containsmore than 60% antifreeze or less than35% antifreeze, which would reducethe effectiveness of the solution.

For mixture percentage, refer to the fol-lowing table.

5°F (-15°C) 35 65

-13°F (-25°C) 40 60

-31°F (-35°C) 50 50

-49°F (-45°C) 60 40

AmbientTemperature

Mixture Percentage (volume)

Antifreeze Water

OBK079004

OBK079037

2.0L

3.8L

7 19

Maintenance

G070200AEN

Changing the coolantHave coolant changed by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer according to theMaintenance Schedule at the beginningof this section.

WARNING - Radiator capDo not remove the radiator capwhen the engine and radiator arehot. Scalding hot coolant andsteam may blow out under pres-sure causing serious injury.

CAUTIONPut a thick cloth around the radiatorcap before refilling the coolant inorder to prevent the coolant fromoverflowing into engine parts suchas the generator.

WARNING - Coolant• Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severelyobscure visibility when sprayedon the windshield and may causeloss of vehicle control or damageto paint and body trim.

OBK079005

Maintenance

207

BRAKE AND CLUTCH (IF EQUIPPED) FLUID

G080100AUN

Checking the brake/clutch fluidlevel Check the fluid level in the reservoir peri-odically. The fluid level should bebetween MAX and MIN marks on theside of the reservoir.Before removing the reservoir cap andadding brake/clutch fluid, clean the areaaround the reservoir cap thoroughly toprevent brake/clutch fluid contamination.

If the level is low, add fluid to the MAXlevel. The level will fall with accumulatedmileage. This is a normal condition asso-ciated with the wear of the brake linings.If the fluid level is excessively low, havethe brake system checked by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

Use only the specified brake/clutch fluid.(Refer to “Recommended lubricants orcapacities” in section 8.)

Never mix different types of fluid.

WARNING - Brake fluidWhen changing and addingbrake/clutch fluid, handle it careful-ly. Do not let it come in contact withyour eyes. If brake/clutch fluidshould come in contact with youreyes, immediately flush them with alarge quantity of fresh tap water.Have your eyes examined by a doc-tor as soon as possible.

WARNING - Loss of brakefluid

In the event the brake systemrequires frequent additions of fluid,the vehicle should be inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OBK079007

CAUTIONDo not allow brake/clutch fluid tocontact the vehicle's body paint, aspaint damage will result.Brake/clutch fluid, which has beenexposed to open air for an extendedtime should never be used as itsquality cannot be guaranteed. Itshould be disposed of properly.Don't put in the wrong kind of fluid.A few drops of mineral-based oil,such as engine oil, in your brake /clutch system can damage brake /clutch system parts.

7 21

Maintenance

POWER STEERING FLUID

G090100ABH

Checking the power steering fluidlevel With the vehicle on level ground, checkthe fluid level in the power steering reser-voir periodically. The fluid should bebetween MAX and MIN marks on theside of the gauge at the normal tempera-ture.

Before adding power steering fluid, thor-oughly clean the area around the reser-voir cap to prevent power steering fluidcontamination.If the level is low, add fluid to the MAXlevel.

✽✽ NOTICECheck that the fluid level is in the"HOT" range on the gauge. If the fluidis cold, check that it is in the "COLD"range.

In the event the power steering systemrequires frequent addition of fluid, thevehicle should be inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Use only the specified power steeringfluid. (Refer to "Recommended lubricantsor capacities" in section 8.)

G090200AEN

Checking the power steeringhoseCheck the connections for oil leaks, dam-age and twists in the power steeringhose before driving.

CAUTION• To avoid damage to the power

steering pump, do not operate thevehicle for prolonged periodswith a low power steering fluidlevel.

• Never start the engine when thereservoir tank is empty.

• When adding fluid, be careful thatdirt does not get into the tank.

• Too little fluid can result inincreased steering effort and/ornoise from the power steeringsystem.

• The use of the non-specified fluidcould reduce the effectiveness ofthe power steering system andcause damage to it.

OBK079006

Maintenance

227

G100100ABK

It is recommended that the automatictransmission fluid should be checked byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

G280100ABK

It is recommended that the manual trans-mission fluid should be checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

G120100AUN

Checking the washer fluid level The reservoir is translucent so that youcan check the level with a quick visualinspection.Check the fluid level in the washer fluidreservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plainwater may be used if washer fluid is notavailable. However, use washer solventwith antifreeze characteristics in cold cli-mates to prevent freezing.

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONFLUID (IF EQUIPPED)

MANUAL TRANSMISSIONFLUID (IF EQUIPPED)

WASHER FLUID

OBK079008

7 23

Maintenance

G140100ABK

Checking the parking brake Check the stroke of the parking brake bycounting the number of “clicks’’ heardwhile fully applying it from the releasedposition. Also, the parking brake aloneshould securely hold the vehicle on a fair-ly steep grade. If the stroke is more orless than specified, have the parkingbrake adjusted by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Stroke : 5 notches at a force of 44 lbs (20 kg, 196 N).

WARNING - Coolant• Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severelyobscure visibility when sprayedon the windshield and may causeloss of vehicle control or damageto paint and body trim.

• Windshield Washer fluid agentscontain some amounts of alcoholand can be flammable under cer-tain circumstances. Do not allowsparks or flame to contact thewasher fluid or the washer fluidreservoir. Damage to the vehicleor occupants could occur.

• Windshield washer fluid is poi-sonous to humans and animals.Do not drink and avoid contactingwindshield washer fluid. Seriousinjury or death could occur.

OBK059009

PARKING BRAKE

Maintenance

247

AIR CLEANER

G160100ABK

Filter replacement It must be replaced when necessary, andshould not be washed and reused.You can clean the filter when inspectingthe air cleaner element.Clean the filter by using compressed air.

1. Loosen the air cleaner cover attachingclips and open the cover.

2. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner.3. Replace the air cleaner filter.4. Lock the cover with the cover attaching

clips.Replace the filter according to theMaintenance Schedule.If the vehicle is operated in extremelydusty or sandy areas, replace the element more often than the usual recommended intervals. (Refer to“Maintenance under severe usage condi-tions” in this section.)

OBK079009 OBK079010 OBH078013

7 25

Maintenance

G170100AEN

Filter inspectionThe climate control air filter should bereplaced according to the MaintenanceSchedule. If the vehicle is operated inseverely air-polluted cities or on dustyrough roads for a long period, it shouldbe inspected more frequently andreplaced earlier. When you replace theclimate control air filter, replace it per-forming the following procedure, and becareful to avoid damaging other compo-nents. G170200ABK

Filter replacement1. Open the glove box and remove the

support rod (1).

CAUTION• Do not drive with the air cleaner

removed; this will result in exces-sive engine wear.

• When removing the air cleaner fil-ter, be careful that dust or dirtdoes not enter the air intake, ordamage may result.

• Use a HYUNDAI genuine part. Useof non-genuine parts could dam-age the air flow sensor.

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FIL-TER (IF EQUIPPED)

OBK079014

Maintenance

267

2. With the glove box open, remove thestoppers on both sides to allow theglove box to hang freely on the hinges.

3. Remove the climate control air filtercase pulling out both sides of thecover.

4. Replace the climate control air filter.5. Reassemble in the reverse order of

disassembly.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen replacing the climate control airfilter install it properly. Otherwise, thesystem may produce noise and the effec-tiveness of the filter may be reduced.

OBK079016 OBK079017OBK079015

7 27

Maintenance

WIPER BLADES

G180100AUN

Blade inspection✽✽ NOTICECommercial hot waxes applied by auto-matic car washes have been known tomake the windshield difficult to clean.

Contamination of either the windshield orthe wiper blades with foreign matter canreduce the effectiveness of the wind-shield wipers. Common sources of con-tamination are insects, tree sap, and hotwax treatments used by some commer-cial car washes. If the blades are not wip-ing properly, clean both the window andthe blades with a good cleaner or milddetergent, and rinse thoroughly withclean water.

G180200AUN

Blade replacement When the wipers no longer clean ade-quately, the blades may be worn orcracked, and require replacement.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use gasoline,kerosene, paint thinner, or othersolvents on or near them.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the wiperarms or other components, do notattempt to move the wipers manual-ly.

CAUTIONThe use of a non-specified wiperblade could result in wiper malfunc-tion and failure.

Maintenance

287

G180201ABK

Front windshield wiper bladeType A1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiper

blade assembly to expose the plasticlocking clip.

2. Compress the clip and slide the bladeassembly downward.

3. Lift it off the arm.4. Install the blade assembly in the

reverse order of removal.

Type B1. Raise the wiper arm.

1LDA5023

CAUTIONDo not allow the wiper arm to fallagainst the windshield, since it maychip or crack the windshield.

1JBA7037

1JBA7038

OHM078059

CAUTIONDo not allow the wiper arm to fallagainst the windshield, since it maychip or crack the windshield.

7 29

Maintenance

2. Lift up the wiper blade clip. Then pulldown the blade assembly and removeit.

3. Install the new blade assembly in thereverse order of removal.

OHM078060 OHM078061

Maintenance

307

(Continued)

If any electrolyte gets intoyour eyes, flush your eyeswith clean water for at least15 minutes and get immedi-ate medical attention.If electrolyte gets on yourskin, thoroughly wash thecontacted area. If you feel apain or a burning sensa-tion, get medical attentionimmediately.

Wear eye protection whencharging or working near abattery. Always provideventilation when working inan enclosed space.

• When lifting a plastic-cased bat-tery, excessive pressure on thecase may cause battery acid toleak, resulting in personal injury.Lift with a battery carrier or withyour hands on opposite corners.

• Never attempt to recharge thebattery when the battery cablesare connected.

(Continued)

G190100ABK

For best battery service• Keep the battery securely mounted.• Keep the battery top clean and dry.• Keep the terminals and connections

clean, tight, and coated with petroleumjelly or terminal grease.

• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from thebattery immediately with a solution ofwater and baking soda.

• If the vehicle is not going to be used foran extended time, disconnect the bat-tery cables.

BATTERY

OBK079018

WARNING - Battery dangers

Always read the followinginstructions carefully whenhandling a battery.

Keep lighted cigarettes andall other flames or sparksaway from the battery.

Hydrogen, a highly com-bustible gas, is alwayspresent in battery cells andmay explode if ignited.

Keep batteries out of thereach of children becausebatteries contain highlycorrosive SULFURIC ACID.Do not allow battery acid tocontact your skin, eyes,clothing or paint finish.

(Continued)

7 31

Maintenance

G190200AUN

Battery recharging Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,calcium-based battery.• If the battery becomes discharged in a

short time (because, for example, theheadlights or interior lights were left onwhile the vehicle was not in use),recharge it by slow charging (trickle)for 10 hours.

• If the battery gradually dischargesbecause of high electric load while thevehicle is being used, recharge it at 20-30A for two hours.

(Continued)• The electrical ignition system

works with high voltage. Nevertouch these components with theengine running or the ignitionswitched on.

Failure to follow the above warn-ings can result in serious bodilyinjury or death.

WARNING - Rechargingbattery

When recharging the battery,observe the following precautions:• The battery must be removed

from the vehicle and placed in anarea with good ventilation.

• Do not allow cigarettes, sparks,or flame near the battery.

• Watch the battery during charg-ing, and stop or reduce the charg-ing rate if the battery cells begingassing (boiling) violently or ifthe temperature of the electrolyteof any cell exceeds 49°C (120°F).

• Wear eye protection when check-ing the battery during charging.

• Disconnect the battery charger inthe following order.

1. Turn off the battery charger mainswitch.

2. Unhook the negative clamp fromthe negative battery terminal.

3. Unhook the positive clamp fromthe positive battery terminal.

CAUTION• When you don’t use the vehicle

for a long time in low temperatureweather, separate the battery andkeep it indoors.

• Always charge the battery fully toprevent battery case damage inlow temperature weather.

PROPOSITION 65 WARNINGBattery posts, terminals, and relat-ed accessories contain lead andlead compounds, chemicals knownto the State of California to causecancer, birth defects and reproduc-tive harm. Batteries also containother chemicals known to the Stateof California to cause cancer. Washhands after handling.

Maintenance

327

G190300ABK

Reset itemsItems should be reset after the batteryhas been discharged or the battery hasbeen disconnected.• Sunroof (See section 4)• Trip computer (See section 4)• Climate control system

(See section 4)• Clock (See section 4)• Audio (See section 4)

WARNING• Before performing maintenance

or recharging the battery, turn offall accessories and stop theengine.

• The negative battery cable mustbe removed first and installedlast when the battery is discon-nected.

• Operation related to the batteryshould be done in an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTION• Keep the battery away from water

or any liquid.• Use genuine HYUNDAI batteries,

available at HYUNDAI dealers,when you replace the battery.

7 33

Maintenance

CAUTION• Underinflation also results in

excessive wear, poor handlingand reduced fuel economy.Wheel deformation also ispossible. Keep your tire pres-sures at the proper levels. If atire frequently needs refilling,have it checked by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Overinflation produces aharsh ride, excessive wear atthe center of the tire tread, anda greater possibility of dam-age from road hazards.

TIRES AND WHEELS G200100AUN

Tire care For proper maintenance, safety, andmaximum fuel economy, you mustalways maintain recommended tireinflation pressures and stay withinthe load limits and weight distributionrecommended for your vehicle.

G200200AEN

Recommended cold tire inflationpressures All tire pressures (including thespare) should be checked when thetires are cold. “Cold Tires” means thevehicle has not been driven for atleast three hours or driven less thanone mile (1.6 km).Recommended pressures must bemaintained for the best ride, top vehi-cle handling, and minimum tire wear.For recommended inflation pressure,refer to “Tire and wheels” in section8.

All specifications (sizes and pres-sures) can be found on a labelattached to the vehicle.

WARNING - Tire underin-flation

Severe underinflation can leadto severe heat build-up, causingblowouts, tread separation andother tire failures that can resultin the loss of vehicle controlleading to severe injury ordeath. This risk is much higheron hot days and when drivingfor long periods at high speeds.

OBK089005

Maintenance

347

G200300AUN

Checking tire inflation pressureCheck your tires once a month ormore.Also, check the tire pressure of thespare tire.

G200301AEN

How to checkUse a good quality gage to check tirepressure.You can not tell if your tiresare properly inflated simply by look-ing at them. Radial tires may lookproperly inflated even when they'reunderinflated.Check the tire's inflation pressurewhen the tires are cold. - "Cold"means your vehicle has been sittingfor at least three hours or driven nomore than 1 mile (1.6 km).

WARNING - Tire InflationOverinflation or underinflationcan reduce tire life, adverselyaffect vehicle handling, andlead to sudden tire failure. Thiscould result in loss of vehiclecontrol and potential injury.

CAUTION - Tire pressureAlways observe the following:• Check tire pressure when the

tires are cold. (After vehiclehas been parked for at leastthree hours or hasn't beendriven more than one mile (1.6km) since startup.)

• Check the pressure of yourspare tire each time you checkthe pressure of other tires.

• Never overload your vehicle.Be careful not to overload avehicle luggage rack if yourvehicle is equipped with one.

• Worn, old tires can cause acci-dents. If your tread is badlyworn, or if your tires havebeen damaged, replace them.

CAUTION• Warm tires normally exceed

recommended cold tire pres-sures by 4 to 6 psi (28 to 41kPa). Do not release air fromwarm tires to adjust the pres-sure or the tires will be under-inflated.

• Be sure to reinstall the tireinflation valve caps. Withoutthe valve cap, dirt or moisturecould get into the valve coreand cause air leakage. If avalve cap is missing, install anew one as soon as possible.

7 35

Maintenance

Remove the valve cap from the tirevalve stem. Press the tire gage firm-ly onto the valve to get a pressuremeasurement. If the cold tire inflationpressure matches the recommendedpressure on the tire and loadinginformation label, no further adjust-ment is necessary. If the pressure islow, add air until you reach the rec-ommended amount.If you overfill the tire, release air bypushing on the metal stem in thecenter of the tire valve. Recheck thetire pressure with the tire gage. Besure to put the valve caps back onthe valve stems. They help preventleaks by keeping out dirt and mois-ture.

G200400ABK

Tire rotation To equalize tread wear, it is recom-mended that the tires be rotatedevery 7,500 miles (12,000 km) orsooner if irregular wear develops.During rotation, check the tires forcorrect balance.When rotating tires, check for unevenwear and damage. Abnormal wear isusually caused by incorrect tire pres-sure, improper wheel alignment, out-of-balance wheels, severe braking orsevere cornering. Look for bumps orbulges in the tread or side of tire.Replace the tire if you find either ofthese conditions. Replace the tire iffabric or cord is visible. After rotation,be sure to bring the front and rear tirepressures to specification and checklug nut tightness.

WARNING• Inspect your tires frequently

for proper inflation as well aswear and damage. Always usea tire pressure gauge.

• Tires with too much or too littlepressure wear unevenly caus-ing poor handling, loss of vehi-cle control, and sudden tirefailure leading to accidents,injuries, and even death. Therecommended cold tire pres-sure for your vehicle can befound in this manual and onthe tire label located on the dri-ver's side center pillar.

• Worn tires can cause acci-dents. Replace tires that areworn, show uneven wear, orare damaged.

• Remember to check the pres-sure of your spare tire.HYUNDAI recommends thatyou check the spare everytime you check the pressureof the other tires on your vehi-cle.

Maintenance

367

Disc brake pads should be inspectedfor wear whenever tires are rotated.

✽✽ NOTICEThe front tire size is different fromthe rear tire size. So when you rotatetires, check the tire and wheel size.

G200500AUN

Wheel alignment and tire balance The wheels on your vehicle werealigned and balanced carefully at thefactory to give you the longest tire lifeand best overall performance.In most cases, you will not need tohave your wheels aligned again.However, if you notice unusual tirewear or your vehicle pulling one wayor the other, the alignment may needto be reset.If you notice your vehicle vibratingwhen driving on a smooth road, yourwheels may need to be rebalanced.

OBK079038

Without a spare tireWARNING

Do not mix bias ply and radialply tires under any circum-stances.This may cause unusu-al handling characteristics thatcould result in death, severeinjury, or property damage.

CAUTIONImproper wheel weights candamage your vehicle's alu-minum wheels. Use onlyapproved wheel weights.

7 37

Maintenance

G200600ABK

Tire replacementIf the tire is worn evenly, a tread wearindicator will appear as a solid bandacross the tread. This shows there isless than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) of treadleft on the tire. Replace the tire whenthis happens.Do not wait for the band to appearacross the entire tread before replac-ing the tire.

Your vehicle is equipped with asym-metric tires, when you replace thetires, check the inside and outside ofthe tire.The mark INSIDE(1) and OUT-SIDE(2) is inscribed on the side ofthe tire.The mark INSIDE(1) should beinside of the vehicle and the markOUTSIDE(2) should be outside ofthe vehicle.

OBK079047

Tread wear indicator WARNING - Replacingtires

To reduce the chance or seriousor fatal injuries from an acci-dent caused by tire failure orloss of vehicle control:• Replace tires that are worn,

show uneven wear, or aredamaged. Worn tires cancause loss of braking effec-tiveness, steering control, andtraction.

• Do not drive your vehicle withtoo little or too much pressurein your tires. This can lead touneven wear and tire failure.

• When replacing tires, nevermix radial and bias-ply tireson the same car. You mustreplace all tires (including thespare) if moving from radial tobias-ply tires.

(Continued)

OBK079039

Maintenance

387

G200601AUN

Compact spare tire replacement (ifequipped)A compact spare tire has a shortertread life than a regular size tire.Replace it when you can see thetread wear indicator bars on the tire.The replacement compact spare tireshould be the same size and designtire as the one provided with yournew vehicle and should be mountedon the same compact spare tirewheel. The compact spare tire is notdesigned to be mounted on a regularsize wheel, and the compact sparetire wheel is not designed for mount-ing a regular size tire.

G200700ABK

Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels forany reason, make sure the newwheels are equivalent to the originalfactory units in diameter, rim widthand offset.

✽✽ NOTICEThe front tire size is different fromthe rear tire size. So when you rotatetires, check the tire and wheel size.

(Continued)• Using tires and wheel other

than the recommended sizescould cause unusual handlingcharacteristics and poor vehi-cle control, resulting in a seri-ous accident.

• Wheels that do not meetHYUNDAI’s specificationsmay fit poorly and result indamage to the vehicle orunusual handling and poorvehicle control.

• The ABS works by comparingthe speed of the wheels. Tiresize can affect wheel speed.When replacing tires, all 4tires must use the size origi-nally supplied with the vehi-cle. Using tires of a differentsize can cause the ABS (Anti-lock Brake System) and ESC(Electronic Stability Control)to work irregularly.

WARNINGA wheel that is not the correctsize may adversely affect wheeland bearing life, braking andstopping abilities, handlingcharacteristics, ground clear-ance, body-to-tire clearance,snow chain clearance,speedometer and odometer cal-ibration, headlight aim andbumper height.

7 39

Maintenance

G200800AUN

Tire tractionTire traction can be reduced if youdrive on worn tires, tires that areimproperly inflated or on slipperyroad surfaces. Tires should bereplaced when tread wear indicatorsappear. To reduce the possibility oflosing control, slow down wheneverthere is rain, snow or ice on the road.

G200900AUN

Tire maintenance In addition to proper inflation, correctwheel alignment helps to decreasetire wear. If you find a tire is wornunevenly, have your dealer check thewheel alignment.When you have new tires installed,make sure they are balanced. Thiswill increase vehicle ride comfort andtire life. Additionally, a tire shouldalways be rebalanced if it is removedfrom the wheel.

G201000ABK

Tire sidewall labelingThis information identifies anddescribes the fundamental charac-teristics of the tire and also providesthe tire identification number (TIN)for safety standard certification. TheTIN can be used to identify the tire incase of a recall.

G201001AUN

1. Manufacturer or brand nameManufacturer or Brand name isshown.

G201002ABH

2. Tire size designation A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tiresize designation. You will need thisinformation when selecting replace-ment tires for your car. The followingexplains what the letters and num-bers in the tire size designationmean.Example tire size designation:(These numbers are provided as anexample only; your tire size designa-tor could vary depending on yourvehicle.)225/45R18 91V

225 - Tire width in millimeters.45 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section

height as a percentage of itswidth.

R - Tire construction code (Radial).18 - Rim diameter in inches.

I030B04JM

1

1

23

4

5,6

7

Maintenance

407

91 - Load Index, a numerical codeassociated with the maximumload the tire can carry.

V - Speed Rating Symbol. See thespeed rating chart in this sectionfor additional information.

Wheel size designation Wheels are also marked with impor-tant information that you need if youever have to replace one. The follow-ing explains what the letters andnumbers in the wheel size designa-tion mean.

Example wheel size designation:7.5JX18

7.5 - Rim width in inches.J - Rim contour designation.18 - Rim diameter in inches.

Tire speed ratings The chart below lists many of the dif-ferent speed ratings currently beingused for passenger car tires. Thespeed rating is part of the tire sizedesignation on the sidewall of thetire. This symbol corresponds to thattire's designed maximum safe oper-ating speed.

G201003AEN

3. Checking tire life (TIN : TireIdentification Number)

Any tires that are over 6 years old,based on the manufacturing date,(including the spare tire) should bereplaced by new ones. You can findthe manufacturing date on the tiresidewall (possibly on the inside of thewheel), displaying the DOT Code.The DOT Code is a series of num-bers on a tire consisting of numbersand English letters. The manufactur-ing date is designated by the last fourdigits (characters) of the DOT code.

DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOOThe front part of the DOT means aplant code number, tire size andtread pattern and the last four num-bers indicate week and year manu-factured.For example:DOT XXXX XXXX 1606 representsthat the tire was produced in the 16thweek of 2006.

S 180 km/h (112 mph)T 190 km/h (118 mph)H 210 km/h (130 mph)V 240 km/h (149 mph)W 270 km/h (168 mph)Y 300 km/h (186 mph)

Maximum SpeedSpeedRatingSymbol

7 41

Maintenance

G201004AEN

4. Tire ply composition and materialThe number of layers or plies of rub-ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tiremanufacturers also must indicate thematerials in the tire, which includesteel, nylon, polyester, and others.The letter "R" means radial ply con-struction; the letter "D" means diago-nal or bias ply construction; and theletter "B" means belted-bias ply con-struction.

G201005AUN

5. Maximum permissible inflationpressure

This number is the greatest amountof air pressure that should be put inthe tire. Do not exceed the maximumpermissible inflation pressure. Referto the Tire and Loading Informationlabel for recommended inflationpressure.

G201006AUN

6. Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the maximumload in kilograms and pounds thatcan be carried by the tire. Whenreplacing the tires on the vehicle,always use a tire that has the sameload rating as the factory installedtire.

G2010007BEN-EU

7. Uniform tire quality grading Quality grades can be found whereapplicable on the tire sidewallbetween tread shoulder and maxi-mum section width.For example:TREAD wear 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATUE A

Tread wearThe tread wear grade is a compara-tive rating based on the wear rate ofthe tire when tested under controlledconditions on a specified govern-ment test course. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times (1½) as well on the gov-ernment course as a tire graded 100.The relative performance of tiresdepends upon the actual conditionsof their use, however, and maydepart significantly from the normdue to variations in driving habits,service practices and differences inroad characteristics and climate.

WARNING - Tire ageTires degrade over time, evenwhen they are not being used.Regardless of the remainingtread, it is recommended thattires generally be replaced aftersix (6) years of normal service.Heat caused by hot climates orfrequent high loading condi-tions can accelerate the agingprocess. Failure to follow thiswarning can result in suddentire failure, which could lead toa loss of control and an acci-dent involving serious injury ordeath.

Maintenance

427

These grades are molded on theside-walls of passenger vehicle tires.The tires available as standard oroptional equipment on your vehiclemay vary with respect to grade.

Traction - AA, A, B & C The traction grades, from highest tolowest, are AA, A, B and C. Thosegrades represent the tire’s ability tostop on wet pavement as measuredunder controlled conditions on spec-ified government test surfaces ofasphalt and concrete. A tire markedC may have poor traction perform-ance.

Temperature -A, B & C The temperature grades are A (thehighest), B, and C, representing thetire’s resistance to the generation ofheat and its ability to dissipate heatwhen tested under controlled condi-tions on a specified indoor laboratorytest wheel.Sustained high temperature cancause the material of the tire todegenerate and reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can lead tosudden tire failure. The grade C cor-responds to a level of performancewhich all passenger car tires mustmeet under the Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standard No. 109.Grades B and A represent higherlevels of performance on the labora-tory test wheel than the minimumrequired by law.

WARNING The traction grade assigned tothis tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests,and does not include accelera-tion, cornering, hydroplaning,or peak traction characteristics.

WARNINGThe temperature grade for thistire is established for a tire thatis properly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuild-up and possible suddentire failure. This can cause lossof vehicle control and seriousinjury or death.

7 43

Maintenance

G201100ABH

Tire terminology and definitionsAir Pressure: The amount of airinside the tire pressing outward onthe tire. Air pressure is expressed inpounds per square inch (psi) or kilo-pascal (kPa).Accessory Weight: This means thecombined weight of optional acces-sories. Some examples of optionalaccessories are, automatic transmis-sion, power seats, and air condition-ing.Aspect Ratio: The relationship of atire's height to its width.Belt: A rubber coated layer of cordsthat is located between the plies andthe tread. Cords may be made fromsteel or other reinforcing materials.Bead: The tire bead contains steelwires wrapped by steel cords thathold the tire onto the rim.Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire inwhich the plies are laid at alternateangles less than 90 degrees to thecenterline of the tread.

Cold Tire Pressure: The amount ofair pressure in a tire, measured inpounds per square inch (psi) or kilo-pascals (kPa) before a tire has builtup heat from driving.Curb Weight: This means the weightof a motor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including themaximum capacity of fuel, oil andcoolant, but without passengers andcargo.DOT Markings: A code molded intothe sidewall of a tire signifying thatthe tire is in compliance with the U.S.Department of Transportation motorvehicle safety standards. The DOTcode includes the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN), an alphanumeric des-ignator which can also identify thetire manufacturer, production plant,brand and date of production.GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight RatingGAWR FRT: Gross Axle WeightRating for the Front Axle.GAWR RR: Gross Axle WeightRating for the Rear axle.

Intended Outboard Sidewall: Theside of an asymmetrical tire, thatmust always face outward whenmounted on a vehicle.Kilopascal (kPa): The metric unit forair pressure.Load Index: An assigned numberranging from 1 to 279 that corre-sponds to the load carrying capacityof a tire.Maximum Inflation Pressure: Themaximum air pressure to which acold tire may be inflated. The maxi-mum air pressure is molded onto thesidewall.Maximum Load Rating: The loadrating for a tire at the maximum per-missible inflation pressure for thattire.Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight:The sum of curb weight; accessoryweight; vehicle capacity weight; andproduction options weight.Normal Occupant Weight: Thenumber of occupants a vehicle isdesigned to seat multiplied by 150pounds (68 kg).

Maintenance

447

Occupant Distribution: Designatedseating positions.Outward Facing Sidewall: The sideof a asymmetrical tire that has a par-ticular side that faces outward whenmounted on a vehicle. The outwardfacing sidewall bears white letteringor bears manufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that is higher ordeeper than the same moldings onthe inner facing sidewall.Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A tireused on passenger cars and somelight duty trucks and multipurposevehicles.Recommended Inflation Pressure:Vehicle manufacturer's recommend-ed tire inflation pressure and shownon the tire placard.Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire inwhich the ply cords that extend to thebeads are laid at 90 degrees to thecenterline of the tread.Rim: A metal support for a tire andupon which the tire beads are seat-ed.Sidewall: The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.

Speed Rating: An alphanumericcode assigned to a tire indicating themaximum speed at which a tire canoperate.Traction: The friction between thetire and the road surface. Theamount of grip provided.Tread: The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact with the road.Treadwear Indicators: Narrowbands, sometimes called "wearbars," that show across the tread of atire when only 2/32 inch of treadremains.UTQGS: Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards, a tire informationsystem that provides consumers withratings for a tire's traction, tempera-ture and treadwear. Ratings aredetermined by tire manufacturersusing government testing proce-dures. The ratings are molded intothe sidewall of the tire.Vehicle Capacity Weight: The num-ber of designated seating positionsmultiplied by 150 lbs. (68 kg) plus therated cargo and luggage load.

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire: Load on an individual tire due tocurb and accessory weight plusmaximum occupant and cargoweight.Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire:Load on an individual tire that isdetermined by distributing to eachaxle its share of the curb weight,accessory weight, and normal occu-pant weight and driving by 2.Vehicle Placard: A label permanent-ly attached to a vehicle showing theoriginal equipment tire size and rec-ommended inflation pressure.

All season tires HYUNDAI specifies all season tireson some models to provide goodperformance for use all year round,including snowy and icy road condi-tions. All season tires are identifiedby ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mudand Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snowtires have better snow traction thanall season tires and may be moreappropriate in some areas.

7 45

Maintenance

Summer tires HYUNDAI specifies summer tires onsome models to provide superiorperformance on dry roads. Summertire performance is substantiallyreduced in snow and ice. Summertires do not have the tire traction rat-ing M+S (Mud and Snow) on the tireside wall. if you plan to operate yourvehicle in snowy or icy conditions.HYUNDAI recommends the use ofsnow tires or all season tires on allfour wheels.

Snow tiresIf you equip your car with snow tires,they should be the same size andhave the same load capacity as theoriginal tires. Snow tires should beinstalled on all four wheels; other-wise, poor handling may result.Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28kPa) more air pressure than thepressure recommended for the stan-dard tires on the tire label on the dri-ver's side of the center pillar, or up tothe maximum pressure shown on thetire sidewall, whichever is less.

Do not drive faster than 75 mph (120km/h) when your car is equipped withsnow tires.

Tire chainsTire chains, if necessary, should beinstalled on the drive wheels (rearwheels).Be sure that the chains are installedin accordance with the manufactur-er's instructions.To minimize tire and chain wear, donot continue to use tire chains whenthey are no longer needed.

WARNING - Snow or ice • When driving on roads cov-

ered with snow or ice, drive atless than 20 mph (30 km/h).

• Use the SAE “S” class or wirechains.

• If you hear noise caused bychains contacting the body,retighten the chain to avoidcontact with the vehicle body.

• To prevent body damage,retighten the chains after driv-ing 0.3~0.6 miles (0.5~1.0 km).

• Do not use tire chains onvehicles equipped with alu-minum wheels. In unavoid-able circumstance, use a wiretype chain.

• Use wire chains less than 0.47inches (12 mm) to preventdamage to the chain’s con-nection.

Maintenance

467

Radial-ply tiresRadial-ply tires provide improvedtread life, road hazard resistance andsmoother high speed ride. The radi-al-ply tires used on this vehicle are ofbelted construction, and are selectedto complement the ride and handlingcharacteristics of your vehicle.Radial-ply tires have the same loadcarrying capacity, as bias-ply or biasbelted tires of the same size, and usethe same recommended inflationpressure. Mixing of radial-ply tireswith bias-ply or bias belted tires isnot recommended. Any combina-tions of radial-ply and bias-ply or biasbelted tires when used on the samevehicle will seriously deterioratevehicle handling. The best rule to fol-low is: Identical radial-ply tires shouldalways be used as a set of four.Longer wearing tires can be moresusceptible to irregular tread wear. Itis very important to follow the tirerotation interval shown in this sectionto achieve the tread life potential ofthese tires. Cuts and punctures inradial-ply tires are repairable only inthe tread area, because of sidewallflexing. Consult your tire dealer forradial-ply tire repairs.

7 47

Maintenance

FUSES

G210000ABK

A vehicle’s electrical system is protectedfrom electrical overload damage byfuses.

This vehicle has 3 fuse panels, one locat-ed in the driver’s side panel bolster, theothers in the engine compartment.If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces-sories, or controls do not work, check theappropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse hasblown, the element inside the fuse will bemelted.If the electrical system does not work,first check the driver’s side fuse panel.Always replace a blown fuse with one ofthe same rating.If the replacement fuse blows, this indi-cates an electrical problem. Avoid usingthe system involved and immediatelyconsult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.Three kinds of fuses are used: blade typefor lower amperage rating, cartridge type,and fusible link for higher amperage rat-ings.

OBK079042

Normal

Normal

Blade type

Cartridge type

Fusible link

Blown

Blown

Normal Blown

WARNING - Fuse replace-ment

• Never replace a fuse with any-thing but another fuse of thesame rating.

• A higher capacity fuse couldcause damage and possibly afire.

• Never install a wire instead of theproper fuse - even as a temporaryrepair. It may cause extensivewiring damage and a possible fire.

CAUTIONDo not use a screwdriver or anyother metal object to remove fusesbecause it may cause a short circuitand damage the system.

Maintenance

487

G210100ABK

Instrument panel fuse replace-ment1. Turn the ignition switch and all other

switches off.2. Open the fuse panel cover.

3. Pull the suspected fuse straight out.Use the removal tool provided in themain fuse box in the engine compart-ment.

4. Check the removed fuse; replace it if itis blown.

5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.

If it fits loosely, consult an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.If you do not have a spare, use a fuse ofthe same rating from a circuit you maynot need for operating the vehicle, suchas the cigarette lighter fuse.

If the headlights or other electrical com-ponents do not work and the fuses areOK, check the fuse panel in the enginecompartment. If a fuse is blown, it mustbe replaced.

OBK079019

7 49

Maintenance

G210101AUN

Memory fuseYour vehicle is equipped with a memoryfuse to prevent battery discharge if yourvehicle is parked without being operatedfor prolonged periods. Use the followingprocedures before parking the vehicle forprolonged periods.1. Turn the ignition switch and all other

switches off.2. Open the driver’s side panel cover and

pull up the memory fuse.

✽✽ NOTICE• If the memory fuse is pulled up from

the fuse panel, the warning chime,audio, clock and interior lamps, etc.,will not operate. Some items must bereset after replacement. Refer to“Battery” in this section.

• Even though the memory fuse ispulled up, the battery can still be dis-charged by operation of the head-lights or other electrical devices.

G210200AEN

Engine compartment fusereplacement1. Turn the ignition switch and all other

switches off.2. Remove the fuse panel cover by

pressing the tab and pulling up.

OBK079020

OBK079021

OBK079048

Maintenance

507

3. Check the removed fuse; replace it if itis blown. To remove or insert the fuse,use the fuse puller in the engine com-partment fuse panel.

4. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.If it fits loosely, consult an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

G210201ABK

Multi fuseIf the multi fuse is blown, it must beremoved as follows:1. Turn off the engine.2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.3. Remove the fuse panel on the right

side in the engine compartment.4. Remove the nuts shown in the picture

above.5. Replace the fuse with a new one of the

same rating.6. Reinstall in the reverse order of

removal.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the multi fuse is blown, consult anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTIONAfter checking the fuse panel in theengine compartment, securelyinstall the fuse panel cover. If not,electrical failures may occur fromwater contact.

OBK079022

7 51

Maintenance

✽✽ NOTICENot all fuse panel descriptions in thismanual may be applicable to your vehi-cle. It is accurate at the time of printing.When you inspect the fuse panel in yourvehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.

G210300ABH

Fuse/relay panel descriptionInside the fuse/relay panel covers, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay name and capacity.

Instrument panel fuse panel Engine compartment fuse panel

OBK079023/OBK079025/OBK079024

Maintenance

527

Instrument panel (Driver’s side fuse panel)

Description Fuse rating Protected componentABS 7.5A ESC & Rear fog switch, ESC control module, ABS control module, Multipurpose check connectorCLUSTER/ESCL 7.5A Smart key control module, PDM, Sport mode switch (G4KF), BCM, Instrument cluster (IND.), Multifunction

switch (Remocon), TPMSESCL 10A PDM, Smart key control moduleESCL SW 10A FOB holder, Start stop button switchSTART 10A E/R box LH (Start relay), Ignition switch, Ignition lock switch, ICM relay box(B/Alarm relay)P/OUTLET(FR) 15A Front power outletP/OUTLET 15A Console power outletAUDIO/ESCL 7.5A Audio, Multimonitor, Power outside mirror & Mirror folding switch, BCM, PDM, Smart key control moduleA/BAG 15A SRS control module, Tell tail lamp, PODST/SIG 10A Hazard switchB/UP LP 10A Back-up lamp switch (M/T), E/R box LH (B/UP LP relay (A/T G4KF))HAZARD 10A Hazard switch, ICM Relay box (HAZARD relay)STOP LP 15A Stop lamp switchAUTO SHIFT LOCK 7.5A E/R box LH (Multipurpose check connector), Data link connector, Sport mode switch, Key solenoidFOG LP(RR) 10A ICM relay box (Rear fog relay)P/SEAT(LH) 30A Driver power seat switchDR LOCK 10A DR LOCK/UNLOCK relay, ICM relay box (Two turn unlock relay)A/BAG IND 7.5A Instrument cluster (Air bag IND.)ECU 10A ECM, TCM, Stop lamp switch, E/R box LH (SUB START relay (A/T(G4KF))), Cruise clutch pedal position switch

(M/T(G6DA))A/CON 7.5A BCM, A/C control module, Incar temperature sensor, BLOWER relay

7 53

Maintenance

Description Fuse rating Protected componentWIPER(FR) 25A Multifunction switch (Wiper), Front wiper motor, E/R junction box LH (WIPER (FR) relay)IGN/ESCL 7.5A PDM, E/R box LH (H/LP(HI)/(LO) relay), Vacuum switch, Sunroof control module, Electro chromic mirror, Auto

head lamp leveling device sensor, Auto head lamp leveling device actuator LH/RH, E/R box LH (Vacuum pumprelay), E/R box LH (FOG LP (FR) relay (NAS))

ESCL 25A PDMP/WDW(LH) 25A Driver safety window moduleP/WDW(RH) 25A Passenger safety window moduleSEAT HTR(DRI) 10A Driver seat warmer switchSEAT HTR(ASS) 10A Passenger seat warmer switchMIRROR HTD 7.5A A/C control module, Power outside mirror LH/RH, Rear defogger (+)T/LID OPEN 15A Trunk lid & Fuel filler door switch, T/LID relayAMP 20A AMPTAIL(LH) 7.5A Head lamp LH, Rear combination lamp LH, E/R box LH (FOG LP(FR) relay (NAS))TAIL(RH) 10A Head lamp RH, Rear combination lamp RH, License lamp, Glove box lamp, Rheostat, Driver/Passenger seat

warmer switch, ESP & Rear fog switch, Head lamp leveling device switch, Multimonitor, hazard switch, Audio,Rear license lamp, Driver/Passenger power window switch, Sport mode switch, A/C control module, USB/AUXjack, Instrument cluster (ILL.), Multifunction switch (Remocon)

P/CON AUDIO 15A AudioMEMORY 10A Trunk room lamp, Power outside mirror & Mirror folding switch, MAP lamp, Auto light & Photo sensor/Security

indcator, Multimonitor, RF receiver Instrument cluster (MICOM, IND.), A/C control module, BCM, Rear parkingassist buzzer, Door warning switch, Vanity lamp LH/RH, TPMS, HOME LINK

Maintenance

547

Engine compartment main fuse panel

Description Fuse rating Protected componentBATT 2 50A Fuse (STOP 15A, AUTO SHIFT LOCK 7.5A, P/CON (AUDIO 15A, MEMORY 10A), DR LOCK 10A, P/SEAT

(LH) 30A, Fog LP(RR) 10A)BATT 1 30A Fuse (T/LID OPEN 15A, AMP 20A, HAZARD 10A, ESCL 25A, P/WDW (RH) 25A, P/WDW (LH) 25A, ESCL

10A, ESCL SW 10A)ALT 150A GeneratorABS-1 40A ESC control module, ABS control module, Multipurpose check connectorABS-2 40A ESC control module, ABS control moduleBLOWER 40A Blower relayHTD GLASS (RR) 40A HTD glass (RR) relay, Fuse (MIRROR HTD 7.5A)COOLING FAN 50A Cooling fan (HI) relay, Cooling fan (LO) relayIGN 1 30A ESCL (IGN1) relay, ESCL (ACC) relay, Ignition switchIGN 2 40A ESCL (IGN2) relay, Start relay, Ignition switchB/UP LP 10A B/UP LP relayHORN 15A Horn relayH/LP (LO) 20A H/LP (LO) relay, Fuse (H/LP LO RH 15A, H/LP LO LH 15A)H/LP (HI) 20A H/LP (HI) relay, Instrument cluster, Head lamp LH/RHVACUUM PUMP 15A Vacuum pump relayA/CON COMP 10A A/Con relayFOG LP (FR) 10A FOG LP (FR) relay, Instrument clusterTAIL 15A TAIL relay, Fuse (TAIL (LH) 7.5A, TAIL (RH) 10A)HTD GLASS (FR) 15A HTD glass (FR) relayDRL, B/HORN 15A ICM Relay box (Burglar alarm horn relay), I/P junction box (DRL UNIT)S/ROOF 20A Sunroof control moduleH/LP LO RH 15A Head lamp RH, Manual head lamp leveling device actuator RH, Head lamp leveling device switchH/LP LO LH 15A Head lamp LH, Manual head lamp leveling device actuator LH

7 55

Maintenance

Engine compartment sub fuse panel

Description Fuse rating Protected componentB+ 50A Fuse (F/PUMP 20A, ECU-1 10A, ECU 30A)ECU ECU main relay (ECU-2, SNSR-1, SNSR-2, INJ, IGN COIL)

ECU main relay (SNSR-1, SNSR-2, INJ, IGN COIL)F/PUMP 20A F/PUMP relayECU-1 10A ECM, TCMINJ 15A Injector, F/PUMP relay, ECM(G6DA)IGN COIL 20A Ignition coil, CondenserECU-2 20A ECM(G4KF)SNSR-1 10A Oxygen sensor (UP/DOWN), A/CON relay, Cooling fan (HI) relay, Cooling fan (LO) relay, ECM(G6DA), Mass

airflow sensor (G6DA)SNSR-2 Oil control valve, Canister purge control solenoid valve, Camshaft position sensor, Crankshaft psition sensor,

WGT control solenoid valve, RCV control solenoid valve, Immobilizer module, Canister close valveOil control valve, Oil control valve(EXHAUST), ECM, Purge control solenoid valve, Immobilizer module,Canister close valve

30AG4KFG6DA

15AG4KF

G6DA

Maintenance

567

LIGHT BULBSG220000AEN

Use only the bulbs of the specifiedwattage.

✽✽ NOTICEAfter heavy, driving rain or washing,headlight and taillight lenses couldappear frosty. This condition is caused bythe temperature difference between thelamp inside and outside. This is similarto the condensation on your windowsinside your vehicle during the rain anddoesn’t indicate a problem with yourvehicle. If the water leaks into the lampbulb circuitry, have the vehicle checkedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

G220100ABH

Headlight, position light, turn sig-nal light, front fog light bulbreplacement(1) Front turn signal light/Position light(2) Headlight (High)(3) Headlight (Low)(4) Front side marker light(5) Front fog light (if equipped)

WARNING - Working onthe lights

Prior to working on the light, firmlyapply the parking brake, ensurethat the ignition switch is turned tothe LOCK position and turn off thelights to avoid sudden movementof the vehicle and burning your fin-gers or receiving an electric shock.

CAUTIONBe sure to replace the burned-outbulb with one of the same wattagerating. Otherwise, it may causedamage to the fuse or electricwiring system.

CAUTIONIf you don’t have necessary tools,the correct bulbs and the expertise,consult an authorized HYUNDAIdealer. In many cases, it is difficultto replace vehicle light bulbsbecause other parts of the vehiclemust be removed before you canget to the bulb. This is especiallytrue if you have to remove the head-light assembly to get to the bulb(s).Removing/installing the headlightassembly can result in damage tothe vehicle.

OBK079026

7 57

Maintenance

G220101ABH

Headlight bulb

G220102BBH-EU

Headlight, front turn signal, position,side marker and fog light bulbs (if equipped)If the light bulb is not operating, have thevehicle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

OHD076046

WARNING - Halogen bulbs• Halogen bulbs contain pressur-

ized gas that will produce flyingpieces of glass if broken.

• Always handle them carefully,and avoid scratches and abra-sions. If the bulbs are lit, avoidcontact with liquids. Never touchthe glass with bare hands.Residual oil may cause the bulbto overheat and burst when lit. Abulb should be operated onlywhen installed in a headlight.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If a bulb becomes damaged or

cracked, replace it immediatelyand carefully dispose of it.

• Wear eye protection when chang-ing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cooldown before handling it.

WARNING - HID Headlightlow beam (if equipped)

Do not attempt to replace orinspect the low beam (XENON bulb)due to electric shock danger. If thelow beam (XENON bulb) is notworking, have your vehicle checkedby an authorized HYUNDAI Dealer

Maintenance

587

G220200AEN

Side repeater light bulb replace-ment (if equipped) If the light bulb is not operating, have thevehicle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Rear combination light bulbreplacement(1) Tail light(2) Back-up light(3) Rear turn signal light(4) Stop and tail light(5) Rear side marker light

1. Open the trunk lid.2. Remove the service cover by pulling

out the service cover.

OBK049023 OBK079028 OBK079029

7 59

Maintenance

3. Remove the socket from the assemblyby turning the socket counter clock-wise until the tabs on the socket alignwith the slots on the assembly.

4. Remove the bulb from the socket bypressing it in and rotating it counter-clockwise until the tabs on the bulbalign with the slots in the socket. Pullthe bulb out of the socket.

5. Insert a new bulb by inserting it intothe socket and rotating it until it locksinto place.

6. Install the socket into the assembly byaligning the tabs on the socket with theslots in the assembly. Push the socketinto the assembly and turn the socketclockwise.

G220400AEN

High mounted stop lightreplacementIf the light is not operating, have the vehi-cle checked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

G220400ABK

License plate light bulb replace-ment 1. Remove the lens by pressing the tabs.2. Remove the socket by turning the

socket counter clockwise.3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight

out.4. Install a new bulb in the socket and

install the socket to the lens.5. Reinstall the lens securely.

OBK079031OBK079030N OFD067030

Maintenance

607

G220600ABK

Interior light bulb replacement1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently

pry the lens (map lamp) or lamp (lug-gage lamp, glove box lamp and sunvi-sor lamp) from the interior light hous-ing.

2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straightout.

3. Install a new bulb in the socket.4. Align the lens tabs with the interior

light housing notches and snap thelens into place.

CAUTIONUse care not to dirty or damagelens, lens tab, and plastic housings.

OBK079033

OTD079035

Sunvisor lamp

Luggage lamp (if equipped)

OBK079032

OBK079049

Map lamp

Glove box lamp

WARNING Prior to working on the InteriorLights, ensure that the “OFF” but-ton is depressed to avoid burningyour fingers or receiving an electricshock.

7 61

Maintenance

Exterior careG230101AUN

Exterior general caution It is very important to follow the labeldirections when using any chemicalcleaner or polish. Read all warning andcaution statements that appear on thelabel.

G230102ABH

Finish maintenanceWashing To help protect your vehicle’s finish fromrust and deterioration, wash it thoroughlyand frequently at least once a month withlukewarm or cold water.If you use your vehicle for off-road driv-ing, you should wash it after each off-road trip. Pay special attention to theremoval of any accumulation of salt, dirt,mud, and other foreign materials. Makesure the drain holes in the lower edges ofthe doors and rocker panels are keptclear and clean.

Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,industrial pollution and similar depositscan damage your vehicle’s finish if notremoved immediately.Even prompt washing with plain watermay not completely remove all thesedeposits. A mild soap, safe for use onpainted surfaces, may be used.After washing, rinse the vehicle thor-oughly with lukewarm or cold water. Donot allow soap to dry on the finish.

APPEARANCE CARE

CAUTIONDo not use strong soap, chemicaldetergents or hot water, and do notwash the vehicle in direct sunlightor when the body of the vehicle iswarm.

WARNING - Wet brakesAfter washing the vehicle, test thebrakes while driving slowly to see ifthey have been affected by water. Ifbraking performance is impaired,dry the brakes by applying themlightly while maintaining a slow for-ward speed.

CAUTION• Water washing in the engine com-

partment including high pressurewater washing may cause the fail-ure of electrical circuits or engineand related part located in theengine compartment.

• Never allow water or other liquidsto come in contact with electri-cal/electronic components insidethe vehicle as this may damagethem.

OJB037800

Maintenance

627

WaxingWax the vehicle when water will nolonger bead on the paint.Always wash and dry the vehicle beforewaxing. Use a good quality liquid orpaste wax, and follow the manufacturer’sinstructions. Wax all metal trim to protectit and to maintain its luster.Removing oil, tar, and similar materialswith a spot remover will usually strip thewax from the finish. Be sure to re-waxthese areas even if the rest of the vehicledoes not yet need waxing.

G230103AUN

Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in thepainted surface must be repairedpromptly. Exposed metal will quickly rustand may develop into a major repairexpense.

✽✽ NOTICEIf your vehicle is damaged and requiresany metal repair or replacement, be surethe body shop applies anti-corrosionmaterials to the parts repaired orreplaced.

G230104AUN

Bright-metal maintenance• To remove road tar and insects, use a

tar remover, not a scraper or othersharp object.

• To protect the surfaces of bright-metalparts from corrosion, apply a coating ofwax or chrome preservative and rub toa high luster.

• During winter weather or in coastalareas, cover the bright metal parts witha heavier coating of wax or preserva-tive. If necessary, coat the parts withnon-corrosive petroleum jelly or otherprotective compound.CAUTION

• Wiping dust or dirt off the bodywith a dry cloth will scratch thefinish.

• Do not use steel wool, abrasivecleaners, or strong detergentscontaining highly alkaline orcaustic agents on chrome-platedor anodized aluminum parts. Thismay result in damage to the pro-tective coating and cause discol-oration or paint deterioration.

7 63

Maintenance

G230105AUN

Underbody maintenanceCorrosive materials used for ice andsnow removal and dust control may col-lect on the underbody. If these materialsare not removed, accelerated rusting canoccur on underbody parts such as thefuel lines, frame, floor pan and exhaustsystem, even though they have beentreated with rust protection.Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbodyand wheel openings with lukewarm orcold water once a month, after off-roaddriving and at the end of each winter. Payspecial attention to these areas becauseit is difficult to see all the mud and dirt. Itwill do more harm than good to wet downthe road grime without removing it. Thelower edges of doors, rocker panels, andframe members have drain holes thatshould not be allowed to clog with dirt;trapped water in these areas can causerusting.

G230106AUN

Aluminum wheel maintenance The aluminum wheels are coated with aclear protective finish.• Do not use any abrasive cleaner, pol-

ishing compound, solvent, or wirebrushes on aluminum wheels. Theymay scratch or damage the finish.

• Use only a mild soap or neutral deter-gent, and rinse thoroughly with water.Also, be sure to clean the wheels afterdriving on salted roads. This helps pre-vent corrosion.

• Avoid washing the wheels with high-speed car wash brushes.

• Do not use any acid detergent. It maydamage and corrode the aluminumwheels coated with a clear protectivefinish.

WARNING• After washing the vehicle, test

the brakes while driving slowly tosee if they have been affected bywater. If braking performance isimpaired, dry the brakes byapplying them lightly while main-taining a slow forward speed.

• If the underbody of you vehicle issprayed with coating substances,the high-speed drive systemparts such as the drive shaft orpropeller shaft will be out of bal-ance and make noise or vibrate.Moreover, the high-speed drivesystem parts may be damaged.

Maintenance

647

G230107AUN

Corrosion protectionProtecting your vehicle from corrosionBy using the most advanced design andconstruction practices to combat corro-sion, we produces cars of the highestquality. However, this is only part of thejob. To achieve the long-term corrosionresistance your vehicle can deliver, theowner's cooperation and assistance isalso required.

Common causes of corrosionThe most common causes of corrosionon your car are:• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is

allowed to accumulate underneath thecar.

• Removal of paint or protective coatingsby stones, gravel, abrasion or minorscrapes and dents which leave unpro-tected metal exposed to corrosion.

High-corrosion areasIf you live in an area where your car isregularly exposed to corrosive materials,corrosion protection is particularly impor-tant. Some of the common causes ofaccelerated corrosion are road salts,dust control chemicals, ocean air andindustrial pollution.

Moisture breeds corrosionMoisture creates the conditions in whichcorrosion is most likely to occur. Forexample, corrosion is accelerated byhigh humidity, particularly when tempera-tures are just above freezing. In suchconditions, the corrosive material is keptin contact with the car surfaces by mois-ture that is slow to evaporate.Mud is particularly corrosive because it isslow to dry and holds moisture in contactwith the vehicle. Although the mudappears to be dry, it can still retain themoisture and promote corrosion.High temperatures can also acceleratecorrosion of parts that are not properlyventilated so the moisture can be dis-persed. For all these reasons, it is par-ticularly important to keep your car cleanand free of mud or accumulations ofother materials. This applies not only tothe visible surfaces but particularly to theunderside of the car.

7 65

Maintenance

To help prevent corrosionYou can help prevent corrosion from get-ting started by observing the following:

Keep your car cleanThe best way to prevent corrosion is tokeep your car clean and free of corrosivematerials. Attention to the underside ofthe car is particularly important.

• If you live in a high-corrosion area —where road salts are used, near theocean, areas with industrial pollution,acid rain, etc.—, you should take extracare to prevent corrosion. In winter,hose off the underside of your car atleast once a month and be sure toclean the underside thoroughly whenwinter is over.

• When cleaning underneath the car,give particular attention to the compo-nents under the fenders and otherareas that are hidden from view. Do athorough job; just dampening the accu-mulated mud rather than washing itaway will accelerate corrosion ratherthan prevent it. Water under high pres-sure and steam are particularly effec-tive in removing accumulated mud andcorrosive materials.

• When cleaning lower door panels,rocker panels and frame members, besure that drain holes are kept open sothat moisture can escape and not betrapped inside to accelerate corrosion.

Keep your garage dryDon't park your car in a damp, poorlyventilated garage. This creates a favor-able environment for corrosion. This isparticularly true if you wash your car inthe garage or drive it into the garagewhen it is still wet or covered with snow,ice or mud. Even a heated garage cancontribute to corrosion unless it is wellventilated so moisture is dispersed.

Keep paint and trim in good conditionScratches or chips in the finish should becovered with "touch-up" paint as soon aspossible to reduce the possibility of cor-rosion. If bare metal is showing through,the attention of a qualified body and paintshop is recommended.

Bird droppings : Bird droppings are high-ly corrosive and may damage paintedsurfaces in just a few hours. Alwaysremove bird droppings as soon as possi-ble.

Don't neglect the interiorMoisture can collect under the floor matsand carpeting to cause corrosion. Checkunder the mats periodically to be surethe carpeting is dry. Use particular care ifyou carry fertilizers, cleaning materials orchemicals in the car.These should be carried only in propercontainers and any spills or leaks shouldbe cleaned up, flushed with clean waterand thoroughly dried.

Maintenance

667

Interior careG230201AUN

Interior general precautions Prevent caustic solutions such as per-fume and cosmetic oil from contactingthe dashboard because they may causedamage or discoloration. If they do con-tact the dashboard, wipe them off imme-diately. See the instructions that follow forthe proper way to clean vinyl.

G230202AUN

Cleaning the upholstery and interiortrim Vinyl Remove dust and loose dirt from vinylwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner.

Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fabricwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean with a mild soap solution recom-mended for upholstery or carpets.Remove fresh spots immediately with afabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do notreceive immediate attention, the fabriccan be stained and its color can beaffected. Also, its fire-resistant propertiescan be reduced if the material is notproperly maintained.

G230203AUN

Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt web-bing Clean the belt webbing with any mildsoap solution recommended for cleaningupholstery or carpet. Follow the instruc-tions provided with the soap. Do notbleach or re-dye the webbing becausethis may weaken it.

G230204AUN

Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehi-cle become fogged (that is, covered withan oily, greasy or waxy film), they shouldbe cleaned with glass cleaner. Follow thedirections on the glass cleaner container.

CAUTIONNever allow water or other liquidsto come in contact withelectrical/electronic componentsinside the vehicle as this may dam-age them.

CAUTIONUsing anything but recommendedcleaners and procedures may affectthe fabric’s appearance and fire-resistant properties.

CAUTIONDo not scrape or scratch the insideof the rear window. This may resultin damage to the rear windowdefroster grid.

7 67

Maintenance

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMG270000AEN-EU

The emission control system of yourvehicle is covered by a written limitedwarranty. Please see the warranty infor-mation contained in the Owner’sHandbook & Warranty Information book-let in your vehicle.Your vehicle is equipped with an emis-sion control system to meet all applicableemission regulations.There are three emission control sys-tems, as follows.

(1) Crankcase emission control system(2) Evaporative emission control system(3) Exhaust emission control system

In order to assure the proper function ofthe emission control systems, it is rec-ommended that you have your carinspected and maintained by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer in accordance withthe maintenance schedule in this manu-al.

Caution for the Inspection andMaintenance Test (With ElectronicStability Control (ESC) system)• To prevent the vehicle from misfir-

ing during dynamometer testing,turn the Electronic Stability Control(ESC) system off by pressing theESC switch.

• After dynamometer testing is com-pleted, turn the ESC system back onby pressing the ESC switch again.

G270100AUN

1. Crankcase emission controlsystem

The positive crankcase ventilation sys-tem is employed to prevent air pollutioncaused by blow-by gases being emittedfrom the crankcase. This system suppliesfresh filtered air to the crankcase throughthe air intake hose. Inside the crankcase,the fresh air mixes with blow-by gases,which then pass through the PCV valveinto the induction system.

G270200AUN

2. Evaporative emission control(including ORVR: OnboardRefueling Vapor Recovery) system

The Evaporative Emission ControlSystem is designed to prevent fuelvapors from escaping into the atmos-phere.(The ORVR system is designed to allowthe vapors from the fuel tank to beloaded into a canister while refueling atthe gas station, preventing the escape offuel vapors into the atmosphere.)

Maintenance

687

G270201AUN

CanisterFuel vapors generated inside the fueltank are absorbed and stored in theonboard canister. When the engine isrunning, the fuel vapors absorbed in thecanister are drawn into the surge tankthrough the purge control solenoid valve.

G270202AUN

Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)The purge control solenoid valve is con-trolled by the Engine Control Module(ECM); when the engine coolant temper-ature is low during idling, the PCSV clos-es so that evaporated fuel is not takeninto the engine. After the engine warms-up during ordinary driving, the PCSVopens to introduce evaporated fuel to theengine.

G270300AUN

3. Exhaust emission control system

The Exhaust Emission Control System isa highly effective system which controlsexhaust emissions while maintaininggood vehicle performance.

G270301AUN

Vehicle modifications This vehicle should not be modified.Modification of your vehicle could affectits performance, safety or durability andmay even violate governmental safetyand emissions regulations.In addition, damage or performanceproblems resulting from any modificationmay not be covered under warranty.

G270302AUN

Engine exhaust gas precautions (car-bon monoxide) • Carbon monoxide can be present with

other exhaust fumes. Therefore, if yousmell exhaust fumes of any kind insideyour vehicle, have it inspected andrepaired immediately. If you ever sus-pect exhaust fumes are coming intoyour vehicle, drive it only with all thewindows fully open. Have your vehiclechecked and repaired immediately.

WARNING - ExhaustEngine exhaust gases contain car-bon monoxide (CO). Though color-less and odorless, it is dangerousand could be lethal if inhaled.Follow the instructions on thispage to avoid CO poisoning.

PROPOSITION 65 WARNING

Engine exhaust and a wide varietyof automobile components andparts, including components foundin the interior furnishings in a vehi-cle, contain or emit chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer and birth defects andreproductive harm. In addition, cer-tain fluids contained in vehiclesand certain products of componentwear contain or emit chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer and birth defects orother reproductive harm.

7 69

Maintenance

• Do not operate the engine in confinedor closed areas (such as garages) anymore than what is necessary to movethe vehicle in or out of the area.

• When the vehicle is stopped in anopen area for more than a short timewith the engine running, adjust theventilation system (as needed) to drawoutside air into the vehicle.

• Never sit in a parked or stopped vehi-cle for any extended time with theengine running.

• When the engine stalls or fails to start,excessive attempts to restart theengine may cause damage to theemission control system.

G270303AEN

Operating precautions for catalyticconverters (if equipped)

Your vehicle is equipped with a catalyticconverter emission control device.Therefore, the following precautionsmust be observed:• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gaso-

line engines.• Do not operate the vehicle when there

are signs of engine malfunction, suchas misfire or a noticeable loss of per-formance.

• Do not misuse or abuse the engine.Examples of misuse are coasting withthe ignition off and descending steepgrades in gear with the ignition off.

• Do not operate the engine at high idlespeed for extended periods (5 minutesor more).

• Do not modify or tamper with any partof the engine or emission control sys-tem. All inspections and adjustmentsmust be made by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• Avoid driving with a very low fuel level.If you run out of gasoline, it couldcause the engine to misfire and resultin excessive loading of the catalyticconverter.

Failure to observe these precautionscould result in damage to the catalyticconverter and to your vehicle.Additionally, such actions could void yourwarranties.

WARNING - FireA hot exhaust system can igniteflammable items under your vehi-cle. Do not park, idle, or drive thevehicle over or near flammableobjects, such as grass, vegetation,paper, leaves, etc.

Maintenance

707

CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE NOTICEG280000AEN

Perchlorate Material-special handlingmay apply, See www.dtsc.ca.gov/haz-ardouswaste/perchlorate.

Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers:Perchlorate containing materials, such asair bag inflators, seatbelt pretensionersand keyless remote entry batteries, mustbe disposed of according to Title 22California Code of Regulations Section67384.10 (a).

8

Dimensions / 8-2Bulb wattage / 8-2Tires and wheels / 8-3Recommended lubricants and capacities / 8-4Vehicle identification number (VIN) / 8-6Vehicle certification label / 8-6Tire specification and pressure label / 8-7Engine number / 8-7Consumer information / 8-8Reporting safety defects / 8-9Binding arbitration / 8-9

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

Specifications & Consumer information

28

Item in (mm)

Overall length 182.3 (4,630)

Overall width 73.4 (1,865)

Overall height 54.5 (1,385)

Front tread 63.1 (1,603)*1 / 62.9 (1,599)*1

Rear tread 63.7 (1,619)*1 / 63.6 (1,615)*1

Wheelbase 111 (2,820)

DIMENSIONS

Light Bulb WattageHeadlights (Low) 55Headlights (High) 55 or 35 (HID)Front turn signal lights 28Front fog lights* 27Front side marker light 5Stop and tail lights 27Tail light* 8Rear turn signal lights 27Back-up lights 18Rear side marker light 5High mounted stop light* LEDLicense plate lights 5Map lamps 10Luggage lamp* 5Glove box lamp 5Vanity mirror lamps* 5Side repeater light* LED

BULB WATTAGE

* : If equipped

*1 : with R19 tire

I010000ABH I030000ABH

8 3


TIRES AND WHEELSI020000ABH

Inflation pressure

bar (psi, kPa)

Front Rear

225/45R18 7.5J×18 24 (35, 240) -

245/45R18 8.0J×18 - 24 (35,240)

225/40R19 8.0J×19 24 (35, 240) -

245/40R19 8.5J×19 - 24 (35, 240)

T135/90D17 4.0T×1742 (60, 420) 42 (60, 420)

T135/80R18 4.0T×18

Full size tire

Compactspare tire

Wheel lug nut torque

kg•m (lb•ft, N•m)

9~11

(65~79 , 88~107)

ItemTire

sizeWheel size

8 5


I040100AUN

Recommended SAE viscositynumber

Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has aneffect on fuel economy and cold weatheroperating (engine start and engine oilflowability). Lower viscosity engine oilscan provide better fuel economy and coldweather performance, however, higherviscosity engine oils are required for sat-isfactory lubrication in hot weather. Usingoils of any viscosity other than those rec-ommended could result in engine dam-age.

When choosing an oil, consider the rangeof temperature your vehicle will be oper-ated in before the next oil change.Proceed to select the recommended oilviscosity from the chart.CAUTION

Always be sure to clean the areaaround any filler plug, drain plug, ordipstick before checking or drain-ing any lubricant. This is especiallyimportant in dusty or sandy areasand when the vehicle is used onunpaved roads. Cleaning the plugand dipstick areas will prevent dirtand grit from entering the engineand other mechanisms that couldbe damaged.

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers

Temperature

Gasoline Engine Oil (3.8L) *1

Gasoline Engine Oil (2.0 TCI) *1

°C(°F)

-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

*1. For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE5W-20,5W-30 (API SL or SM / ILSAC GF-3 or above). However, if the engine oil is not avail-able in your country, select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.

20W-50

10W-30

15W-40

5W-20, 5W-30

5W-20, 5W-30, 5W-40


68

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONNUMBER (VIN)

H010000ABH

The vehicle identification number (VIN) isthe number used in registering your carand in all legal matters pertaining to itsownership, etc.The number is punched on the floorunder the front passenger’s seat. Tocheck the number, open the cover.

The VIN is also on a plate attached to thetop of the dashboard. The number on theplate can easily be seen through thewindshield from outside.

VEHICLE CERTIFICATIONLABEL

H020000AEN

The vehicle certification label attachedon the driver’s side center pillar gives thevehicle identification number (VIN).

OBK089001

Frame number

OBK089002OBK089006N

VIN label (if equipped)

8 7


TIRE SPECIFICATION ANDPRESSURE LABEL

H030000AUN

The tires supplied on your new vehicleare chosen to provide the best perform-ance for normal driving.The tire label located on the driver's sidecenter pillar gives the tire pressures rec-ommended for your car.

ENGINE NUMBER

H04000AUN

The engine number is stamped on theengine block as shown in the drawing.

OBK089003

OBK089004

3.8L

2.0 TCI

OBK089005


88

H050000ABK

This consumer information has been pre-pared in accordance with regulationsissued by the National Highway TrafficSafety Administration of the U.S.Department of Transportation. YourHyundai dealer will help answer anyquestions you may have as you read thisinformation.

Hyundai motor vehicles are designedand manufactured to meet or exceed allapplicable safety standards.

For your safety, however, we stronglyurge you to read and follow all directionsin this Owner's Manual, particularly theinformation under the headings"NOTICE", "CAUTION" and "WARN-ING".

If, after reading this manual, you haveany questions regarding the operation ofyour vehicle, please contact your nearestHyundai Motor America Regional Officeas listed in the following:

Eastern Region: Connecticut, Delaware,Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire,New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania,Rhode Island, Vermont.

Eastern Region1100 Cranbury South River RoadJamesburg, NJ 08831(800) 633-5151

Southern Region: Florida, Georgia,North Carolina, South Carolina, Virginia,and West Virginia.

Southern Region270 Riverside Parkway, Suite AAustell, GA 30168(800) 633-5151

South Central Region: Alabama,Arkansas, Louisiana, Mississippi, NewMexico, Oklahoma, Tennessee, Texas.

South Central Region1421 South Beltline Road, Suite 400Coppell, TX 75019(800) 633-5151

Central Region: Illinois, Indiana, lowa,Kentucky, Michigan, Minnesota,Nebraska, North Dakota, South Dakota,Ohio, Wisconsin, Kansas, Missouri.

Central Region1705 Sequoia DriveAurora, Illinois 60506(800) 633-5151

Western Region: Alaska, Hawaii,Arizona, Colorado, ldaho, Montana,Nevada, Oregon, Utah, Washington,Wyoming.

Western Region10550 Talbert AvenueP.O.Box 20850Fountain Valley, California 92728-0850(800) 633-5151

California Region: California

California Region10550 Talbert AvenueP.O. Box 20850Fountain Valley, California 92728-0850(800) 633-5151

CONSUMER INFORMATION

8 9


H070000AEN

If you believe that your vehicle has adefect which could cause a crash orcould cause injury or death, you shouldimmediately inform the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) inaddition to notifying HYUNDAI MOTORAMERICA. If NHTSA receives similarcomplaints, it may open an investigation,and if it finds that a safety defect exists ina group of vehicles, it may order a recalland remedy campaign. However, NHTSAcannot become involved in individualproblems between you, your dealer, orHYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA.To contact NHTSA, you may call theVehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go tohttp://www.safercar.gov; or write to:Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New JerseyAvenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590.You can also obtain other informationabout motor vehicle safety fromhttp://www.safercar.gov.

H090000AEN

Any claim or dispute you may have relat-ed to your vehicle's warranty or the dutiescontemplated under the warranty, includ-ing claims related to the refund or partialrefund of your vehicle's purchase price(excluding personal injury or product lia-bility claims), shall be resolved by bindingarbitration. Binding arbitration shall beadministered by and through the NationalArbitration Forum (NAF) or the AmericanArbitration Association (AAA), under theCode of Procedure of the entity youselect.You will not be responsible for paying fil-ing and hearing fees above $275.00. Allother arbitration costs shall be borne byHyundai Motor America. You are notresponsible to pay any of the costsHyundai incurs.This Binding Arbitration Agreement shallnot deprive you of any remedies avail-able to you under applicable law. Theparties are waiving their right to seekremedies in court, including the right to ajury trial.

This Binding Arbitration Agreement shallbe governed by and interpreted underthe Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. sec-tions 1-16. Judgment upon any awardmay be entered in any court having juris-diction.You may revoke this ArbitrationAgreement by (1) written notice or (2)electronic notice. Written notice must bedelivered (via certified mail) to HyundaiMotor America, Attn: Consumer Affairs,10550 Talbert Avenue, P.O. Box 20849,Fountain Valley, CA 92728-0849.Electronic notice must be submitted atthe following website address: http://war-ranty-arbitrat ion.hyundaiUSA.com.Notice must be received within 90 daysafter you purchase your vehicle.

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS BINDING ARBITRATION (U.S.A ONLY)

OWNER'S MANUAL Operation Maintenance Specifications€¦ · · 2017-03-07How can you tell if you...

Documents

Transcript of OWNER'S MANUAL Operation Maintenance Specifications€¦ · · 2017-03-07How can you tell if you...